20230501Application.pdf

MEGAN GOICOECHEA ALLEN
Corporate Counsel
[e-mail]
May 1, 2023
Jan Noriyuki, Secretary
Idaho Public Utilities Commission
11331 W. Chinden Boulevard
Building 8, Suite 201-A
Boise, Idaho 83714
Re: Case No. IPC-E-23-14
Application for Authority to Implement Changes to the Compensation
Structure Applicable to Customer On-Site Generation Under Schedules 6, 8,
and 84 and to Establish an Export Credit Rate Methodology
Dear Ms. Noriyuki:
Attached for electronic filing is Idaho Power Company’s Application in the above-
entitled matter.
In addition, please find attached the Direct Testimony of Connie Aschenbrenner,
Jared Ellsworth, and Grant Anderson, filed in support of the Application. A Word version
of the testimonies will also be sent in a separate email for the convenience of the Reporter.
If you have any questions about the attached documents, please do not hesitate
to contact me.
Sincerely,
Megan Goicoechea Allen
MGA:sg
Enclosures
RECEIVED
2023 May 1, 4:44PM
IDAHO PUBLIC
UTILITIES COMMISSION

APPLICATION - 1
MEGAN GOICOECHEA ALLEN (ISB No. 7623)
LISA D. NORDSTROM (ISB No. 5733)
Idaho Power Company
1221 West Idaho Street (83702)
P.O. Box 70
Boise, Idaho 83707
Telephone: [phone]
Facsimile: [phone]
[e-mail]
[e-mail]

Attorneys for Idaho Power Company

BEFORE THE IDAHO PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION

IN THE MATTER OF IDAHO POWER
COMPANY’S APPLICATION FOR
AUTHORITY TO IMPLEMENT CHANGES
TO THE COMPENSATION STRUCTURE
APPLICABLE TO CUSTOMER ON-SITE
GENERATION UNDER SCHEDULES 6,
8, AND 84 AND TO ESTABLISH AN
EXPORT CREDIT RATE
METHODOLOGY

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

CASE NO. IPC-E-23-14

APPLICATION

Idaho Power Company (“Idaho Power” or “Company”), pursuant to Idaho Code §
§ 61-502 and 503 and Idaho Public Utilities Commission’s (“Commission”) Rule of
Procedure 52, submits its Application proposing changes to its on-site, self-generation
tariffs in accordance with Order No. 35631,1 which acknowledges that Idaho Power’s

1 In the Matter of Idaho Power Company’s Application to Complete the Study Review Phase of the
Comprehensive Study of Costs and Benefits of On-Site Customer Generation & for Authority to
Implement Changes to Schedules 6, 8, and 84, Case No. IPC-E-22-22, Order No. 35631 at 31 (Dec. 19,
2022).

APPLICATION - 2
October 2022 Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study (“VODER Study”)2 satisfies
the Commission directives outlined in Order Nos. 34046, 34509, and 352843 and directs
the Company to file a new case to make implementation recommendations for changing
the structure and design of its on-site generation offering.
As directed by the Commission, the Company is initiating this case to request the
Commission authorize changes to the structure and design of its on-site generation
offering; changes to rates for consumption will be considered separately in the Company’s
upcoming general rate case (“GRC”).4 The specific proposals being made in this case, to
become effective January 1, 2024, are: (1) real-time net billing with an avoided cost-based
financial credit rate for exported energy, (2) a methodology for determining annual
updates to the ECR, (3) a modified project eligibility cap for commercial, industrial, and
irrigation (“CI&I”) customers, (4) related changes to the accounting for and transferability
of excess net energy financial credits, and (5) updated tariff schedules necessary to
administer the modified on-site generation offering. If its Application is approved, the
Company’s proposed Export Credit Rate (“ECR”) of 20.42 cents on-peak and 4.91 cents
off-peak (5.96 annual) using real-time net billing would be in effect from January 1, 2024,

2 The October 2022 VODER Study is provided as Attachment 1 to this Application.
3 In the Matter of Idaho Power Company’s Application for Authority to Establish New Schedules for
Residential and Small General Service Customers with On-Site Generation, Case No. IPC-E-17-13,
Order No. 34046 at 31 (May 9, 2018); In the Matter of the Application of Idaho Power Company to Study
the Costs, Benefits, and Compensation of Net Excess Energy Supplied by Customer On-Site Generation,
Case No. IPC-E-18-15, Order No. 34509 at 17 (Dec. 20, 2019); and In the Matter of Idaho Power
Company’s Application to Initiate a Multi-Phase Collaborative Process for the Study of Costs, Benefits,
and Compensation of Net Excess Energy Associated with Customer On-Site Generation, Case No. IPC-
E-21-21, Order No. 35284 at 32-33 (Dec. 30, 2021).
4 Idaho Power filed a Notice of Intent to File a General Rate Case on March 31, 2023, which was
docketed as Case No. IPC-E-23-11. The GRC will cover a broad range of issues related to the cost and
pricing for services Idaho Power provides to its customers and there will be inherent areas of overlap with
the requests being made in this case as more fully described in the Aschenbrenner Testimony at 21-26.
Table 1 of the Aschenbrenner Testimony summarizes the interdependencies between the two cases and
differentiates between the topics the Company is seeking approval for in this case versus those specific
to the Company’s upcoming GRC.

APPLICATION - 3
until May 31, 2024, and updated annually thereafter. Coincident with the implementation
of this ECR, Idaho Power proposes the Schedule 84 project eligibility cap be set at the
greater of 100 kW or 100 percent of demand at the service point for commercial, industrial,
and irrigation customers.
In support of this Application, Idaho Power has filed the Direct Testimony of Connie
G. Aschenbrenner (“Aschenbrenner Testimony”), the Direct Testimony of Jared L.
Ellsworth (“Ellsworth Testimony”), and the Direct Testimony of Grant T. Anderson
(“Anderson Testimony”). In further support of this Application, Idaho Power represents as
follows:
I. INTRODUCTION
1. At its core, this case is about modernizing an outdated service offering,
which, like all tariffs, has always been subject to change. Even more than that, however,
from its inception, changes to the Company’s net metering service were expected to track
changes to its underlying assumptions and inputs.
2. When the practice of retail rate net metering was first authorized by the
Commission over twenty years ago, it was done so in full recognition that it likely did not
accurately reflect the cost to serve customers with on-site generation but was a new
program that should be monitored on an ongoing basis and could be modified as
experience was gained and conditions evolved.
3. In fact, in the decades that followed, knowledge and circumstances have
changed dramatically–increased technological and financial feasibility of on-site
generation helped to fuel rapid growth in customers participating in net metering and
metering and billing improvements made a more nuanced approach possible–though the
structure of the offering remains the same as it did in 2002.

APPLICATION - 4
4. The Commission has taken incremental steps to lay the foundation and
prepare for changes to the Company's on-site generation offering, which it directed be
based on a comprehensive, Commission-approved study. Having recently met that
milestone, the Company believes a solid foundation exists for the Commission to
authorize it to update its on-site generation offering to ensure equity and transparency
among customers moving forward.
5. The Company has developed recommendations for the successor offering
set forth in this filing relating to modifying compensation structure, which includes
proposals related to measurement interval and export credit rate value and structure,
administrative items related to the implementation of an avoided cost-based ECR, and,
in tandem, changes in how the project eligibility cap is defined for commercial, industrial
and irrigation customers. As previously directed by the Commission, the Company
anticipates that changes to rates for consumption will be considered in its upcoming
general rate case.5
6. The Company understands that some of its customers want the ability to
offset their energy usage with self-generation and has long provided them the option of
doing so. The primary objective of the Company’s net metering program has always been
to provide customers the opportunity to eliminate some or all of their load through their
own generation, but the current mechanism is outdated and ill-suited to that end. In order
to ensure on-site generation can continue to thrive, the net metering program cannot
continue to remain stagnant but should be updated so that it is better aligned with current
circumstances, economically supportable, and fair to all customers.

5 See Aschenbrenner Testimony at 21-26.

APPLICATION - 5
II. THE PROGRESSION OF IDAHO POWER’S
NET METERING SERVICE
Schedule 86 – Cogeneration and Small Power Production Non-Firm Energy
7. Idaho Power has provided retail customers the ability to generate their own
electricity to offset all or a portion of their energy usage well before there was any
significant interest in doing so.6 For many years, in fact, the Company had only a single
customer with on-site generation that elected to interconnect with Idaho Power’s system.
Under the initial net metering service offering established in 1983, which was provided as
an option under Schedule 86, Cogeneration and Small Power Production Non-Firm
Energy (“Schedule 86”), the customer was charged the full retail rate for net energy
consumed and credited the full retail rate for net generation delivered to the Company
under a billing structure known as net metering or net energy metering (“NEM”).
8. In 1997, the Company’s offering was modified to include a formula-based
rate designed to recover certain non-generation costs from net metering customers.7 The
formula rate was not able to be implemented as an automated option under its billing
system, so the Company relied on a manual process to bill net metering customers, which
was manageable because the Company still only had a single net metering customer.
9. When two more customers requested net metering service in 2001 and
others began expressing interest, it became apparent that the net metering provisions of
Schedule 86 were difficult for customers to understand, and the manual billing process
would ultimately become too cumbersome for the Company to implement and administer.

6 In the Matter of the Application of Idaho Power Company for Approval of Revised Rates to be Paid for
Power and Energy Sold to Idaho Power Pursuant to Section 210 of the Public Utility Regulatory Policies
Act of 1978, Case No. U-1006-200, Order No. 18358 (Oct. 20, 1983).
7 In the Matter of the Application of Idaho Power Company for An Order Revising the Rates, Terms and
Conditions Under Which Idaho Power Purchases Non-Firm Energy from Qualifying Facilities, Case No.
IPC-E-95-15, Order No. 26750 at 9-11 (Jan. 17, 1997).

APPLICATION - 6
Schedule 84 – Customer Energy Production Net Metering
10. Desiring to make net metering service more accessible to customers and to
reduce the administrative requirements of computing individual monthly charges for
different generating facilities and multiple customers, the Company requested the
Commission authorize a simplified net metering option. The result of this effort was the
creation of a schedule specific to net metering service in 2002, Schedule 84, Customer
Energy Production Net Metering (“Schedule 84”), which eliminated the formula rate.
Instead, participating customers were charged the full retail rate for net energy consumed
and credited the full retail rate for net generation delivered to the Company, allowing the
Company to use its existing billing system and a single meter for each customer.8
11. Though the Commission ultimately approved the simplified Schedule 84, in
doing so it acknowledged the inherent shortcomings of retail rate NEM including: (1) that
crediting customer generators at the full retail rate will pay customers more than the actual
value of the generation insofar as it does not reflect the full cost of providing service, is
not based on the avoided cost of generation and transmission, and does not account for
the difference in value of firm versus non-firm energy; and (2) that costs to serve net
metering customers will be subsidized by other customers.9
12. Recognizing the impact of these issues would intensify with the increase in
the level of net metering generation purchases, net metering service under Schedule 84
was made available on a first-come, first-served basis until the cumulative generation
nameplate capacity of net metering systems connected to the Company’s system equaled

8 In the Matter of the Application of Idaho Power Company for Approval of a New Schedule 84—Net
Metering Tariff, Case No. IPC-E-01-39, Order No. 28951 at 12 (Feb. 13, 2002).
9 Id. at 5-6, 12.

APPLICATION - 7
2.9 megawatts (“MW”). Given that the Company only had three net metering customers,
restricting levels of participation was purely conceptual though it did serve as a guidepost.
As Staff noted: “[I]f and when there is 2.9 MW of net metering on Idaho Power’s system,
a more accurate cost based rate should be established.”10
13. Notwithstanding its limitations, Schedule 84 was a reasonable next step in
the evolution of the Company’s on-site generation offering considering then existing
capabilities of the Company’s meters, which could only track inflows and outflows of
energy on a single channel. By making it easier for customers to take net metering
service, Schedule 84 helped support the continuing development of renewable energy
resources. It was, however, implemented in recognition of the fact that certain outstanding
issues remained, and the Commission directed the Company to file another case with a
net metering proposal for other customer classes and specific proposals for monitoring
program cost, cost recovery and related issues of subsidization.11
14. In response to the Commission’s directive, the Company filed another case
seeking modification of newly established Schedule 84 to address the items directed by
the Commission. In accepting the Company’s proposal, the Commission again signaled
the status quo represented an imperfect solution that would ultimately need to be revisited
and refined as circumstances and technology evolved. It noted:

10 Id. at 6.
11 Id. at 12.

APPLICATION - 8
[W]e are mindful that the Schedule 84 net metering tariff is a new program
for Idaho Power. We have required the Company to expand Schedule 84
and offer net metering to all its customers . . . While the suggested changes
to the Company’s proposal were thoughtful, what we want at this time is to
implement the program. If needed, it can be modified as we gain
experience.12
15. As part of the continual reassessment of the Company’s net metering
offering, the Commission instructed the Company to notify it when the 2.9 MW cumulative
installed net metering generation capacity limit was reached, at which point it planned to
look at the cap to “determine whether it continue[d] to be reasonable or if there is a better
measure of what’s appropriate or if there is a need for a cap at all.”13 In the years following
the Commission’s Order, installed net metering capacity steadily increased, from 39
kilowatts ("kW") in 2002 to just under 1,000 kW in 2010, followed by short period of
dramatic growth; by November 2012, installed generation capacity of interconnected and
pending net metering systems was nearing the 2.9 MW cap.
16. In light of this and considering the growth trends, in 2012 the Company filed
a case with the Commission making a number of proposals to modify the net metering
service, which were granted in part and denied in part.14
17. The Commission agreed with the Company’s request to modify the method
for billing excess energy using a kilowatt hour (“kWh”) credit instead of a financial credit
or payment, which it found was consistent with its prior decisions emphasizing that “the
primary thrust of net metering is to provide customers the opportunity to offset their own
load and energy requirements.”15 The Commission emphasized, however, that “it may

12 In the Matter of the Application of Idaho Power Company for Amendments to Schedule 84—Net
Metering, Case No. IPC-E-02-04, Order No. 29094 at 7 (Aug. 21, 2002).
13 Id.
14 In the Matter Idaho Power Company’s Application for Authority to Modify Its Net Metering Service and
to Increase the Generation Capacity Limit, Case No. IPC-E-12-27, Order No. 32846, p. 19 (Jul. 3, 2013).
15 Case No. IPC-E-12-27 Order No. 32880 at 3 (Aug. 14, 2013) (emphasis in original).

APPLICATION - 9
reconsider the way net metering customers receive credit for excess energy. The point is
that resources and circumstances can change, and the Commission must determine
whether rates are fair, just, and reasonable in light of the circumstances that exist.”16
18. The Commission denied the Company’s request to increase the existing net
metering aggregate capacity cap. Instead, it discontinued the cap and instructed the
Company to provide an annual appraisal of the net metering service’s status and impact
on the reliability of the Company’s system.17 The Commission also declined, at that time,
to change the net metering pricing structure.18
19. While the Commission agreed that the existing pricing structure raised cost
recovery concerns, it believed the issue required a more comprehensive approach.
Therefore, the Commission instructed the Company to pursue such changes in context
of a general rate case, stating: “We agree with the Company that net metering customers
do escape a portion of the fixed costs and shift the cost burden to other customers in their
class. However, we find that more work needs to be done to establish the correct
customer charge for those who net meter.”19
Schedules 6, 8 and 84 - On-Site Generation Services for Residential, Small
General Service, and CI&I Customers
20. The dramatic growth trend noted by the Company in 2012 continued over
the next several years and by 2017, the installed generating capacity of installed and
pending net metering systems was over 11 MW. As the number of customers installing
on-site generation increased so too did the inequities between customers with and without

16 Id. at 4.
17 Case No. IPC-E-12-27, Order No. 32846 at 19.
18 Id.
19 Id. at 13.

APPLICATION - 10
on-site generation. In addition, the Company became concerned that customers who
were installing on-site generation were doing so under the presumption of the
continuation of NEM.20
21. The Company felt it was important to remind customers generally that all
tariffs are subject to change, and more specifically, to make them aware that the existing
simplified pricing structure of Schedule 84 relying on the one-to-one retail rate was
transitory. It was able to be implemented in 2002 based on the low saturation of solar
panels, done so in full recognition of the fact that it may need to be revisited as
circumstances changed, and in fact, in the interim, the Company determined, and the
Commission acknowledged, that the status quo was no longer practicable. Though
changes were needed, the Company had been instructed to seek them in the context of
a general rate case, and four years later, it had not filed a GRC and had no near-term
expectation of the need to file one.
22. Accordingly, the Company looked for another way to be transparent with
customers and set the groundwork for the next stage in the evolution of its net metering
offering, ultimately filing another case in 2017 to this end.21
23. Understanding the Commission wanted to ensure changes to the net
metering pricing structure were fully vetted, the Company did not request any at that time.
Instead, it sought authorization to undertake certain preliminary measures that would lay
the foundation for ultimate changes and provide transparency of the same to customers.
24. The result of that case was the removal of residential and small general
service (“R&SGS”) with exporting systems from Schedule 84 and the creation of two new

20 Case No. IPC-E-17-13, Application at 12 (Jul. 27, 2017).
21 Id.

APPLICATION - 11
tariff schedules: Schedule 6, Residential Service On-Site Generation (“Schedule 6”) and
Schedule 8, Small General Service On-Site Generation (“Schedule 8”).22 Schedule 84
continued to define the terms for the Company's commercial, industrial, and irrigation
("CI&I") customers with exporting systems. The creation of separate customer classes
under Schedules 6 and 8 was a preemptive measure and did not entail any pricing
changes at that time. Rather, the new schedules would mirror the structure and rates for
residential and small general customers without on-site generation under Schedule 1 and
7 until the Commission determines the proper rate design and/or compensation structure
in a future proceeding.23
25. In order to more accurately assign the appropriate share of fixed costs and
unquantified benefits of on-site customer generation, the Commission also directed the
Company to “initiate a docket to comprehensively study the costs and benefits of on-site
generation on Idaho Power’s system, as well as proper rates and rate design, transitional
rates, and related issues of compensation for net excess energy provided as a resource
to the Company.”24
26. Pursuant to the Commission's directive, in 2018 Idaho Power initiated a
case to study the costs, benefits, and compensation of net excess energy supplied by on-
site customer generation.25 In that case, the Company, Staff, and various stakeholders
undertook a thorough, data-driven evaluation of the Company’s on-site generation
offering through a number of meetings and settlement negotiations. Through this
collaborative process, the parties were able to reach a compromise on a significant

22 Case No. IPC-E-17-13, Order No. 34046 at 30-31.
23 Id. at 16.
24 Id. at 31.
25 Case No. IPC-E-18-15, Petition to Initiate a Docket (Oct. 19, 2018).

APPLICATION - 12
number of critical elements to the Company's on-site generation offering ("Settlement
Agreement"). However, the Commission ultimately rejected the proposed Settlement
Agreement because the process did not satisfy the requirements that it previously
established.26
27. As a result, the Commission stated that no changes to the Company’s net
metering offering would be considered until Idaho Power has prepared and filed a
“credible and fair study” of the costs and benefits of distributed on-site generation meeting
the following criteria: (1) the study must use the most current data possible and must be
readily available to the public, and in the Commission's decision-making record; (2) the
Company must design the study in coordination with the parties and the public, and the
Commission will determine the final scope of the study; and (3) Idaho Power must write
the study, so it is understandable to an average customer, but its analysis must be able
to withstand expert scrutiny.27 The Commission also outlined a “study design” phase and
a “study review” phase that would be undertaken prior to a Commission determination
being issued on the benefits and costs of on-site generation on Idaho Power’s system.
28. While the Commission did not change the Company’s net metering service
offering at that time, it did establish criteria to define legacy treatment for existing systems
under Schedule 6 and Schedule 8.28
29. In 2019 and 2020, the Company undertook similar efforts to address
concerns that CI&I customers were also relying on the expectation of the ongoing

26 Case No. IPC-E-18-15, Order No. 34509 at 6.
27 Id. at 9.
28 See Case No. IPC-E-18-15, Order No. 34509 at 14-15 and Order No. 34546 at 8-11 (Feb. 5, 2020).

APPLICATION - 13
application of the net monthly billing compensation structure.29 Like with R&SGS
customers, CI&I customers were reminded, generally, that tariffs are subject to change
and, specifically, that given the ongoing evaluation of the net metering offerings, program
fundamentals were likely to change in the not too distant future.30 In addition, preliminary
measures were implemented for CI&I customers in preparation for anticipated future
changes to the net metering service offering, including changing Schedule 84’s two-meter
requirement to a single-meter requirement for new customer-generators and establishing
criteria similar to that for R&SGS customers, defining legacy treatment for existing
Schedule 84 systems.31
30. The series of cases that followed represented incremental steps towards
fulfilling the Commission's ultimate objective: “The Company's future net-metering
programs will be based on a credible and fair study, developed with public input, and will
reasonably balance the interests of customers with net metering, and customers without
net metering.”32
31. In 2021, the Company requested that the Commission initiate the multi-
phase process for the comprehensive study of the costs and benefits of on-site
generation. Concluding the “study design” phase of the process, the Commission
approved the Company’s proposed Study Framework and ordered the Company to
“complete the study in 2022 as soon as feasible.”33

29 In the Matter of Idaho Power Company’s Application for Authority to Study the Measurement Interval,
Compensation Structure, and Value of Net Excess Energy for On-Site Generation Under Schedule 84
and to Temporarily Suspend Schedule 84 Net Metering Service to New Idaho Applicants, Case No. IPC-
E-19-15; In the Matter of Idaho Power Company’s Application for Authority to Modify Schedule 84’s
Metering Requirement and to Grandfather Existing Customers with Two Meters, Case No. IPC-E-20-26.
30 Case No. IPC-E-20-26, Order No. 34854 at 11 (Dec. 1, 2020).
31 Id., Order No. 34854 at 12-13 and Order No. 34892 at 9 (Jan. 14, 2021).
32 Case No. IPC-E-18-15, Order No. 34509 at 15.
33 Case No. IPC-E-21-21, Order No. 35284 at 32.

APPLICATION - 14
32. The Company initiated the “study review” phase of the process in 2022,
completing the VODER Study in accordance with the foundational principles outlined by
the Commission and initiating a case to allow for public, stakeholder, and Commission
review of the Study. The Company filed an initial study in June 2022; however, in
response to stakeholder and public comments, the Company later submitted a revised
VODER Study in October 2022 for the Commission’s consideration. The October VODER
Study is provided as Attachment 1 to this Application.
33. Ultimately, the Commission found “the October VODER Study complies
with our previous directives and should serve as a basis for the Company’s
implementation recommendations in a subsequent case.”34
III. IMPLEMENTATION RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE SUCCESSOR
ON-SITE GENERATION SERVICE OFFERING
34. While many of the assumptions underlying the establishment of the net
metering offering have changed since its inception, it continues to be offered under the
same simplified structure established by the Commission in 2002, under which on-site
generation customers are credited35 for their exports to the grid at the full retail rate on a
one-for-one basis.
35. A review of the history of the Company’s NEM offering reflects that the
Commission has long recognized that this approach overvalues exports from on-site
generation and results in cost shifting between participants and non-participants. The
need to modernize the on-site generation compensation structure is well established, and

34 Case No. IPC-E-22-22, Order No 35631 at 28.
35 Prior to January 2014, net metering customers were compensated through financial credits. This
changed in 2014 with the implementation of kWh crediting for excess net energy authorized by the
Commission in Case No. 12-27, Order Nos. 32846 and 32872.

APPLICATION - 15
the Commission has laid the groundwork for the same in the preceding series of
customer-self generation dockets.36 In the prior cases, the Commission established a
process to ensure any changes to the Company’s on-site generation service offering are
well-reasoned and data driven; it has also issued further guidance as to the scope of what
changes can be implemented outside of a GRC and who the potential changes could
apply.37
36. The instant case builds on the foundation laid in preceding cases and
represents the next step in the progression of the Company’s on-site generation service,
providing the opportunity to make critical adjustments to the offering reflected by the
Company’s proposals in this case in conjunction with changes to rates for consumption
to be addressed in the Company’s upcoming GRC.38 Consistent with the Commission’s
previous pronouncement that a GRC is the appropriate venue for modifying consumption
rates for all customers,39 the Company will address issues related to rates and class cost-
of-service (“CCOS”) for all customer classes including on-site generators in its upcoming
GRC.40
37. As more fully set forth below and in the accompanying testimony of
Company witnesses Aschenbrenner, Ellsworth, and Anderson, the recommendations
being proposed by the Company in this case were informed by the October 2022 VODER

36 See, e.g., Case No. IPC-E-17-13; Case No. IPC-E-18-15; Case No. IPC-E-20-26; Case No. IPC-E-21-
21; and Case No. IPC-E-22-22.
37 See, e.g., Case No. IPC-E-12-27, Order No. 32846 at 12-13, 19; Case No. IPC-E-17-13, Order No.
34046 at 16-19; Case No. IPC-E-18-15, Order No. 34509 at 9-15 and Order No. 34546 at 9-11; Case No.
IPC-E-20-26, Order No. 34892 at 8-9; Case No. IPC-E-22-22, Order No. 35631 at 28-30.
38 On March 31, 2023, Idaho Power filed Notice of Intent to file a General Rate Case. The NOI anticipates
a GRC will be filed on or after June 1, 2023.
39 See, e.g., Case No. IPC-E-12-27, Order No. 32846 at 12-13; Case No. IPC-E-18-15, Order No. 34509
at 14-15.
40 See Aschenbrenner Testimony at 24 (Table 1 summarizes ECR implementation and GRC
interdependencies.

APPLICATION - 16
Study41 and guided by the following objectives: (1) recommend a compensation structure
that will accurately measure a customer-generator’s use of the system – both in recording
exported energy and usage; (2) apply methods that will result in a fair and accurate
valuation of customers’ exported energy; (3) implement a repeatable method for updating
the Export Credit Rate that will ensure timely recognition of changing conditions on Idaho
Power’s system and the broader power markets which may warrant changes to the ECR;
(4) balance accuracy with customer understandability.
38. Based on the application of these principles, the Company is proposing:
 Modifications to the compensation structure for on-site generators to
more accurately measure, record, and value excess energy, and
 A change in how the project eligibility cap is defined for Schedule 84
customers.
Consistent with the Commission’s prior directives, the proposed changes to the on-site
generation service offerings would only apply to non-legacy customers taking service
under Schedules 6, 8, and 84, as appropriate; customers with legacy systems42 will
continue to take service under the rules of monthly NEM until legacy status terminates.43
39. The Company is recommending changes to the compensation structure for
on-site generators, consisting of the following proposals related to the measurement
interval applied for measuring energy, valuation of the ECR, and administrative items
related to the implementation of an avoided cost-based ECR.

41 Attachment 1.
42 Also described in prior Commission orders as “grandfathered” systems.
43 Case No. IPC-E-18-15, Order No. 34546 at 9; Case No. IPC-E-20-26. Order No. 34892 at 9.

APPLICATION - 17
Measurement Interval
40. The existing net metering construct reflects the limited capabilities of the
Company’s meters at the time it was established, calculating a single measurement at
the end of a billing period. If the customer consumes more energy than they export, they
are billed and compensated at the rates included in the applicable rate schedule. If,
however, the customer exports more energy than they consume, they receive a kWh
credit for all excess energy that can be carried forward to other billing periods.
41. The lack of granularity results in the under-measurement of both the amount
of kWh consumed by the customer as well as the kWh exported by the customer. That is,
throughout each day a customer may be exporting kWh at certain times (when their on-
site generation system is producing more than their energy needs) and consuming from
the grid at other times (in the evening or at times when the customer’s energy needs are
more than their system is producing); however, at the end of the billing period both the
number of consumed kWh and the number of exported kWh are understated. This
undermeasurement leads to the under-recovery of costs associated with utility-provided
service and the overcompensation of exported energy. As a result, and potentially most
impactful, it sends an incorrect price signal to potential on-site generation customers.
42. In order to more accurately represent the real value of energy, the Company
is proposing a more refined method: real-time net billing with an avoided cost-based
financial credit rate for exported energy. Under the proposed real-time net billing
structure, the meter will separately measure and record all grid usage (energy in-flows)
on one channel and will separately measure all exports (energy out-flows) on a different

APPLICATION - 18
channel. 44 The customer-generator will first consume any of their generation on-site, and
any generation they are not consuming will be metered and exported to the grid at a
defined ECR. The customer will generate a financial credit, based on the product of
measured exported energy and the ECR, that can be monetized to offset current or future
charges associated with utility-provided service.
Export Credit Rate
43. In conjunction with changes to the measurement interval, the Company is
proposing to modify the existing ECR, which is currently tied to the retail rate of the
customer generator’s standard service schedule and is not reflective of the value of that
energy. The retail rate is designed to collect the Company’s Commission-approved
revenue requirement and includes both fixed and variable related costs of providing
service. The product that customer-generators are exporting to Idaho Power’s system is
inherently different than the service Idaho Power is providing to its customers.
44. In developing its recommendations related to the ECR, the Company
sought to identify and apply methods that result in a fair and accurate valuation of
customers’ exported energy while balancing customer understandability. The Company
also prioritized relying on recent data and implementing a repeatable method for updating
the ECR that will ensure timely recognition of changing conditions on Idaho Power’s
system and the broader power markets.
45. Ultimately, the Company is seeking to implement an ECR that strikes the
necessary balance of providing the right value to customers for their exports and ensuring
the rest of customers are paying the right price for it in furtherance of the core regulatory

44 Net billing, including a comparison of hourly and real-time intervals, is more fully explained on pages
17-24 of the October VODER Study (Attachment 1 hereto).

APPLICATION - 19
objective of leaving them indifferent to the source of energy procured on their behalf.
46. The Company has developed a proposed method for valuing on-site
generation exports that it believes fairly and accurately reflects the value of energy on
Idaho Power’s system, while also balancing customer understandability and a need for
transparent pricing. More specifically, the Company is proposing a seasonal and time-
variant ECR to compensate for energy and other elements associated with avoided
capacity, line losses, and integration costs.
47. The Ellsworth Testimony describes in detail the Company’s proposed
methodology for establishing the ECR and the Company’s proposed methods for
valuation of the ECR, including values for the avoided cost of energy, capacity
(generation, transmission, and distribution), line losses, and integration costs.
48. As set forth in the Anderson Testimony, the Company is also proposing an
annual update cycle for the ECR as well as the source that will be relied on for each of
the respective components of the ECR.
49. Figure 145, below, summarizes the Company’s proposed ECR that, if
approved, would be in effect from January 1, 2024, until May 31, 2024.

45 Figure 1 is also included in the Aschenbrenner Testimony on page 29 (Figure 2) and in the Ellsworth
Testimony on page 8 (Figure 1).

APPLICATION - 20
Figure 1
Proposed Export Credit Rate

Modified Project Eligibility Cap for CI&I Customers
50. Coincident with the requested changes related to the measurement interval
and ECR valuation, the Company is also seeking a change in how the project eligibility
cap is defined for Schedule 84 customers. Currently, Schedule 84 defines the project
eligibility cap for CI&I net metering customers as a total nameplate capacity rating of 100
kW.
51. As part of this Application, contingent on the approval of the changes to the
compensation structure requested herein, the Company is proposing that the Schedule
84 project eligibility cap be set at the greater of 100 kW or 100 percent of demand at the
Season ECR
Export Profile
Volume (kWh per kW) Annual 1,465
Capacity Contribution (%) Annual 8.76%
Export Credit Rate by Component (cents/kWh)
Energy On-Peak 8.59 ¢
Including integration and losses Off-Peak 4.91 ¢
Annual* 5.16 ¢
Generation Capacity On-Peak 11.59 ¢
Off-Peak 0.00 ¢
Annual* 0.79 ¢
Transmission & Distribution Capacity On-Peak 0.25 ¢
Off-Peak 0.00 ¢
Annual* 0.02 ¢
Total On-Peak 20.42 ¢
Off-Peak 4.91 ¢
Annual* 5.96 ¢
*Annual values provided for informational purposes only and reflect seasonal
weighting for 12 months ending December 2022.
Note: On-Peak defined as June 15 - September 15, Monday - Saturday (exluding
holidays), 3pm - 11pm. All other hours defined as Off-Peak.

APPLICATION - 21
service point for commercial, industrial, and irrigation customers.
52. While the concerns previously identified by the Company in relation to
modifying the project eligibility cap under Schedule 84 remain, they would be mitigated
by changes to the compensation structure being proposed in this case, which will better
align cost recovery with system utilization and compensation for excess energy with the
costs and values of those activities. In the event the compensation structure is not
modified as proposed, the Company would not support modifying the existing project
eligibility cap as it serves to mitigate some cost-shifting under the current retail rate NEM
compensation structure.
53. In evaluating the appropriateness of the existing cap under Schedule 84 for
the purpose of making its implementation recommendations in this case, the Company
considered whether the cap is undermining the intent of net metering to allow customers
to offset energy usage behind the meter. Based on its evaluation of electrical demand by
service point for non-solar CI&I service points,46 the Company determined that generally,
the cap is not limiting; approximately six percent of CI&I service points registered an
annual demand over 100 kW, with the remaining 94 percent registering a demand of 100
kW or less.
54. However, while it may not appear to be limiting for most customers, in the
Company’s experience customers who have some of those larger service point demands
desire to install larger on-site generation systems. Rather than installing a system sized
commensurate with their demand at a given site, those customers have had to rely on the

46 Figures 9.2 and 9.3 in the October 2022 VODER Study (Attachment 1 hereto) provide a more detailed
breakdown of this same data by service point between commercial/industrial and irrigation customer
service points.

APPLICATION - 22
Company’s existing “meter aggregation rules” by installing smaller, disaggregated 100
kW systems. Those customers then apply annually to transfer kWh credits to qualifying
service points. Based on its review and analysis of the data, the Company proposes to
modify the project eligibility cap for Schedule 84 to be set at the greater of 100 kW or 100
percent of demand at the service point.47
55. For purposes of administering the cap, the Company proposes using the
maximum billing demand from the last 12 months, measured when the customer
generation application is submitted - to establish a project eligibility cap. For new
customers, or those without at least 12 months of historical billing, the Company has
identified a few methods for determining demand, depending on the circumstances. In
the first instance, the Company will evaluate and rely on available historical billing data at
that service location. In the absence of that information, or in the case where a new
customer believes their demand will exceed that of a past customer, the Company
proposes requiring an analysis of the facility’s power needs performed by a professional
engineer.
56. For irrigation customers without a full in-season billing history, a conversion
factor related to the horsepower of their pump(s) at the service point would determine the
maximum demand.
57. The Company plans to determine the cap for the service point at the time
the customer submits a Customer Generation Application. If the customer demand at the
service point later decreases or a new customer takes over the premise with a lower

47 Each of Idaho Power’s service schedules in its tariff – including the on-site generation schedules – are
administered according to service point. A service point is akin to the point of delivery which is often the
Company’s meter. Anderson Testimony at 8.

APPLICATION - 23
power requirement, the Company does not propose the Commission require a change or
reduction in the existing system size based on their new demand and power needs. Not
only would tracking and managing changes be administratively burdensome, but it would
have significant impacts on the customer – most of which would undoubtedly be costly
and would likely result in confusion and frustration.
58. Alternatively, if the customer’s demand increases and they desired to
interconnect a system expansion, this could be conducted pursuant to the existing
interconnection requirements of Schedule 68, Interconnections to Customer Distributed
Energy Resources (“Schedule 68”) by applying for a system modification.48
59. The Company believes this modification to the cap appropriately considers
stakeholder feedback and will improve the service offering contingent upon the concurrent
replacement of the existing monthly NEM with a real-time net billing compensation
structure and an ECR based on avoided cost.
IV. IMPLEMENTATION CONSIDERATIONS
60. Consistent with the Commission’s prior directives, the Company proposes
that modifications in this case will apply to non-legacy customers taking service under
Schedules 6, 8, and 84 and offers the following implementation considerations relative to
those customers as more fully described in the Anderson Testimony.
Recovery of Export Credit Expenditures
61. For customers with non-legacy systems, the Company proposes to treat the
ECR expenditures as a net power supply expense (“NPSE”) subject to 100 percent
recovery through the Power Cost Adjustment (“PCA”), similar to the practice for Public

48 Schedule 68, Interconnections to Customer Distributed Energy Resources, Sheet No. 68-8, See
System Modifications.

APPLICATION - 24
Utility Regulatory Policies Act of 1978 (“PURPA”) Qualifying Facilities (“QF”).49 Because
ECR expenses represent the cost of energy that the Company is purchasing for the
benefit of all of its customers, it is reasonable for all customers to pay for that energy
through the PCA.
Financial Credits – Billing and Transfer Criteria
62. The Company proposes that financial credits offset all billing components
of the bill – not just the energy-related portion of a customer bill.
63. Moreover, for customers with non-legacy systems the Company proposes
that a customer could transfer financial credits to another account held in their name for
their own usage, administered similar to its current NEM service offering for customers
transferring kWh credits. Financial credits would be non-transferrable in the event the
customer relocates and/or discontinues service at the point of delivery associated with
the exporting system. Any unused financial credit from discontinued service would be
absorbed to the benefit of customers through a credit, or reduction, to the PCA.
64. The Company is not proposing to change the transferability of kWh credits
for legacy customers. The Commission previously set criteria limiting transferability of
kWh credits finding:
As discussed in prior comments and testimony, even with one
delivery point, net metering customers may not pay their full
fixed costs given the current rate structure. We find that
allowing customers to apply credits to offset usage on
continuous meters that are served by the same primary feeder
is a reasonable means by which to limit the potential under-
recovery of fixed costs.50

49 The October 2022 VODER Study (Attachment 1 hereto) evaluates recovering export credit
expenditures in Section 8 (pages 115-117).
50 Case No. IPC-E-12-27, Order 32925 at 6 (Nov. 19, 2013).

APPLICATION - 25
65. To the extent a legacy on-site generation customer wishes to transfer
financial credits to service points not eligible under the rules applicable to legacy systems,
that customer can elect to forfeit legacy status. The Customer will take service under the
modified on-site generation offering, which will include the flexibility to transfer credits
more broadly than what is allowed under NEM.
Accumulated kWh Credit Conversion – Non-Legacy Customers
66. The Company proposes that accumulated kWh credits held at service
points with non-legacy systems be converted to financial credits one year after the
effective date of a Commission-authorized change in compensation structure. Customers
with non-legacy systems would have had the opportunity to accumulate kWh credits from
the time they interconnected their system. If the Company’s proposal is approved, these
customers would begin receiving financial credits that could be monetized when they
have billable amounts to offset.
Proposed Tariff Schedule Changes and Revenue Impact
67. Attachment 2 to this Application is Idaho Power’s proposed IPUC No. 29,
Tariff No. 101, in both clean and legislative formats, which contains the tariff sheets
specifying the proposed changes to Schedules 6, 8, 68 and 84.
68. Attachment 3 to this Application contains a summary of revenue impact
showing the effect to each customer class of if the Company’s proposal changes are
accepted.
Timing for Implementation
69. The Company carefully considered whether a transition period was
warranted, but after reviewing the relevant Commission orders and considering the
extensive communication the Company and Commission have done to notify customers

APPLICATION - 26
of the potential for change, the Company does not believe it is prudent to continue to
overcompensate customers for their exported energy.
70. More specifically, the Company considered the substantial history on this
issue as summarized in Table 3 of the Aschenbrenner Testimony, which provides an
overview of information regarding legacy status provided to customers through
Commission orders, direct customer communication from the Company, or required to be
provided by solar retailers.51 As reflected in the table, the Company has remained diligent
in its efforts to notify customers of the possibility for changes to the on-site generation
offering, and as a result, it does not believe a transition period is warranted.
V. STAKEHOLDER & CUSTOMER NOTIFICATION
71. The Company understands and appreciates the intense interest in the
issues in this case and has endeavored to ensure its customers and other stakeholders
have notice of this filing and are aware of the Company’s proposals related to modifying
the on-site generation offering and the potential impacts. To this end it has pursued a
variety of methods to communicate and educate customers and other stakeholders, and
the Company believes its efforts fulfill the Commission’s expectation for it to clearly and
transparently notify all of its customers of proposed changes to its NEM programs.52
72. Idaho Power will issue a news release to notify the public of this Application.
Additionally, Idaho Power will directly notify its customers of the Application with a bill
insert included with their next billing cycle. The bill insert will inform all customers that
Idaho Power has filed a case requesting changes to the structure and design of its on-

51 The Residential Solar Energy System Disclosure Act (codified in Idaho Code Title 48, Chapter 18)
defines persons who sell or lease residential solar energy systems as “solar retailers.” Idaho Code 48-
1802(5).
52 Case No. IPC-E-22-22, Order No. 35631 at 31.

APPLICATION - 27
site generation offering with a requested effective date of January 1, 2024. A copy of the
press release and customer bill insert is included as Attachment 4 to the Application.
73. In addition to providing the bill insert, the Company will send direct-mail
letters to all existing and pending on-site generation customers notifying them that the
Company has filed its proposal for changes informed by the Commission-acknowledged
VODER Study. The letters that customers with legacy systems receive will also remind
them of their legacy status, the criteria for legacy systems, and the reasons legacy status
may be forfeited. The letter that customers with non-legacy systems receive will advise
them on how their bills may be impacted by the outcome of the case. All existing and
pending on-site generation customers, irrespective of the legacy status of their system,
will receive information on how they can participate in the proceeding. A copy of the draft
customer letters is included as Attachment 5 to the Application.
74. Idaho Power has also served its Application and supporting testimonies on
the parties of record in Case No. IPC-E-22-22.
75. In addition, the Company will have information regarding its proposals on
its website.
76. Finally, as more fully set forth in the Anderson Testimony, the Company has
considered how it would educate existing non-legacy customers on the new
compensation structure once it is changed and has developed a plan for customer
communication and outreach that it believes will position its customers for successfully
implementing a net billing compensation structure.

APPLICATION - 28
VI. COMMUNICATIONS AND SERVICE OF PLEADINGS
77. Communications and service of pleadings, exhibits, orders, and other
documents relating to this proceeding should be served on the following:
Lisa D. Nordstrom
Megan Goicoechea Allen
IPC Dockets
1221 West Idaho Street (83702)
P.O. Box 70
Boise, ID 83707
[e-mail]
[e-mail]
[e-mail]

Timothy Tatum
Connie Aschenbrenner
Grant Anderson
1221 West Idaho Street (83702)
P.O. Box 70
Boise, ID 83707
[e-mail]
[e-mail]
[e-mail]

VII. REQUEST FOR RELIEF
78. As more fully set forth herein, Idaho Power requests the Commission issue
an order effective January 1, 2024, directing it to implement: (1) real-time net billing with
an avoided cost-based financial credit rate for exported energy, (2) a methodology for
determining annual updates to the ECR, (3) a modified project eligibility cap for CI&I
customers, (4) related changes to the accounting for and transferability of excess net
energy financial credits, and (5) updated tariff schedules necessary to administer the
modified on-site generation offering.

DATED at Boise, Idaho, this 1st day of May 2023.

MEGAN GOICOECHEA ALLEN
Attorney for Idaho Power Company

APPLICATION - 29

CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on the 1st day of May, I served a true and correct copy
of IDAHO POWER COMPANY’S APPLICATION upon the following named parties by the
method indicated below, and addressed to the following:

Commission Staff
Riley Newton
Chris Burdin
Deputy Attorney General
Idaho Public Utilities Commission
11331 W. Chinden Blvd., Bldg No. 8
Suite 201-A (83714)
PO Box 83720
Boise, ID 83720-0074

Hand Delivered
U.S. Mail
Overnight Mail
FAX
FTP Site
X Email [e-mail]
[e-mail]

IdaHydro
C. Tom Arkoosh
Amber Dresslar
ARKOOSH LAW OFFICES
913 W. River Street, Suite 450
P.O. Box 2900
Boise, Idaho 83701

Hand Delivered
U.S. Mail
Overnight Mail
FAX
FTP Site
X Email [e-mail]
[e-mail]
[e-mail]

Idaho Conservation League
Marie Kellner
Idaho Conservation League
710 North 6th Street
Boise, Idaho 83702

Hand Delivered
U.S. Mail
Overnight Mail
FAX
FTP Site
X Email [e-mail]

Idaho Irrigation Pumpers Association, Inc.
Eric L. Olsen
ECHO HAWK & OLSEN, PLLC
505 Pershing Avenue, Suite 100
P.O. Box 6119
Pocatello, Idaho 83205

Hand Delivered
U.S. Mail
Overnight Mail
FAX
FTP Site
X Email [e-mail]

APPLICATION - 30
Lance Kaufman, Ph.D.
4801 W. Yale Ave.
Denver, CO 80219

Hand Delivered
U.S. Mail
Overnight Mail
FAX
FTP Site
X Email [e-mail]

City of Boise
Mary Grant
Darrell G. Early
Deputy City Attorney
Boise City Attorney’s Office
150 North Capitol Boulevard
P.O. Box 500
Boise, Idaho 83701-0500
Hand Delivered
U.S. Mail
Overnight Mail
FAX
FTP Site
X Email [e-mail]
[e-mail]
[e-mail]

Wil Gehl
Energy Program Manager
Boise City Dept. of Public Works
150 N. Capitol Blvd.
PO Box 500
Boise, Idaho 83701-0500

Hand Delivered
U.S. Mail
Overnight Mail
FAX
FTP Site
X Email [e-mail]

Industrial Customers of Idaho Power
Peter J. Richardson
RICHARDSON ADAMS, PLLC
515 North 27th Street (83702)
P.O. Box 7218
Boise, Idaho 83707

Hand Delivered
U.S. Mail
Overnight Mail
FAX
FTP Site
X Email [e-mail]

Dr. Don Reading
6070 Hill Road
Boise, Idaho 83703
Hand Delivered
U.S. Mail
Overnight Mail
FAX
FTP Site
X Email [e-mail]

Micron Technology, Inc.
Austin Rueschhoff
Thorvald A. Nelson
Austin W. Jensen
Holland & Hart, LLP
555 Seventeenth Street, Suite 3200
Denver, Colorado 80202

Hand Delivered
U.S. Mail
Overnight Mail
FAX
_ FTP Site
X Email [e-mail]
[e-mail]
[e-mail]

APPLICATION - 31
Jim Swier
Micron Technology, Inc.
8000 South Federal Way
Boise, Idaho 83707
Hand Delivered
U.S. Mail
Overnight Mail
FAX
FTP Site
X Email [e-mail]
[e-mail]

Clean Energy Opportunities for Idaho
Kelsey Jae
Law for Conscious Leadership
920 N. Clover Dr.
Boise, Idaho 83703
Hand Delivered
U.S. Mail
Overnight Mail
FAX
FTP Site
X Email [e-mail]

Michael Heckler
Courtney White
Clean Energy Opportunities for Idaho
3778 Plantation River Dr., Suite 102
Boise, ID 83703

Hand Delivered
U.S. Mail
Overnight Mail
FAX
FTP Site
X Email
[e-mail]
[e-mail]

Richard E. Kluckhohn, pro se
Wesley A. Kluckhohn, pro se
2564 W. Parkstone Dr.
Meridian, ID 83646
Hand Delivered
U.S. Mail
Overnight Mail
FAX
FTP Site
X Email [e-mail]
wkluckhohn mac.com
Idaho Solar Owners Network
Joshua Hill
1625 S. Latah
Boise, ID 83705
Hand Delivered
U.S. Mail
Overnight Mail
FAX
FTP Site
X Email [e-mail]
[e-mail]

APPLICATION - 32
ABC Power Company, LLC
Ryan Bushland
184 W. Chrisfield Dr.
Meridian, ID 83646
Hand Delivered
U.S. Mail
Overnight Mail
FAX
FTP Site
X Email [e-mail]
[e-mail]

Stacy Gust, Regulatory Administrative
Assistant

BEFORE THE
IDAHO PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION
CASE NO. IPC-E-23-14
IDAHO POWER COMPANY
ATTACHMENT 1 October
2022 VODER Study
2022
OCTOBER • 2022
VALUE OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES (VODER) STUDY
Table of Contents

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents ............................................................................................................................. i
List of Tables ................................................................................................................................... iv
List of Figures .................................................................................................................................. vi
List of Appendices .......................................................................................................................... xii
Glossary ........................................................................................................................................ xvii
1. Executive Summary ................................................................................................................. 1
2. Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 3
2.1 On-Site Generation Overview ......................................................................................... 3
2.2 Regulatory History .......................................................................................................... 8
2.2.1 Case No. IPC-E-17-13 ..................................................................................................... 9
2.2.2 Case No. IPC-E-18-15 ................................................................................................... 10
2.2.3 Case Nos. IPC-E-19-15 and IPC-E-20-26 ....................................................................... 12
2.2.4 Case No. IPC-E-21-21 ................................................................................................... 13
2.3 Commission-Approved Study Framework .................................................................... 14
3. Measurement Interval .......................................................................................................... 15
3.1 Net Energy Metering ..................................................................................................... 16
3.2 Net Billing ...................................................................................................................... 17
3.2.1 Hourly Net Billing Overview .................................................................................... 19
3.2.2 Real-Time Net Billing Overview .............................................................................. 19
3.2.3 Average Residential Customer Energy Consumed & Exported .............................. 19
3.2.4 2021 Schedule 6 (Residential) Customer-Generator Energy Consumed & Exported
24
3.2.5 2021 Schedule 8 (Small General) Customer-Generator Energy Consumed &
Exported ................................................................................................................................ 28
3.2.6 Schedule 84 (Commercial, Industrial & Irrigation) Customer-Generator Energy
Consumed & Exported .......................................................................................................... 32
4. Export Credit Rate ................................................................................................................. 39
4.1 Avoided Energy Costs.................................................................................................... 39
Table of Contents

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page ii
4.1.1 Energy Price: Inputs and Assumptions ................................................................... 40
4.1.1.1 Integrated Resource Plan — Idaho Power Price ................................................ 40
4.1.1.2 ICE Mid-C Index Price ......................................................................................... 41
4.1.1.3 Energy Imbalance Market Load Aggregation Point (ELAP) Price ....................... 42
4.1.2 Weighted Average Energy Price Methods .............................................................. 43
4.1.2.1 Energy: Flat Annual Export Credit Value ............................................................ 43
4.1.2.2 Energy: Seasonal Time Variant Export Credit Value .......................................... 46
4.1.2.3 Energy: Weighted Average Monthly Export Credit value (Using Last 12 Months
September 2022 Energy Prices) ........................................................................................ 49
4.1.3 Evaluation of Firmness of Exported Energy ............................................................ 50
4.1.4 Transmission Charge or Wheeling Cost .................................................................. 53
4.1.5 Fuel-Cost Hedge Benefit ......................................................................................... 54
4.2 Avoided Generation Capacity Costs .............................................................................. 57
4.2.1 Generation Capacity Contribution Methods Overview .......................................... 57
4.2.1.1 ELCC Method ...................................................................................................... 58
4.2.1.2 NREL 8,760 Hour-Based Method ....................................................................... 59
4.2.1.3 Other Generation Capacity Evaluation Methods ............................................... 59
4.2.2 Generation Capacity Value: Inputs And Calculations ............................................. 60
4.2.2.1 Generation Capacity Value: Inputs .................................................................... 60
4.2.3 Generation Capacity Value Calculation .................................................................. 62
4.2.3.1 Generation Capacity: Flat Annual Export Credit Value ...................................... 63
4.2.3.2 Generation Capacity: Seasonal Time Variant Export Credit Value .................... 64
4.3 Avoided Transmission and Distribution Capacity Costs ............................................... 67
4.3.1 Transmission and Distribution Capacity Cost: Method and Assumptions ............. 68
4.3.1.1 Identifying Coincident Peak Hours ..................................................................... 69
4.3.2 Avoided Transmission & Distribution Value Calculation ........................................ 69
4.3.3 Other Avoided Transmission & Distribution Methods ........................................... 71
4.4 Avoided Line Losses ...................................................................................................... 73
4.4.1 Line Loss Value: Inputs and Assumptions ............................................................... 73
Table of Contents

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page iii
4.4.2 2012 System Loss Study Method ............................................................................ 75
4.5 Avoided Environmental Costs ....................................................................................... 78
4.5.1 Environmental Costs: Inputs and Assumptions ...................................................... 79
4.5.2 Crediting Customers for Value of Renewable Energy Credits ................................ 79
4.5.2.1 Requirements to Obtain and Track Renewable Energy Credits ......................... 80
4.6 Integration Costs ........................................................................................................... 82
4.6.1 Integration Costs: Inputs and Assumptions ............................................................ 82
4.6.2 Study Methods and Results .................................................................................... 82
4.7 Summary of Conclusions ............................................................................................... 86
5. Frequency of Export Credit Rate Updates ............................................................................ 89
5.1 Energy Price Inputs ....................................................................................................... 89
5.2 Avoided Generation Capacity ....................................................................................... 90
5.3 Avoided Transmission and Distribution Capacity ......................................................... 91
5.4 Avoided Line Losses ...................................................................................................... 91
5.5 Avoided Environmental Costs ....................................................................................... 91
5.6 Integration Costs ........................................................................................................... 91
6. Compensation Structure ....................................................................................................... 93
6.1 Average Residential Customer Bill Impact Analysis ...................................................... 93
6.2 Schedule 6 (Residential) Customer-Generator Bill Impact Analysis ............................. 96
6.3 Schedule 8 (Small General) Customer-Generator Bill Impact Analysis ........................ 97
6.4 Schedule 84 Customer-Generator Bill Impact Analysis ................................................ 99
6.4.1 Commercial Customer-Generator Bill Impact Analysis ........................................ 100
6.4.2 Irrigation Customer-Generator Bill Impact Analysis ............................................. 102
7. Class Cost-of-Service ........................................................................................................... 105
7.1 Development of the 2021 CCOS ................................................................................. 106
7.2 2021 CCOS Results ...................................................................................................... 108
8. Recovering Export Credit Rate Expenditures ...................................................................... 115
8.1 Method Evaluated....................................................................................................... 115
8.2 Customer Classes Impacted ........................................................................................ 117
Table of Contents

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page iv
9. Project Eligibility Cap .......................................................................................................... 119
9.1 Evaluation of Existing Cap ........................................................................................... 119
9.2 Evaluation of Modified Cap ........................................................................................ 124
9.2.1 Technological Improvements and Standardization .............................................. 124
9.2.2 Modified Cap Impact............................................................................................. 125
9.2.2.1 Interconnection Requirements ........................................................................ 125
9.2.2.2 Distribution System Operations ....................................................................... 126
9.2.2.3 Implementation and Operational Considerations ........................................... 127
10. Other Areas of Study ....................................................................................................... 131
10.1 Billing Structure ........................................................................................................... 131
10.1.1 Evaluation of Bill Components .............................................................................. 131
10.1.2 Review of Accumulated kWh Credits & Expiration............................................... 132
10.1.2.1 Review of Accumulated kWh Credits ............................................................. 132
10.1.2.2 Review of Expiration of Accumulated kWh Credits ....................................... 133
10.1.3 Review of Financial Credits Transfer & Expiration................................................ 134
10.2 Access to Data ............................................................................................................. 135
11. Implementation Considerations ..................................................................................... 139
11.1 Transitional Rates ....................................................................................................... 139
11.2 Administrative Updates and Communication Materials ............................................ 139
11.2.1 System Changes .................................................................................................... 139
11.2.2 Tariff Changes ....................................................................................................... 140
11.2.3 Customer Communication .................................................................................... 140
11.2.4 Installer Communication ....................................................................................... 140

LIST OF TABLES
Table 2.1
Active and pending Exporting Systems as of May 31, 2022 ........................................................... 5
Table of Contents

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page v

Table 2.2
Active and pending Exporting System nameplate capacity in megawatts (MW) as of May 31,
2022 ................................................................................................................................................ 5
Table 4.1
ELCC method — key definitions .................................................................................................... 58
Table 4.2
Outage table components for the ELCC method .......................................................................... 61
Table 4.3
Names and descriptions of the files and tools used to complete the capacity contribution
analyses ......................................................................................................................................... 62
Table 4.4
2021 constraints for full year analysis of a flat generation capacity value .................................. 63
Table 4.5
2021 constraints for the seasonal time variant generation capacity value ................................. 65
Table 4.6
Transmission capacity and distribution capacity project analysis constraints ............................. 70
Table 4.7
Transmission capacity and distribution capacity analysis results ................................................ 70
Table 4.8
Idaho Power 2012 System Loss Study results, total line losses .................................................... 74
Table 4.9
Idaho Power 2012 System Loss Study results, transmission, and distribution losses only .......... 75
Table 4.10
Integration costs from 2020 VER study, 2023 base year (reproduction of Table ES1 from the
2020 VER Integration Study) ......................................................................................................... 83
Table 7.1
CCOS Idaho Schedule 84 customers by Parent Class as of December 2021 .............................. 106
Table of Contents

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page vi

Table 9.1
Active and pending Exporting Systems count, total capacity (MW), and average system size
(kW) as of May 31, 2022 ............................................................................................................. 123

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1.1
Study Framework — ECR benefits and cost components .............................................................. 1
Figure 2.1
Illustration of on-site generation .................................................................................................... 3
Figure 2.2
Cumulative Exporting System counts by customer type, 2002 — May 31, 2022 .......................... 6
Figure 2.3
Cumulative Exporting System capacity by customer type, 2012 — May 31, 2022 ........................ 6
Figure 2.4
Residential customer-generator average system size by year and five-year rolling average ........ 7
Figure 2.5
Retail energy rate comparison chart .............................................................................................. 8
Figure 3.1
Measurement intervals and compensation structures studied ................................................... 15
Figure 3.2
Illustration of bi-directional meter and advanced separate channel meter ................................ 16
Figure 3.3
Net Energy Metering schematic ................................................................................................... 17
Figure 3.4
Net Billing schematic ..................................................................................................................... 18
Table of Contents

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page vii

Figure 3.5
Average monthly energy measured for consumption for an average residential customer with
8.5 kW solar system ...................................................................................................................... 21
Figure 3.6
Average monthly energy measured for exports for an average residential customer with 8.5 kW
solar system .................................................................................................................................. 22
Figure 3.7
Average monthly energy measured for consumption for an average residential customer with
4.25 kW solar system .................................................................................................................... 23
Figure 3.8
Average monthly energy measured for exports for an average residential customer with 4.25
kW solar system ............................................................................................................................ 24
Figure 3.9
Average monthly energy measured for consumption for all residential customer-generators in
2021 .............................................................................................................................................. 25
Figure 3.10
Average monthly energy measured for exports for all residential customer-generators in 2021
....................................................................................................................................................... 26
Figure 3.11
Average monthly energy measured under monthly, hourly, and real-time intervals, for
consumption for all residential customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy
use ................................................................................................................................................. 27
Figure 3.12
Average monthly energy measured under monthly, hourly, and real-time intervals, for exports
for all residential customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy use ................ 28
Figure 3.13
Average monthly energy measured for consumption for all small general customer-generators
in 2021 .......................................................................................................................................... 29
Table of Contents

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page viii

Figure 3.14
Average monthly energy measured for exports for all small general customer-generators in
2021 .............................................................................................................................................. 30
Figure 3.15
Average monthly energy measured under monthly, hourly, and real-time intervals, for
consumption for all small general customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy
use ................................................................................................................................................. 31
Figure 3.16
Average monthly energy measured under monthly, hourly, and real-time intervals, for exports
for all small general customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy use ........... 32
Figure 3.17
Average monthly energy measured under no solar, monthly, and hourly intervals, for
consumption for all commercial customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy
use ................................................................................................................................................. 33
Figure 3.18
Average monthly energy measured under no solar, monthly, and hourly intervals, for exports
for all commercial customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy use .............. 34
Figure 3.19
Average monthly energy measured under no solar, monthly, and hourly intervals, for
consumption for all irrigation customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy use
....................................................................................................................................................... 35
Figure 3.20
Average monthly energy measured under no solar, monthly, and hourly intervals, for exports
for all irrigation customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy use .................. 36
Figure 4.1
Hypothetical example of weighted average calculation .............................................................. 45
Figure 4.2
Summary results for a flat annual weighted calculation of avoided energy value with real-time
2021 customer-generator exports ............................................................................................... 46
Table of Contents

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page ix

Figure 4.3
Summary results for a seasonal time variant weighted average calculation of avoided energy
value with real-time 2021 customer-generator exports and demand response seasonal
parameters .................................................................................................................................... 48
Figure 4.4
Average hourly ELAP prices for 2021 by hour of day and month ................................................. 49
Figure 4.5
Summary results for flat monthly weighted average calculation of avoided energy value with
real-time 2021 customer-generator exports and September 2022 last 12-month energy prices50
Figure 4.6
Non-firm adjustment for the flat annual weighted average calculation with real-time 2021
customer-generator exports ......................................................................................................... 53
Figure 4.7
Illustrative fuel-price hedge and solar generation diagram ......................................................... 55
Figure 4.8
Electric grid schematic highlighting generation facilities ............................................................. 57
Figure 4.9
Alternative avoided generation capacity value formula .............................................................. 60
Figure 4.10
Avoided generation capacity value formula ................................................................................. 63
Figure 4.11
Summary results for a flat annual export credit value with real-time 2021 customer-generator
exports .......................................................................................................................................... 64
Figure 4.12
Summary results for the On-Peak credit value with real-time 2021 customer-generator exports
....................................................................................................................................................... 65
Figure 4.13
Electric grid schematic highlighting transmission and distribution facilities ............................... 67
Figure 4.14
Electric grid schematic identifying localized distribution capacity ............................................... 68
Table of Contents

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page x
Figure 4.15
Summary results for a flat and seasonal time variant weighted average calculation of avoided
transmission and distribution capacity value with real-time 2021 customer-generator exports 71
Figure 4.16
Electric grid schematic with illustrative line loss example ........................................................... 73
Figure 4.17
Avoidable losses equation ............................................................................................................ 74
Figure 4.18
Transmission losses equation ....................................................................................................... 74
Figure 4.19
Avoidable distribution losses equation ........................................................................................ 75
Figure 4.20
Loss percentage flow diagram (peak hour example).................................................................... 77
Figure 4.21
Energy line loss calculation example for flat real-time export energy prices. ............................. 78
Figure 4.22
Customer-generator and utility scale solar generation 2021 output normalized for peak
generation output ......................................................................................................................... 84
Figure 4.23
Advantages of higher DC/AC ratio illustration.............................................................................. 85
Figure 4.24
Flat Export Credit Rate with real-time exports and ELCC generation capacity value .................. 86
Figure 4.25
Time variant Export Credit Rate with real-time exports and ELCC generation capacity value .... 87
Figure 6.1
Average monthly bill for average residential customer with 8.5 kW solar system installed ....... 94
Figure 6.2
Average monthly bill for average residential customer with 4.25 kW solar system installed ..... 95
Figure 6.3
Average monthly bill for all residential customer-generators in 2021 ........................................ 96
Table of Contents

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page xi
Figure 6.4
Average monthly bill for each compensation structure and measurement interval for all
residential customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy use ......................... 97
Figure 6.5
Average monthly bill for all small general customer-generators in 2021 .................................... 98
Figure 6.6
Average monthly bill for each compensation structure and measurement interval for all small
general customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy use ............................... 99
Figure 6.7
Average monthly bill for all commercial customer-generators in 2021 ..................................... 100
Figure 6.8
Average monthly bill for each compensation structure and measurement interval for all
commercial customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy use ..................... 101
Figure 6.9
Average monthly bill for all irrigation customer-generators in 2021 ......................................... 102
Figure 6.10
Average monthly bill for each compensation structure and measurement interval for all
irrigation customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy use.......................... 103
Figure 7.1
On-site generation monthly billing vs. hourly billing all customers ........................................... 110
Figure 7.2
On-site generation monthly billing vs. hourly billing for non-legacy systems ........................... 111
Figure 7.3
On-site generation monthly billing vs. real-time billing for all customers ................................. 112
Figure 7.4
On-site generation monthly billing vs. real-time billing for non-legacy systems ....................... 113
Figure 8.1
Code of Federal regulations operating expense instructions, definition of CFR 555 purchased
power .......................................................................................................................................... 115
Table of Contents

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page xii

Figure 9.1
Non-solar residential customer service point histogram ........................................................... 121
Figure 9.2
Non-solar commercial and industrial service point histogram .................................................. 122
Figure 9.3
Non-solar irrigation service point histogram .............................................................................. 123
Figure 10.1
Accumulated excess net energy credit balance 2014–2021 ...................................................... 132
Figure 10.2
Idaho Power MyAccount webpage example for downloading hourly usage data .................... 136
Figure 10.3
Idaho Power webpage ‘Understanding Customer Generation’ ................................................. 137

LIST OF APPENDICES
Appendix 3.1
2021 Measurement Interval and Bill Impact — Average Residential
Appendix 3.2
2021 Measurement Interval and Bill Impact — Schedule 6
Appendix 3.3
2021 Measurement Interval and Bill Impact — Schedule 8
Appendix 3.4
2021 Metering Data — Schedule 84
Appendix 3.5
2021 Measurement Interval and Bill Impact — Schedule 84 (Commercial)
Appendix 3.6
2021 Measurement Interval and Bill Impact — Schedule 84 (Irrigation)
Table of Contents

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page xiii

Appendix 4.1
2021 Idaho Power IRP Hourly Price
Appendix 4.2
2019–2021 ICE Mid-C Hourly Price
Appendix 4.3
2019–2021 ELAP Hourly Price
Appendix 4.4
2021 Net Hourly Exports
Appendix 4.5
2021 Real-Time Exports
Appendix 4.6
Weighted Average Energy Prices (Flat)
Appendix 4.7
Weighted Average Energy Prices (Time Variant)
Appendix 4.8
2021 Hourly Price Heat Map
Appendix 4.9
September 2022 LTM Monthly Weighted Average
Appendix 4.10
Non-Firm Analysis
Appendix 4.11
2020–2021 Real-Time & Net Hourly Customer-Generator Exports
Appendix 4.12
2020–2021 Hourly Historical Load & VERs Data
Appendix 4.13
2020–2021 Monthly Historical Dispatchable Data
Appendix 4.14
ELCC & NREL Results
Table of Contents

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page xiv
Appendix 4.15
Transmission and Distribution Avoided Capacity
Appendix 4.16
Idaho Power’s Hourly Losses Report
Appendix 4.17
Idaho Power’s 2020 VER Integration Study
Appendix 4.18
Export Credit Rate Summary
Appendix 7.1
Idaho ROO Process Guide
Appendix 7.2
Idaho ROO
Appendix 7.3
Class COS Process Guide
Appendix 7.4
CCOS — Hourly Netting Assign Module
Appendix 7.5
CCOS — Hourly Netting Summary and Functional Cost Module
Appendix 7.6
CCOS — Real-time Assign Module
Appendix 7.7
CCOS — Real-time Summary and Functional Cost Module
Appendix 8.1
Value 2021 Net Export kWhs at ECRs
Appendix 8.2
2021–2022 PCA Model with ECRs Expense
Appendix 8.3
2022 PCA Revenue Impact by Rate Class
Table of Contents

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page xv

Appendix 10.1
Net Metering Excess kWh Valuation and Expiration Scenarios

Note: All appendices can be accessed at www.puc.idaho.gov under Case No. IPC-E-22-22.

Table of Contents

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page xvi

Glossary

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page xvii
GLOSSARY
Bulk Power System (BPS)—A large interconnected electrical system made up of generation and
transmission facilities and their control systems. A BPS does not include facilities used in the
local distribution of electric energy. In the United States, bulk power systems are overseen by
the North American Electric Reliability Corporation (NERC) and other regulatory agencies.
Idaho Power is part of the Western Interconnection BPS.
Carbon Tax—Tax levied on the carbon emissions required to produce goods and services.
A carbon tax is designed to reduce carbon dioxide emissions by increasing the prices of the
fossil fuels that emit them when burned to incentivize efforts to make them less carbon
intensive. In its simplest form, a carbon tax covers carbon dioxide emissions; however, it can
also cover other greenhouse gases, such as methane or nitrous oxide, by taxing such emissions
based on their carbon dioxide equivalent.
Class Cost-of-Service (CCOS)—Study to assign or allocate the utility’s revenue requirement to
the various customer rate classes. The CCOS process recognizes the way the utility’s costs are
incurred by relating these costs to how the utility operates to provide electrical service.
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)—Codification of the general and permanent rules published
in the Federal Register by the Executive departments and agencies of the Federal Government.
The CFR is divided into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal regulation.
Title 18 of the CFR contains rules and regulations applicable to public utilities. The purpose of
the CFR is to make available the large body of laws that govern Federal practice.
Customer Generator System—An Exporting System or a Non-Exporting System.
Demand Response—A change in the energy consumption of an electric utility customer to
better match the demand for energy with the supply (e.g., reducing air conditioning use during
select hot summer evenings).
Demand Side Management (DSM)—Initiatives and technologies that encourage consumers to
use energy efficiently. Idaho Power provides financial incentives for customers to participate in
DSM programs, which includes both energy efficiency and demand response programs.
Distributed Energy Resource (DER)—A source of electric power that is not directly connected
to the BPS. Any combination of Generation Facilities and/or Energy Storage Devices connected
in parallel is considered a DER, such as rooftop solar.
Distributed Energy Resource Management System (DERMS)—The combination of hardware
and software that allows real-time communication and control across the variety of connected
DER on the system.
Glossary

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page xviii
Effective Load Carrying Capability (ELCC)—Reliability-based metric used to assess capacity
contribution of a given power plant or generation unit, including DERs. ELCC determines an
individual generator’s contribution to the overall system reliability and is primarily driven by the
timing of the highest risk hours. A dispatchable power plant has a relatively high ELCC value,
meaning the power plant can be relied upon to produce it’s expected energy volume during
hours of highest risk. ELCC also captures the variability of solar and other DERs ability to
generate during highest risk hours.
Energy Efficiency—The goal to reduce the amount of energy to produce the same result.
In other words, using energy wisely to reduce total energy use (e.g., using LEDs instead of
incandescent bulbs).
Energy Imbalance Market Load Aggregation Point (ELAP)—Energy Imbalance Market weighted
average hourly price derived from sub-hourly prices for Idaho Power’s entire system.
Energy Limited Resource (ELR)—A resource that can be dispatched for a limited number of
hours and days, such as energy storage.
Energy Storage Device—A device that captures energy produced at a point in time and stores
the energy for use as electricity at a future point in time, such as lithium-ion batteries that
provide backup power at a home. An Energy Storage Device is a DER.
Equivalent Forced Outage Rate (EFOR)—Represents the number of hours a generation unit is
forced off-line compared to the number of hours the unit runs. For example, an EFOR of 3%
means a generator is forced off-line 3% of its running time.
Export Credit Rate (ECR)—Under a Net Billing compensation structure for customer-generators
with Exporting Systems, the ECR is the amount paid to a generator for energy exported.
Exporting Systems—A customer-owned DER which is designed to provide for the transfer of
electric energy to the electric utility system. For Idaho Power, an Exporting System takes service
under the terms of Idaho Power’s Schedules 6, 8, or 84.
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC)—The United States Federal agency that
regulates the transmission and wholesale sale of electricity and natural gas in interstate
commerce and regulates the transportation of oil by pipeline in interstate commerce.
Firm Energy—Energy that is to be scheduled, delivered, sold, received, and purchased on an
uninterruptible basis. Firm energy cannot be interrupted at the seller’s discretion.
Fixed Cost Adjustment (FCA)—A true-up mechanism that separates energy sales from revenue
to ensure Idaho Power recovers the operational costs it incurs to maintain the electrical grid
and provide electric service. The intent of the FCA is to reduce the financial disincentive that
Glossary

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page xix
would otherwise exist when Idaho Power invests in demand-side management (DSM),
which can contribute to customer’s using less energy.
General Rate Case (GRC)—Proceedings with the Commission used to address the costs of
operating and maintaining the utility system and to allocate those costs among
customer classes.
Generation Facility—Equipment used to produce electric energy at a specified physical location
and service point that qualifies for Schedules 6, 8, 84, or Non-Export. A Generation Facility is
a DER.
Idaho Power Energy Risk Management Standards (ERMS)—The Energy Risk Management
Policy and Energy Risk Management Standards define the Energy Risk Management Program to
systematically identify, measure, evaluate, and manage both the physical and financial
exposures to business and market-driven uncertainties within a defined and controlled
framework, in collaboration with customer representatives.
Idaho Public Utilities Commission (Commission)—State governing body that regulates the
rates and services of public utilities like Idaho Power.
Idaho Results of Operations (Idaho ROO or ROO)—A report of Idaho Power’s system costs
based on a 12-month period which may be based on a historical year and includes regulatory
adjustments for normalizing and annualizing adjustments. Results of Operations are developed
at Idaho Power’s system level, and then allocated between the Idaho and Oregon jurisdictions
to determine the Idaho ROO.
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)—A professional association that
develops, defines, and reviews electronics and computer science standards.
Integrated Resource Plan (IRP)—Examines the demand for energy in Idaho Power’s service
area over the next 20 years and the best ways to meet that demand. The plan is updated every
two years and includes a series of public meetings that help guide the planning process. The IRP
describes projected need for additional electricity and the resources necessary to meet that
need while balancing reliability, environmental responsibility, efficiency, risk, and cost.
Idaho Power enlists the assistance of its customers in developing the IRP through an
advisory council.
Intercontinental Exchange Mid-Columbia (ICE Mid-C) Index—Global futures exchange for
electrical energy specifically traded at the Mid-Columbia geographical region in central
Washington. The Mid-Columbia is a liquid market allowing energy to be traded between
utilities, merchants, and energy marketing agencies. The ICE Mid-C Index provides daily settled
prices that include a high-load and a low-load price that is created based on day-ahead
transactions executed on the ICE platform.
Glossary

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page xx
Jurisdictional Separation Study (JSS)—Allocates the system level revenue requirement
between Idaho Power’s Idaho and Oregon jurisdictions.
Kilowatt (kW)—Unit of power equal to 1,000 watts.
Kilowatt-hour (kWh)—A measure of electrical energy equivalent to a power consumption of
1,000 watts for one hour.
Load-Duration Curve (LDC)—A Load-Duration Curve indicates variation of the load, but with the
load arranged in descending order of magnitude.
Loss of Load Expectation (LOLE)—The expected number of days per time interval for which the
available generation capacity is insufficient to serve the demand at least once per day. The LOLE
can be calculated by adding the maximum Loss of Load Probability from each day for a time
interval (typically over one year).
Loss of Load Probability (LOLP)—The likelihood of the net system load exceeding the available
generating capacity during a given time interval (typically an hour). The LOLP can be calculated
by determining the probability that the available generation at any given hour is able to meet
the net load during that same hour.
Megawatt (MW)—A unit of power equal to one million watts or 1,000 kilowatts. Typically used
as a measure of the output of generation facilities.
Megawatt-hour (MWh)—A measure of electrical energy equivalent to 1,000 kWh.
National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL)—A federally funded research and
development center sponsored by the Department of Energy and operated by the Alliance
for Sustainable Energy. NREL specializes in the research and development of renewable energy,
energy efficiency, energy systems integration, and sustainable transportation.
Net Billing—An alternative compensation method to Net Energy Metering (NEM). Like NEM,
customer-generators can consume electricity generated by their system in real-time and export
any generation in excess of on-site consumption to the utility grid. However, under Net Billing,
banking of kWh within a billing cycle to offset future consumption does not occur. All net
energy exports are measured at a shorter interval, typically hourly or real-time, and are
credited at an ECR.
Net Energy Metering (NEM)—Allows on-site customer-generators to export excess energy to
the utility grid when their systems are generating more electricity than they are consuming.
NEM is a compensation structure where customer-generators receive a kWh credit for excess
energy delivered to the grid. The kWh credit can be applied to offset energy consumption
within the current billing cycle or future billing cycles. NEM requires a single bi-directional
meter read for the billing period.
Glossary

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page xxi
Net Load-Duration Curve (NLDC)—The total Load Duration Curve minus the time-synchronized
contribution from DER generation. The resulting net load is then sorted by hour, from the
highest load to the lowest load.
Net Power Supply Expense (NPSE)—The sum of the following Federal Energy Regulatory
Commission (FERC) accounts: Account 501, Fuel (coal); Account 536, Water for Power;
Account 547, Fuel (gas); Account 555, Purchased Power; Account 565, Transmission of
Electricity by Others; and Account 447, Sales for Resale (typically referred to as surplus sales).
Non-Exporting System—A customer-owned DER that limits or prevents electrical energy from
transferring to the electric utility system. For Idaho Power, a Non-Exporting System takes
service under the standard applicable retail schedule.
Non-Firm Energy—Energy that is to be scheduled, delivered, sold, received, and purchased on
an interruptible basis. Non-firm energy can be interrupted at the seller’s discretion.
On-Site Customer-Generator or Customer-Generator—A customer applying to operate or
operating a DER in parallel with the electric utility system.
Parallel—Parallel connection means operating DER that is connected to and receives voltage
from Idaho Power’s system. Operating in parallel allows the system to connect to and interact
with the electric utility’s grid. A system that is not wired in parallel does not connect to or affect
the electric utility’s grid.
Peak Capacity Allocation Factor (PCAF)—A method to estimate the contribution to peak of
solar on distribution systems using a certain number (or percentage) of the highest load
(i.e., peak) hours.
Perfect Generator—A generation unit whose EFOR value is 0%, meaning that it is always
available and never forced off-line.
Power Cost Adjustment (PCA)—Cost-recovery mechanism that passes on both the benefits and
costs of supplying energy to Idaho Power customers.
Power Purchase Agreement (PPA)—Contract between two parties, one which generates
electricity (the seller) and one which purchases electricity (the buyer). The PPA defines all of the
commercial terms for the sale of electricity between the two parties, including when the
project will begin commercial operation, schedule for delivery of electricity, penalties for under
delivery, payment terms, and termination.
Public Utility Regulatory Policies Act of 1978 (PURPA)—The United States Act passed as part
of the National Energy Act. It was meant to promote energy conservation (reduce demand)
and promote greater use of domestic energy and renewable energy (increase supply). The main
vehicle that the PURPA law used to try and accomplish these goals was by creating a new class
Glossary

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page xxii
of electric generating facilities called “qualifying facilities” or “QFs”— PURPA gave QFs special
rate and regulatory treatment.
Qualifying Facilities (QF)—Generating facility that meets the criteria specified by the FERC and
that sells power to an electrical company.
Renewable Energy Certificate (REC)—A REC is a financial mechanism that allows for the
purchase of environmental attributes associated with renewable resources. One REC represents
the environmental benefits of one megawatt-hour of renewable electricity. RECs can either be
sold together with energy from that resources (bundled RECs), or sold separately from the
energy (unbundled RECs).
Renewable Portfolio Standard (RPS)—State regulation that requires the increased production
of energy from renewable energy sources, such as wind, solar, biomass, and geothermal.
The RPS mechanism places an obligation on electricity supply companies to provide electricity
from renewable energy sources.
Sales Based Adjustment Rate (SBA)—A component of the Power Cost Adjustment that
accounts for changes in power supply expense recovery due to differences between the sales
forecast used to set the amount of base net power supply expense recovery in rates and
actual sales.
Schedule 6, Residential Service On-Site Generation (Schedule 6)—Idaho Power’s tariff
schedule for Idaho residential service customers that operate a generation facility fueled by
solar, wind, biomass, geothermal, hydropower, or fuel cell technology, with a total nameplate
capacity rating of 25 kW or less connected in parallel with the Idaho Power system.
Schedule 8, Small General Service On-Site Generation (Schedule 8)—Idaho Power’s tariff
schedule for Idaho small general service customers that operate a generation facility fueled by
solar, wind, biomass, geothermal, hydropower, or fuel cell technology, with a total nameplate
capacity rating of 25 kW or less connected in parallel with the Idaho Power system.
Schedule 68, Interconnections to Customer Distributed Energy Resources (Schedule 68)—
Idaho Power’s tariff schedule that applies to construction, operation, and maintenance of a
customer-generator system interconnected in parallel with Idaho Power’s system.
Schedule 84, Customer Energy Production/Net Metering Service (Schedule 84)—Idaho
Power’s tariff schedule for Oregon residential and small general service customers, and Idaho
and Oregon commercial, industrial, and irrigation customers that operate a generation facility
fueled by solar, wind, biomass, geothermal, hydropower, or fuel cell technology connected in
parallel with the Idaho Power system.
Glossary

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page xxiii
Schedule 86, Cogeneration and Small Power Production Non-Firm Energy (Schedule 86)—
Idaho Power’s tariff schedule applicable to any seller that owns or operates a QF with a
nameplate capacity rate of less than 10 MW and desires to sell energy generated by the QF to
Idaho Power on a non-firm, if, as, and when available basis.
Study Framework—Framework to study the costs, benefits, and compensation of net excess
energy associated with on-site customer generation approved by the Commission in Case
No. IPC-E-21-21 in Order No. 35284.
Underwriter Laboratories (UL)—Safety organization that sets industry-wide standards for new
products. UL testing ensures that wire sizes are correct and that electronic devices can handle
the amount of current claimed by the manufacturer. UL is one of several companies approved
to perform safety testing by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
Variable Energy Resource (VER)—Any renewable generation resource whose output cannot be
directly stored or controlled by the facility owner or operator. Examples include wind or solar
resources, whose hourly output is dependent on a multitude of factors like weather and
environmental conditions.
Western Energy Imbalance Market (Western EIM or EIM)—Real-time energy market that
allows participants to buy and sell power close to the time electricity is generated and
consumed and gives system operators real-time visibility across neighboring grids. The EIM
balances fluctuations in supply and demand by automatically finding lower-cost resources to
meet real-time power needs. The EIM manages congestion on transmission lines to maintain
grid reliability and supports integrating renewable resources. The EIM focuses on real-time
imbalances and allows participants to retain all balancing responsibilities and transmission
provider duties.

Glossary

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page xxiv

Executive Summary

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 1
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
On December 30, 2021, the Idaho Public Utilities Commission (Commission) approved a final
framework to comprehensively study the costs and benefits of on-site customer generation
(Study Framework) in Order No. 35284 in Case No. IPC-E-21-21. This Value of Distributed Energy
Resources (VODER) study was developed under the direction of the Commission and
documents analysis of the benefits and costs of on-site customer generation within Idaho
Power’s service area. The comprehensive study incorporates data for residential, small general,
commercial, industrial, and irrigation customers with Exporting Systems installed and active
for all 12 months of 2021. The study does not advocate for a single position regarding
potential modifications to Idaho Power’s net metering service, but rather explores several
methods of valuing customer on-site generation energy exports and explores other
important considerations.
The Study Framework included an analysis of an hourly and real-time measurement interval to
measure excess energy to present a fair picture for public evaluation. The analysis for the
Export Credit Rate (ECR) builds up the components of potential benefits and costs that on-site
customer generation net exports bring when interconnected with the electric system.
The Study Framework included the general categories related to the ECR illustrated in
Figure 1.1, which are evaluated in Section 4 of the study.
Figure 1.1
Study Framework — ECR benefits and cost components
The ECR benefit and cost components described in the study can vary in value depending on
the use of net excess exported energy measured on a net hourly or real-time measurement
Executive Summary

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 2
interval. For the study, export credit values are summarized under a real-time measurement
interval, but values under both an hourly and real-time measurement have been evaluated and
included within the appendices referenced herein. The values used in the study are only
intended to be indicative or illustrative of the different methods evaluated. For example,
Section 4 of the study uses a three-year average of energy prices to illustrate the potential
value. The study is not forward-looking, and market energy prices are subject to a certain
degree of volatility. As discussed in Section 4 (Export Credit Rate) and Section 5
(Frequency of Export Credit Rate Updates), the energy prices used could be based on
historical actuals, a historical average over two or more years, or real-time actual market prices.
The considerations of each approach are discussed herein and would require further discussion
while implementing changes to the on-site customer generation service offering.
In addition to evaluating the ECR and net hourly and real-time measurement intervals,
the Study Framework incorporated several other areas of study related to on-site customer
generation. The Commission directed the study to provide a thorough evaluation of the
25 kilowatt (kW) and 100 kW Commission-approved project eligibility caps through this study.
The Study Framework also directed the study to include consideration for other areas of study,
such as the timing of updates to the ECR, an evaluation of expiring credits, and billing structure
considerations. The study concludes with a summary of implementation considerations,
including transitional rates, administrative and system updates, and customer notice and
communication. The study provides the public, stakeholders, and the Commission with the
necessary information to be well informed for recommendations and, ultimately,
Commission approval and authorization of any changes to the on-site customer
generation offering.
Introduction

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 3
2. INTRODUCTION
2.1 ON-SITE GENERATION OVERVIEW
Idaho Power supports customer choice and interest in clean energy. Under Idaho Power’s
on-site generation service offerings, Idaho Power’s customers can choose to install
electricity-generating equipment at their home or business to offset some of their electric
needs. Most commonly, customers install solar photovoltaic technology, which for ease of
understanding, will be referred to as solar in the remainder of this study. This subset of
customers is referred to throughout this study as “on-site customer-generators.” On-site
customer-generators choose to remain connected to Idaho Power’s grid, or “interconnected,”
which allows them to consume energy as needed from Idaho Power’s system. The vast majority
of on-site customer-generators also export energy to the grid.
For example, a rooftop solar system may generate more energy than the building needs during
the day, and that excess energy can be sent, or “exported,” to Idaho Power’s grid. At night or
anytime solar panels are not generating enough energy, the customer uses Idaho Power’s
grid for their energy needs. Figure 2.1 provides a simplified illustration of an on-site
customer-generator interconnected with the utility’s system.

Figure 2.1
Illustration of on-site generation

Introduction

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 4
Customers who generate some of their electricity and who interconnect an Exporting System
are billed under different rate schedules as follows:
• Schedule 6, Residential Service On-Site Generation (Schedule 6)
• Schedule 8, Small General Service On-Site Generation (Schedule 8)
• Schedule 84, Customer Energy Production/Net Metering Service (Schedule 84)
Schedule 84 is the schedule under which the company’s Idaho commercial, industrial,
and irrigation customers and all Oregon customers take net metering service.1
Customers who do not want their generation systems to export energy to the electrical grid
may interconnect with a Non-Exporting System so that they consume all energy generated
on-site. Customers with Non-Exporting Systems do not require a change to their rate schedule.
Rather, they take service under the retail rate schedule they qualify for based on the

1 Pursuant to ORS 757.300, an electric utility serving fewer than 25,000 customers in Oregon that has its
headquarters located in another state and offers net metering services or a substantial equivalent
offset against retail sales in that state shall be deemed to be in compliance with this section if the
electric utility offers net metering services to its customers in Oregon in accordance with tariffs,
schedules, and other regulated promulgated by the appropriate authority in the state where the
electric utility’s headquarters are located.
MEASURMENTS OF ENERGY & DEMAND
Throughout this study, energy is reported in kilowatts (kW) and kilowatt-hours (kWh),
megawatts (MW) and megawatt-hours (MWh).
,
kilowatts.
-hour is a measure of how many kilowatts are needed or produced over an hour.
megawatt-hour is equivalent to 1,000 kilowatt-hours.
-kilowatt solar array can produce one kilowatt of power at a moment in time. If the array
-hours of energy
lowatt array x 2 hours = 2 kilowatt-hours).
Introduction

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 5
applicability of Idaho Power’s retail tariff schedules. Both Exporting and Non-Exporting Systems
are subject to Schedule 68, Interconnections to Customer Distributed Energy Resources
(Schedule 68), which applies to all systems connected in parallel and outlines the requirements
and process for interconnection.
As of May 31, 2022, Idaho Power had 12,322 active and pending Exporting Systems under
Schedules 6, 8, and 84. Active systems completed Idaho Power’s interconnection process and
are approved to operate, pending systems are working through the interconnection process.
Collectively, these customer systems represent approximately 118 MW of total nameplate
capacity. Table 2.1 provides the total number of active and pending Exporting Systems in Idaho
Power’s service area by resource and customer type.
Table 2.1
Active and pending Exporting Systems as of May 31, 2022
Customer Type Solar PV Wind Hydro/Other Total
Residential 11,773 27 7 11,807
Small General 69 - 4 73
Commercial & Industrial 200 - - 200
Irrigation 242 - - 242
Total 12,284 27 11 12,322
Table 2.2 provides the total nameplate capacity, or size, of active and pending Exporting
Systems in Idaho Power’s service area by resource and customer type.
Table 2.2
Active and pending Exporting System nameplate capacity in megawatts (MW) as of May 31, 2022
Customer Type Solar PV Wind Hydro/Other Total
Residential On-Site Generation 88.73 0.11 0.07 88.92
Small General On-Site Generation 0.48 - 0.09 0.57
Commercial & Industrial 6.56 - - 6.56
Irrigation 22.00 - - 22.00
Total 117.77 0.11 0.16 118.04
Note: Totals may not sum due to rounding.
Figures 2.2 and 2.3 detail the cumulative number of Exporting Systems and nameplate capacity,
respectively, by customer type in Idaho Power’s service area from 2002 through May 31, 2022
(including pending applications).
Introduction

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 6
Figure 2.2
Cumulative Exporting System counts by customer type, 2002 — May 31, 2022
Figure 2.3
Cumulative Exporting System capacity by customer type, 2012 — May 31, 2022
When customers billed under Schedules 6, 8, and 84 generate more energy than they consume
on-site, they earn a “kWh credit” for the excess energy sent to the grid. In addition to a fixed
monthly service charge, the customer is billed for their net energy use, which is the amount
-
2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
Residential Commercial & Industrial Irrigation
-
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
Ca
p
a
c
i
t
y

(
M
W
)
Residential Commercial & Industrial Irrigation
Introduction

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 7
they use from Idaho Power minus the excess energy they export to the grid over the monthly
bill period.
Figure 2.4 shows the average residential customer-generator system size installed by year of
interconnection. From 2011 through May 31, 2022, the average residential system size has
increased from 4 to 7.6 kW, representing a 6.7% compound annual growth rate.
Figure 2.4
Residential customer-generator average system size by year and five-year rolling average
The circumstances that existed when the Commission initially established Idaho Power’s net
metering policies and practices have changed dramatically over the last two decades. As more
customers install on-site generation, the existing compensation structures do not account for
the nuances of the current environment. For example, on-site customer-generators use energy
from the utility at night, when the sun doesn’t shine, or at any moment the on-site generation
system cannot meet a customer’s energy needs. As a result, a monthly measurement interval
doesn’t accurately reflect the value of the grid’s bi-directional service (energy sent both to and
from the utility’s electric grid) provided to on-site customer-generators during different hours
and days of the billing period nor the value of the energy being produced.
The existing compensation structure ties the Export Credit Rate (ECR) to the retail energy rate,
which varies by customer class (e.g., residential, irrigation, commercial, etc.) and is not
inherently based on the value of the exported energy. Instead, the variation in the retail energy
rate between customer classes is the result of outcomes from the rate making process.
The retail energy rate includes variable energy-related components and fixed operations and
4.0 kW
7.6 kW
0.0 kW
1.0 kW
2.0 kW
3.0 kW
4.0 kW
5.0 kW
6.0 kW
7.0 kW
8.0 kW
9.0 kW
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 May '22
Average System Size 5-Year Rolling Average System Size (kW)
Introduction

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 8
maintenance and plant-related costs associated with the electrical grid and customer care.
For example, approximately 35% of the residential retail energy rate represents variable
energy-related components and 65% represents fixed operations and maintenance and
plant-related costs. Figure 2.5 illustrates the retail energy rate, which results in the effective
ECR realized by customers under the existing net metering structure, and how that varies
between customer classes.
Figure 2.5
Retail energy rate comparison chart
2.2 REGULATORY HISTORY
Idaho Power has offered a net metering option for its customers since 1983, when Idaho Power
had a single customer with on-site generation who wished to interconnect to the company’s
system. At that time, the company’s net metering service was offered as an option under
Schedule 86, Cogeneration and Small Power Production Non-Firm Energy (Schedule 86).
However, the pricing structure that was applied under Schedule 86 required a manual
billing process that was complex, time intensive, and was only designed to accommodate
solar installations.
In 2002, and still with only the single customer taking net metering service, the Commission
established Schedule 84 to specifically apply to net metering customers. The creation of
Schedule 84 simplified the pricing for net metering customers by implementing the retail rate
credit for excess energy, which allowed Idaho Power to use its existing billing system, a single
meter, and enabled Idaho Power to expand its net metering service more easily to a broader
$0.02175
$0.03456
$0.04627
$0.04869
$0.06279
$0.06522
Utility Scale Solar PPA***
Schedule 86 Non-Firm**
Industrial*
Large Commercial, Primary*
Large Commercial, Secondary*
Irrigation*
Residential*
Notes:
*Current average retail energy rate, including 2021 Power Cost Adjustment
**Schedule 86, 2021 annual average market based rate
*** Jackpot Solar Power Purchase Agreement, first year contract price for 120 MW
Introduction

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 9
range of generation resources. The Commission also established a 2.9 MW limit, or “cap,”
on the cumulative nameplate capacity for generation taking service under Schedule 84.
In 2012, the company initiated a case with the Commission requesting the Commission expand
the cumulative nameplate capacity cap and implement other pricing changes that would have
taken steps towards modernizing the company’s on-site generation service offering.
In the last five years, Idaho Power filed five cases related to on-site customer generation,
with the focus of those cases aimed at modernizing Idaho Power’s pricing structure to reflect
the value of bi-directional energy flow. Through these proceedings, the Commission has
determined that a comprehensive study should inform the ultimate determination of the costs
and benefits of on-site customer generation to Idaho Power’s system with the opportunity for
public comment and participation. The Commission approved a Study Framework that defined
the scope of this study in Case No. IPC-E-21-21.2
The following section summarizes the most recent regulatory history related to
on-site generation.
2.2.1 CASE NO. IPC-E-17-13
In Case No. IPC-E-17-13, Idaho Power explained that the rates charged to net metering
customers were not designed to reflect the value of the service being provided to them and
that the inaccuracies in pricing could result in cost-shifting between customers who choose to
install on-site generation and those who do not.3 Idaho Power asked to first establish new
customer classes for residential and small general service customers with on-site generation.
Subsequently, Idaho Power asked to select a compensation structure for on-site customer
generation that reflects the benefits and costs of distributed energy resource interconnection
to the electrical system.4 In its application, Idaho Power stated its ultimate goal was to ensure a
service offering for on-site customer-generators that is fair-priced, scalable, and sustainable
into the future.

2 In the Matter of Idaho Power Company’s Application to Initiate a Multi-Phase Collaborative Process for
the Study of Costs, Benefits, and Compensation of Net Excess Energy Associated with Customer On-Site
Generation, Case No. IPC-E-21-21, Order No. 35284 at 32-33.
3 In the Matter of Idaho Power Company’s Application for Authority to Establish New Schedules for
Residential and Small General Service Customers with On-Site Generation, Case No. IPC-E-17-13,
Application at 1 (July 27, 2017).
4 Id. at 15-16.
Introduction

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 10
In Order No. 34046, the Commission removed Idaho residential and small general service
customers with Exporting Systems from Schedule 84 and created two new tariff schedules:
Schedule 6 and Schedule 8.5 Schedule 84 continues to define the terms for Idaho commercial,
industrial, and irrigation customers with Exporting Systems. To more accurately assign the
appropriate share of fixed costs and benefits of on-site customer generation, the Commission
also directed Idaho Power to “initiate a docket to comprehensively study the costs and benefits
of on-site generation on Idaho Power’s system, as well as proper rates and rate design,
transitional rates, and related issues of compensation for net excess energy provided as a
resource to the company.”6 The Commission encouraged the parties to work through these
issues together in compromise.7
2.2.2 CASE NO. IPC-E-18-15
As a result of Order No. 34046, Idaho Power initiated Case No. IPC-E-18-15 to study the costs,
benefits, and compensation of net excess energy supplied by on-site customer generation.8
Subsequently, Idaho Power, Commission Staff, and various stakeholders undertook a thorough,
data-driven evaluation of Idaho Power’s on-site generation offering. Through this collaborative
process, the parties agreed to compromise on many critical elements of Idaho Power’s on-site
generation offering. The proposed settlement agreement9 would have changed several
fundamental aspects of Idaho Power’s net metering program. Under the settlement,
Idaho Power would have changed from monthly to hourly net calculations for on-site
customer-generators’ energy production and consumption, and customers would have been
credited with a monetary export credit rate for hourly net energy exported to the grid instead
of net excess energy being compensated at a 1:1 kWh credit. The settlement agreement
envisioned that existing residential and small general service customers would transition from
retail rate monthly net metering to net hourly billing over eight years.10 At the end of the

5 Case No. IPC-E-17-13, Order No. 34046 at 30-31 (May 9, 2018).
6 Id. at 31.
7 Id. at 22.
8 In the Matter of the Application of Idaho Power Company to Study the Costs, Benefits, and
Compensation of Net Excess Energy Supplied by Customer On-Site Generation, Case No. IPC-E-18-15,
Petition to Initiate a Docket (October 19, 2018).
9 Case No. IPC-E-18-15, Motion to Approve Settlement Agreement (October 11, 2019).
10 The study describes Net Energy Metering and Net Billing in more detail in Section 3
(Measurement Interval).
Introduction

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 11
transition period, net exports would have been compensated at roughly half of the then current
residential energy consumption rate.
In Order No. 34509, the Commission rejected the proposed settlement agreement. While the
Commission found that the parties had acted in good faith and pursuant to Commission Rules
of Procedure, the Commission found the process did not satisfy the requirements established in
Case No. IPC-E-17-13.11 As a result, the Commission reiterated that it would consider no
changes to Idaho Power’s net metering service until Idaho Power prepared and filed a
“credible and fair study” of the costs and benefits of distributed on-site customer generation
that meets the following criteria:12
1) The study must use the most current data possible and must be readily available to
the public and in the Commission’s decision-making record;
2) Idaho Power must design the study in coordination with the parties and the public,
and the Commission will determine the final scope of the study; and
3) Idaho Power must write the study so it is understandable to an average customer,
and its analysis must be able to withstand expert scrutiny.

11 Case No. IPC-E-18-15, Order No. 34509 at 6 (December 20, 2019).
12 Id. at 9.
LEGACY STATUS – RESIDENTIAL & SMALL GENERAL SERVICE CUSTOMER SYSTEMS
A legacy (i.e., grandfathered) system is defined as either an on-site generation system
’s system as of the service date of Order No. 34509 or a
-site generation system that
ystems are
t to changes in consumption
vice systems interconnected to Idaho Power’s system.
Introduction

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 12
In its Order, the Commission outlined a “study design” phase and a “study review” phase.
During the “study design” phase, Commission Staff and Idaho Power will both “host public
workshops to share information and perspectives on net-metering program design with the
public and listen to customer concerns and input.”13 In the “study review” phase, the public will
have the opportunity to comment on whether the study sufficiently addressed their concerns
and opinions on what the study shows.14
While the study is intended to inform the implementation of changes to on-site generation
compensation and billing structures, the Commission established criteria15 to define legacy
treatment for existing systems under Schedule 6 and Schedule 8.
2.2.3 CASE NOS. IPC-E-19-15 AND IPC-E-20-26
The company initiated Case No. IPC-E-19-15 while the issues in Case No. IPC-E-18-15 were still
under Commission review. In the application, Idaho Power highlighted concerns that Schedule
84 customers were continuing to rely on the expectation of the ongoing application of the net
monthly billing and compensation structure and asked the Commission to initiate the new
docket to consider similar issues as to what was under review in Case No. IPC-E-18-15, but for
commercial, industrial, and irrigation customers taking service under Schedule 84. Over the
next several months, Idaho Power and parties engaged in settlement negotiations similar to
those occurring simultaneously in Case No. IPC-E-18-15. Subsequent to the Commission
rejecting the settlement agreement in Case No. IPC-E-18-15, Idaho Power withdrew its
application, indicating the matters related to compensation structure and export credit rate for

13 Id. at 9-10.
14Id.
15 See Case No. IPC-E-18-15, Order No. 34509 at 14-15 and Order No. 34546 at 8-11 (February 5, 2020).
LEGACY STATUS – COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL & IRRIGATION CUSTOMER SYSTEMS
Similar to Case No. IPC-E-18-15, the Idaho Public Utilities Commission determined that
, also referred to as grandfathered
continue to be subject to changes in consumption rates but not to changes in the 1:1
structure until legacy status terminates on
’s system.
Introduction

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 13
Schedule 84 would be appropriately considered in the new future comprehensive study docket,
as prescribed by Order Nos. 34509 and 34546.
In June 2020, the company initiated Case No. IPC-E-20-26 for authorization to change Schedule
84’s two-meter requirement to a single-meter requirement for new customer-generators and
establish legacy treatment for existing customer-generators under the current rules as of
December 1, 2020. The Commission ultimately established criteria similar to Case
No. IPC-E-18-15, to provide legacy treatment to existing Schedule 84 systems under the rules in
place as of the service date of Order No. 34854, December 1, 2020.16 Order Nos. 34854 and
3489217 delineated legacy systems and new systems subject to future changes informed by a
comprehensive study. A legacy system is defined as either an on-site generation system
interconnected with Idaho Power’s system as of the service date of Order No. 34854 or a
customer with a binding financial commitment to install an on-site generation that proceeds to
interconnect their system on or before December 1, 2021.18
2.2.4 CASE NO. IPC-E-21-21
On June 28, 2021, Idaho Power applied for the Commission to initiate the multi-phase process
for a comprehensive study of the costs and benefits of on-site generation as directed in Order
No. 34046.19 After considering more than 250 written public comments, oral testimony at
a public hearing, and written comments filed by eleven parties to the proceeding,
the Commission issued Final Order No. 35284 approving the Study Framework. The Commission
found that the Study Framework “meets our directive for a credible and fair study” and
reminded Idaho Power to “use the most current data possible” that is readily available to the
public and submitted to the Commission’s decision-making record.20
The Commission ordered Idaho Power to “complete the study in 2022 as soon as feasible”
and indicated that “persons and parties will have another opportunity to participate during the
study review phase.”21 Finally, the Commission reminded stakeholders in the on-site customer

16 In the Matter of Idaho Power Company’s Application for Authority to Modify Schedule 84’s Metering
Requirement and to Grandfather Existing Customers with Two Meters, Case No. IPC-E-20-26, Order No.
34854 at 11 (December 1, 2020).
17 Case No. IPC-E-20-26, Order No. 34892 (January 14, 2021).
18 Id. at 9.
19 Case No. IPC-E-21-21, Application (June 25, 2021).
20 Case No. IPC-E-21-21, Order No. 35284 at 9. See also Case No. IPC-E-18-15, Order No. 34509 at 9-10.
21 Case No. IPC-E-21-21, Order No. 35284 at 32 and 10.
Introduction

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 14
generation industry to act with transparency when engaging with potential investors and
emphasized yet again that “[a] utility’s rate schedules, including net metering program
fundamentals, are subject to change...[and][a]s such, there is no guaranteed return
on investment.”22
2.3 COMMISSION-APPROVED STUDY FRAMEWORK
The Commission approved a final framework to study the costs, benefits, and compensation of
net excess energy associated with on-site customer generation in Order No. 35284 in
Case No. IPC-E-21-21. The study was developed under the direction of the Commission and
documents the comprehensive analysis of the benefits and costs of on-site customer
generation for all Exporting Systems within Idaho Power’s service area.
The study complies with the Commission-approved Study Framework. The study and
accompanying appendices represent a comprehensive study for the “study review” and
implementation phases. The following sections of the study are listed below.
• Section 3 — Measurement Interval
• Section 4 — Export Credit Rate
• Section 5 — Frequency of Export Credit Rate Updates
• Section 6 — Compensation Structure
• Section 7 — Class Cost-of-Service
• Section 8 — Recovering Export Credit Rate Expenditures
• Section 9 — Project Eligibility Cap
• Section 10 — Other Areas of Study (e.g., billing structure, credit transfer/expiration)
• Section 11 — Implementation Considerations

22 Id. at 10.
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 15
3. MEASUREMENT INTERVAL
This study evaluates two metering and billing arrangements: 1) Net Energy Metering (NEM) and
2) Net Billing.23 The study considers three measurement intervals: 1) monthly, 2) hourly, and 3)
real-time. The “measurement interval” refers to the length of time between meter reads to
measure the energy delivered to and received from the customer-generator. The monthly
measurement interval used for Net Energy Metering is the billing arrangement and
compensation structure currently used for Idaho Power customers and will serve as the base
case for the comparison in the study. The study compares the base case (Net Energy Metering)
with Net Billing under hourly and real-time measurement intervals as illustrated in Figure 3.1.
Figure 3.1
Measurement intervals and compensation structures studied
Net Energy Metering was initially implemented when residential rate designs were limited by
meters that could only measure one variable — inflow and outflow of energy across a single
point or channel. The utility had one data point — monthly net energy — on which to base the
compensation structure for excess energy. The circumstances that existed when the
Commission initially established Net Energy Metering policies and practices have changed
dramatically. In Idaho Power’s service area, advanced metering infrastructure has been
deployed. Meters can now measure energy flowing to the utility on one channel and all energy
flowing from the utility on another channel. This provides more options and more precise
measurement intervals from which to develop a compensation structure. Figure 3.2 illustrates
the difference in the metering data capabilities of a traditional bi-directional meter and
advanced metering infrastructure with separate channel meter read capabilities.

23 Net Energy Metering is described in more detail in Section 3.1 of the study. Net Billing is described in
more detail in Section 3.2 of the study.
Compensation Structures
Measurement Net Energy Net
Intervals Metering Billing
Monthly 
Hourly 
Real-Time 
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 16
Figure 3.2
Illustration of bi-directional meter and advanced separate channel meter
3.1 NET ENERGY METERING
Net Energy Metering, often referred to as “net metering,” allows on-site customer-generators
to export excess energy to the utility grid when their systems are generating more electricity
than they are consuming. Customer-generators receive a credit in kWh for the excess energy.
The credit is in terms of a kWh, so it can be applied to offset energy consumption within
the current billing cycle (i.e., one month) and often in future billing cycles. The on-site
customer-generator is billed for net energy consumption during a billing cycle
(i.e., energy consumed during the billing cycle, less energy generated during the same period,
each measured in kWh). In practice, the bi-directional meter “spins backward” when the system
is generating more than the customer-generator is using, decreasing the meter’s measurement
of the customer-generator’s net monthly kWh consumption. Net Energy Metering requires a
single bidirectional meter read.
Figure 3.3 is a Net Energy Metering schematic and illustrates how net consumption or
generation is measured over the billing period with a single meter read.
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 17
Figure 3.3
Net Energy Metering schematic
Under Net Energy Metering, an on-site customer-generator can carry the balance or “bank”
kWh within a billing cycle because the meter only reports net consumption at the end of
the billing cycle. During a billing cycle, the customer-generator’s electricity generated may
exceed electricity consumed from the grid; in this case, customer-generators can typically
bank those credits between cycles (i.e., carry the balance forward to the next billing cycle).
Typically, these credits can be banked indefinitely or may expire at a predetermined time and
be credited at an Export Credit Rate (ECR), depending on the specific Net Energy Metering
offering. Under Idaho Power’s existing net metering offering, credits do not expire if the
account remains open and may be transferred to qualifying accounts24 on an annual basis.
3.2 NET BILLING
Net Billing is similar to Net Energy Metering in that an on-site customer-generator can consume
electricity generated by their system in real-time and export any generation in excess of on-site
consumption to the utility grid. However, under Net Billing, banking of kWh within a billing
cycle to offset future consumption does not occur — in fact, credits are not granted in kWh
terms at all. Instead, when exported to the grid, all net energy exports are metered and
credited at an Export Credit Rate (ECR), which will have a monetary value rather than a
kWh value.

24 Schedules 6, 8, and 84 contain requirements for annual transfer of unused Excess Net Energy credits.
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 18
Figure 3.4
Net Billing schematic
If at any point the customer is generating more electricity than they are using on-site, then the
customer is net exporting — injecting electricity into the grid. Similarly, if at any point the
customer is using more electricity than they are producing, then the customer is net consuming
and drawing electricity from the grid. The advanced meter’s “received” channel would spin
forward, measuring the exported kWh, and the customer would receive the export credit rate
for the exported electricity. The advanced meter’s “delivered” channel would spin forward,
measuring the electricity being drawn from the grid, and the customer would pay the
applicable retail energy rate for this energy. Neither the “received” or “delivered” channel can
“spin backward” during a billing cycle under Net Billing. Instead, they only spin forward when
separately measuring net consumption and net exports in real-time. The meter records
real-time net grid electricity consumption and exports separately — both are measured and
aggregated independently by the meter.
Figure 3.4 is a Net Billing schematic that illustrates how net exports and grid electricity are
separately aggregated and measured over either an hourly or real-time measurement interval.
Note that the meter cannot measure gross or total solar generation. The meter only measures
the excess solar energy that is exported to the grid and does not capture the amount of solar
energy that is used on the customer’s side of the meter. The solar energy that the meter does
not measure is depicted in Figure 3.4 as “Self-Consumed Solar Generation” in the Usage graph.
This volume is not shown in the Metering graph, as this energy never crosses the meter.
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 19
3.2.1 HOURLY NET BILLING OVERVIEW
Under hourly Net Billing, a customer is billed for net energy consumption or credited for net
exports during every hour of the billing cycle (i.e., what the system owner consumed from the
grid during the hour, less what the system exported during the hour). If the customer generates
more electricity than they are using on-site in any hour, they will be credited at the applicable
Export Credit Rate for hourly net exports. If the customer consumes more electricity than they
are generating on-site at any hour, the customer will pay the applicable retail rate for hourly
net consumption. At the end of the billing cycle, all hourly net charges will be totaled, and all
the hourly net credits will be totaled.
3.2.2 REAL-TIME NET BILLING OVERVIEW
Under real-time Net Billing, a customer is billed for all energy consumed from the grid and
credited for all exports over the course of the billing period. All net exports will be measured
separately, and all kWh will receive the Export Credit Rate. Similarly, the meter will measure all
net consumption from the grid separately, and all kWh will be charged the retail energy rate.
Real-time Net Billing removes the need to mathematically “net” consumption and exports each
hour in the billing system like would occur for Hourly Net Billing (i.e., subtract what the
system owner consumed from the grid and what they net exported in each hour).
Instead, the distributed energy resource system owner simply receives the export credit rate
for all exports, and all consumption from the grid is charged at the applicable retail rate.
3.2.3 AVERAGE RESIDENTIAL CUSTOMER ENERGY CONSUMED
& EXPORTED
As the measurement interval length decreases (i.e., monthly to either hourly or real-time),
the result is a more accurate reflection of how energy is physically consumed (delivered)
and exported (received) from the customer-generator to the electric grid allowing more
accurate billing for consumption and compensation for exported energy for customers.
When the measurement interval is shortened from monthly to hourly or real-time, the
kWh measurements are essentially “stored” at the meter for a shorter time.
Therefore, energy received and delivered do not offset for as long before they are recorded for
billing. For example, under hourly or real-time Net Billing, a kWh exported at 2 p.m. can’t be
“stored” as a result of the measurement interval and used to offset a kWh consumed from the
grid at 11 p.m. at night. However, in reality, the exported energy is not stored at the meter at
all — the exported energy is used to supply other system loads or sold as surplus on the
wholesale market, all of which has a variable value by hour.
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 20
To illustrate how the different measurement intervals track and account for energy
consumption, Idaho Power started with the usage characteristics of an average residential
customer without on-site generation. This customer’s average consumption is then modeled
with solar generation. The study selected residential customer-generators to illustrate the
impact of a change in the measurement interval because residential systems account for 95% of
all customer-generators by system count. Appendices 3.2–3.4 include 2021 meter data for
customer-generators on Schedule 6, 8, and 84.
The average residential customer uses approximately 1,000 kWh per month, or 12,000 kWh per
year. The amount of energy consumed and generated depends on the relative size of the
generating system installed. For this analysis, the study has illustratively modeled two scenarios
for the system size installed to provide a sensitivity analysis for the impacts of measurement
intervals under different system sizes: 1) annual generation output approximately equal to
annual energy consumption; and 2) annual generation output equal to approximately 50% of
annual energy consumption.25
For the first scenario, PVWatts Calculator26 forecasts an 8.5 kW system generating
approximately 12,100 kWh, roughly equal to 100% of the average residential customer’s annual
energy consumption. Figure 3.5 illustrates the average monthly consumption measured under
Net Energy Metering (monthly), Net Billing (hourly), and Net Billing (real-time) as compared to
the consumption prior to the solar installation. This figure does not show energy exported,
which is illustrated in Figure 3.6.

25 The average residential system size installed between 2018 and May 31, 2022, is 7.6 kW
(see Figure 2.4).
26 The National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL) is a national laboratory of the U.S. Department of
Energy operated by the Alliance for Sustainable Energy, LLC. NREL’s PVWatts Calculator estimates the
energy production of PV energy systems. It allows homeowners, small building owners, installers,
and manufacturers to easily develop estimates of the performance of potential PV installations.
For purposes of the examples contained in the study, an installation in Boise, Idaho, with a standard
roof-mounted system and default PVWatts inputs was used.
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 21

Figure 3.5
Average monthly energy measured for consumption for an average residential customer with 8.5 kW solar system
As shown in Figure 3.5, the customer’s energy needs average 1,009 kWh per month. When an
8.5 kW solar system is installed, the customer’s average monthly measured consumption is
0 kWh. This does not mean the customer did not use Idaho Power produced electricity.
The customer did use electricity from Idaho Power at night, when it was cloudy or anytime the
panels did not produce enough energy to meet the customer’s energy needs.
However, over the course of the month, the panels produced enough energy to offset energy
consumed in the same month. The customer essentially is able to store excess energy to offset
future use by using Idaho Power’s grid as a battery due to the monthly measurement interval.
When the measurement interval changes from monthly to hourly, the average monthly
measured consumption increases from 0 kWh to 615 kWh, and when the measurement interval
is changed from hourly to real-time, there is a 4% increase in measured energy for
consumption. The real-time measurement reflects all energy that is delivered from the utility
over the course of the billing month.
Figure 3.6 illustrates the average monthly exported energy measured under Net Energy
Metering (monthly), Net Billing (hourly), and Net Billing (real-time) for an 8.5 kW system.
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 22

Figure 3.6
Average monthly energy measured for exports for an average residential customer with 8.5 kW solar system
As shown in Figure 3.6, when an 8.5 kW solar system is installed, the customer’s average
monthly measured export is approximately 205 kWh under the monthly measurement interval.
When the measurement interval changes from monthly to hourly, the average monthly
measured exports increase from 205 kWh to 616 kWh. When the measurement interval is
changed from hourly to real-time, there is a 7% increase in measured energy for exports.
The real-time measurement reflects all energy that is exported from the customer-generator
over the billing month.
For the second scenario, a 4.25 kW system would generate roughly 6,050 kWh, or roughly 50%
of the customer’s annual energy consumption. Figure 3.7 illustrates the average monthly
consumption measured under Net Energy Metering (monthly), Net Billing (hourly), and Net
Billing (real-time) as compared to the consumption prior to the solar installation.
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 23

Figure 3.7
Average monthly energy measured for consumption for an average residential customer with 4.25 kW solar system
As shown in Figure 3.7, when a 4.25 kW solar system is installed, the customer’s average
monthly measured consumption is 504 kWh. Due to the smaller sized system relative to the
customer’s energy consumption, energy measured by the utility for consumption is higher
when compared to the 8.5 kW system; however, a larger percentage of the total energy
generated is consumed on-site. When the measurement interval is decreased from monthly to
hourly, the measured consumption increases from 504 kWh to 678 kWh, or a 34% increase.
Last, when the measurement interval is changed from hourly to real-time, there is a 4%
increase in measured energy for consumption.
Figure 3.8 illustrates the average monthly exported energy measured under Net Energy
Metering (monthly), Net Billing (hourly), and Net Billing (real-time) for the 4.25 kW system.
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 24

Figure 3.8
Average monthly energy measured for exports for an average residential customer with 4.25 kW solar system
Due to the smaller sized system relative to the customer’s energy consumption,
energy measured for exports is lower when compared to the 8.5 kW system. When the
measurement interval is decreased from monthly to hourly, the measured exports average
174 kWh per month under an hourly measurement interval compared to no measured
exported energy on a monthly interval. When the measurement interval is changed from hourly
to real-time, there is a 7% increase in measured energy for exports.
Regardless of the size of the system installed, the measurement for real-time is the most
accurate depiction of how energy is delivered to the customer and received or exported to the
electric grid. Under the modeled 8.5 kW and 4.25 kW scenarios, as the measurement interval
decreases, the amount of energy measured for both consumption and exports increases.
The supporting data for Figures 3.5–3.8 are included with this study in Appendix 3.1.
3.2.4 2021 SCHEDULE 6 (RESIDENTIAL) CUSTOMER-GENERATOR
ENERGY CONSUMED & EXPORTED
To determine the impact a change to the measurement interval would have on existing
customers, the study evaluated the change from monthly to hourly and real-time measurement
intervals for residential customer-generators with 12 months of data in 2021. The total
population of customers for this analysis was 6,425 residential customer-generators.
Legacy systems account for 5,141 of the population or approximately 80%. The study analyzed
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 25
the population of all residential customer-generators, but also isolated the analysis to only
non-legacy systems and found that the total population was representative of the change in
measurement interval for non-legacy systems. As such, the summary in this study discusses the
results for all residential customer-generators. Appendix 3.2 includes all supporting data and
the ability to select or remove legacy systems from the summary analysis.
Figures 3.9 and 3.10 summarize all residential customer-generators with exporting systems.
As shown in Figure 3.9, for the customer-generators in the analysis, the average monthly
consumption is 463 kWh per month. Meaning on average, systems do not produce enough
energy to meet all the customers’ energy needs. The average measured energy consumption
increases to 896 and 932 kWh per month under an hourly and real-time measurement
interval, respectively.

Figure 3.9
Average monthly energy measured for consumption for all residential customer-generators in 2021
463
896 932
All Customers
(6,425 customers)
Av
e
r
a
g
e

M
o
n
t
h
l
y

k
W
h

D
e
l
i
v
e
r
e
d
Average Monthly
Energy Measured for Consumption
NEM (Monthly)Net Billing (Hourly)Net Billing (Real-Time)
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 26
As shown in Figure 3.10, measured exported energy is 128, 464, and 500 kWh per month under
a monthly, hourly, and real-time measurement interval, respectively.

Figure 3.10
Average monthly energy measured for exports for all residential customer-generators in 2021
128
464 500
All Customers
(6,425 customers)
Av
e
r
a
g
e

M
o
n
t
h
l
y

k
W
h

E
x
p
o
r
t
e
d
Average Monthly
Energy Measured for Exports
NEM (Monthly)Net Billing (Hourly)Net Billing (Real-Time)
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 27
In Figures 3.11 and 3.12, the residential customer-generators have been grouped into six
categories based on their average monthly consumption under the monthly measurement
interval. Figure 3.11 compares energy measured for consumption.

Figure 3.11
Average monthly energy measured under monthly, hourly, and real-time intervals, for consumption for all
residential customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy use

0 217
671
1,084
1,475
3,006
520 654
1,076
1,465
1,844
3,268
548 687
1,119
1,511
1,897
3,314
0 kWh(1,080 customers)1 ≤ 500 kWh (3,491 customers)500 ≤ 900 kWh (946 customers)900 ≤ 1,300 kWh (449 customers)1,300 ≤ 1,700 kWh (185 customers)1,700 kWh+(274 customers)
Av
e
r
a
g
e

M
o
n
t
h
l
y

k
W
h

D
e
l
i
v
e
r
e
d
Average Net Monthly kWh Delivered
Average Monthly
Energy Measured for Consumption
NEM (Monthly)Net Billing (Hourly)Net Billing (Real-Time)
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 28
Figure 3.12 compares average monthly energy measured for exports under each
measurement interval.

Figure 3.12
Average monthly energy measured under monthly, hourly, and real-time intervals, for exports for all residential
customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy use
After evaluating the inputs and assumptions for each of the components of the Export Credit
Rate in Section 4, the study will address resulting bill impacts for changes in the measurement
interval under a given export credit rate in Section 6.
3.2.5 2021 SCHEDULE 8 (SMALL GENERAL) CUSTOMER-GENERATOR
ENERGY CONSUMED & EXPORTED
The study also evaluated the change from monthly to hourly and real-time measurement
intervals for small general customer-generators with 12 months of data in 2021. The total
population for this customer segment is significantly smaller than the residential
customer-generators, with only 52 small general customer-generators. Legacy systems
account for 49 systems or approximately 94%. Due to the smaller population, the study
only analyzed the population of all small general customer-generators and did not isolate
the analysis to the three non-legacy systems. Appendix 3.3 includes all supporting data for
2021 meter read measurements.
Figures 3.13 and 3.14 summarize all small general customer-generators with exporting systems.
As shown in Figure 3.13, for the customer-generators in the analysis, the average monthly
343
107 57 38 32 9
710
436 405 381 370
262
738
470 448 427 422
308
0 kWh(1,080 customers)1 ≤ 500 kWh (3,491 customers)500 ≤ 900 kWh (946 customers)900 ≤ 1,300 kWh (449 customers)1,300 ≤ 1,700 kWh (185 customers)1,700 kWh+(274 customers)
Av
e
r
a
g
e

M
o
n
t
h
l
y

k
W
h

E
x
p
o
r
t
e
d
Average Net Monthly Energy Delivered
Average Monthly
Energy Measured for Exports
NEM (Monthly)Net Billing (Hourly)Net Billing (Real-Time)
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 29
consumption is 146 kWh per month. Meaning, on average, systems do not produce enough
energy to meet all the customers’ energy needs. The average measured energy consumption
increases to 463 and 484 kWh per month under an hourly and real-time measurement
interval, respectively.

Figure 3.13
Average monthly energy measured for consumption for all small general customer-generators in 2021
146
463 484
All Customers
(52 customers)
Av
e
r
a
g
e

M
o
n
t
h
l
y

k
W
h

D
e
l
i
v
e
r
e
d
Average Monthly
Energy Measured for Consumption
NEM (Monthly)Net Billing (Hourly)Net Billing (Real-Time)
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 30
As shown in Figure 3.14, measured exported energy is 368, 587, and 608 kWh per month under
a monthly, hourly, and real-time measurement interval, respectively.

Figure 3.14
Average monthly energy measured for exports for all small general customer-generators in 2021

In Figures 3.15 and 3.16, the small general customer-generators have been grouped into six
categories based on their average monthly consumption under the monthly measurement
interval. Figure 3.15 compares energy measured for consumption.
368
587 608
All Customers
(52 customers)
Av
e
r
a
g
e

M
o
n
t
h
l
y

k
W
h

E
x
p
o
r
t
e
d
Average Monthly
Energy Measured for Exports
NEM (Monthly)Net Billing (Hourly)Net Billing (Real-Time)
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 31

Figure 3.15
Average monthly energy measured under monthly, hourly, and real-time intervals, for consumption for all small
general customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy use
Figure 3.16 compares average monthly energy measured for exports under each
measurement interval.
-113
282
545 664
983
323
518 474
839
1,028
1,323
338
544 494
866
1,077
1,367
0 kWh
(25 customers)
1 ≤ 200 kWh
(12 customers)
200 ≤ 400 kWh
(10 customers)
400 ≤ 600 kWh
(2 customers)
600 ≤ 800 kWh
(2 customers)
800 kWh+
(1 customers)
Av
e
r
a
g
e

M
o
n
t
h
l
y

k
W
h

D
e
l
i
v
e
r
e
d
Average Net Monthly kWh Delivered
Average Monthly
Energy Measured for Consumption
NEM (Monthly)Net Billing (Hourly)Net Billing (Real-Time)
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 32

Figure 3.16
Average monthly energy measured under monthly, hourly, and real-time intervals, for exports for all small general
customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy use
3.2.6 SCHEDULE 84 (COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL & IRRIGATION)
CUSTOMER-GENERATOR ENERGY CONSUMED & EXPORTED
The study includes similar data for commercial, industrial, and irrigation customer-generators
with 12 months of data in 2021. However, these customer-generators with legacy systems have
a different interconnection configuration than residential and small general customers.
Legacy systems have a two-meter interconnection and non-legacy systems have a single-meter
interconnection. The additional meter for these legacy systems separately meters generation
and consumption. As a result, a similar analysis for Net Billing with a real-time interval would
measure all generation as exports. For this reason, the study did not consider the same analysis
as conducted for existing Schedule 6 and Schedule 8 single-meter customers.
Based on the data available, the study has evaluated Schedule 84 customers under the
following three scenarios: (1) no solar; (2) monthly; and (3) hourly. The hourly data for these
customers is made available in Appendix 3.4. It is possible to quantify the no solar scenario for
existing customers due to the unique two-meter interconnection separately metering
consumption. The second and third scenario are similar to the analysis in Section 3.2.4 and
3.2.5 for Schedule 6 and Schedule 8 customer-generators. The real-time scenario is not
analyzed because the real-time netting does not occur and is not able to be measured with
two-meter configurations.
661
164
50 25 39 25
883
405
193
294
364 340
899
431
212
322
413 384
-
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1,000
0 kWh
(25 customers)
1 ≤ 200 kWh
(12 customers)
200 ≤ 400 kWh
(10 customers)
400 ≤ 600 kWh
(2 customers)
600 ≤ 800 kWh
(2 customers)
800 kWh+
(1 customers)
Av
e
r
a
g
e

M
o
n
t
h
l
y

k
W
h

E
x
p
o
r
t
e
d
Average Net Monthly Energy Delivered
Average Monthly
Energy Measured for Exports
NEM (Monthly)Net Billing (Hourly)Net Billing (Real-Time)
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 33
The analysis of Schedule 84 systems is for illustrative purposes only, as all customers evaluated
with 12 months of data in 2021 were legacy two-meter systems that would not be subject to
changes in the on-site customer generation offering. The supporting detail for the
measurement interval analysis for Schedule 84 commercial and irrigation customers is provided
in Appendix 3.5 and Appendix 3.6, respectively.
In Figure 3.17 and Figure 3.18, the commercial customer-generators have been grouped into six
categories based on their average monthly consumption under the monthly measurement
interval. The total population of commercial customer-generators evaluated was 127 customers
— all with legacy systems. Figure 3.17 compares energy measured for consumption.

Figure 3.17
Average monthly energy measured under no solar, monthly, and hourly intervals, for consumption for all
commercial customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy use

2,423 2,577 3,685 4,964
10,731
44,504
-329 1,302 3,038
8,489
39,496
1,424 1,570 2,517 3,643
8,937
39,989
0 kWh(22 customers)1 ≤ 750 kWh (19 customers)750 ≤ 2,000 kWh (25 customers)2000 ≤ 6,000 kWh (20 customers)6,000 ≤ 12,000 kWh (20 customers)12,000 kWh+(21 customers)
Av
e
r
a
g
e

M
o
n
t
h
l
y

k
W
h

D
e
l
i
v
e
r
e
d
Average Net Monthly kWh Delivered
Average Monthly
Energy Measured for Consumption
No Solar NEM (Monthly)Net Billing (Hourly)
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 34
Figure 3.18 compares average monthly energy measured for exports under each
measurement interval.

Figure 3.18
Average monthly energy measured under no solar, monthly, and hourly intervals, for exports for all commercial
customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy use
In Figures 3.19 and 3.20, the irrigation customer-generators have been grouped into six
categories based on their average monthly consumption under the monthly measurement
interval. The total population of irrigation customer-generators evaluated was 79 customers —
all with legacy systems. Figure 3.19 compares energy measured for consumption.
------
2,864
430 503
111 65 12
3,952
1,241 1,215
605 448 493
0 kWh(22 customers)1 ≤ 750 kWh (19 customers)750 ≤ 2,000 kWh (25 customers)2000 ≤ 6,000 kWh (20 customers)6,000 ≤ 12,000 kWh (20 customers)12,000 kWh+(21 customers)
Av
e
r
a
g
e

M
o
n
t
h
l
y

k
W
h

E
x
p
o
r
t
e
d
Average Net Monthly Energy Delivered
Average Monthly
Energy Measured for Exports
No Solar NEM (Monthly)Net Billing (Hourly)
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 35

Figure 3.19
Average monthly energy measured under no solar, monthly, and hourly intervals, for consumption for all irrigation
customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy use
Figure 3.20 compares average monthly energy measured for exports under each
measurement interval.
7,561 5,309
16,624
25,184 25,061
57,483
-1,159 3,479 7,180 11,312
42,203
4,672 3,881
12,250
18,462 20,516
50,298
0 kWh
(35 customers)
1 ≤ 2000 kWh
(7 customers)
2000 ≤ 5000 kWh
(4 customers)
5000 ≤ 10,000 kWh
(9 customers)
10,000 ≤ 15,000
kWh (7 customers)
15,000 kWh+
(17 customers)
Av
e
r
a
g
e

M
o
n
t
h
l
y

k
W
h

D
e
l
i
v
e
r
e
d
Average Net Monthly kWh Delivered
Energy Measured for Consumption
No Solar NEM (Monthly)Net Billing (Hourly)
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 36

Figure 3.20
Average monthly energy measured under no solar, monthly, and hourly intervals, for exports for all irrigation
customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy use

------
11,701
1,553
5,861
7,714
5,416 5,069
13,850
2,721
8,771
11,282
9,205
8,096
0 kWh
(35 customers)
1 ≤ 2000 kWh
(7 customers)
2000 ≤ 5000 kWh
(4 customers)
5000 ≤ 10,000 kWh
(9 customers)
10,000 ≤ 15,000
kWh (7 customers)
15,000 kWh+
(17 customers)
Av
e
r
a
g
e

M
o
n
t
h
l
y

k
W
h

E
x
p
o
r
t
e
d
Average Net Monthly Energy Delivered
Energy Measured for Exports
No Solar NEM (Monthly)Net Billing (Hourly)
Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 37
Measurement Interval – Supporting Appendices
Appendix 3.1
2021 Measurement Interval and Bill Impact — Average Residential
Appendix 3.2
2021 Measurement Interval and Bill Impact — Schedule 6
Appendix 3.3
2021 Measurement Interval and Bill Impact — Schedule 8
Appendix 3.4
2021 Metering Data — Schedule 84
Appendix 3.5
2021 Measurement Interval and Bill Impact — Schedule 84 (Commercial)
Appendix 3.6
2021 Measurement Interval and Bill Impact — Schedule 84 (Irrigation)
Note: All appendices can be accessed at www.puc.idaho.gov under Case No. IPC-E-22-22.

Measurement Interval

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 38

Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 39
4. EXPORT CREDIT RATE
To determine a methodology and value for excess energy delivered from customers to the grid,
the study looked at multiple variables from the generation of power to the movement of that
power through the transmission and distribution system. This section describes each variable in
more detail including any inputs or assumptions and options for data sources.
Variables Considered in Determining the Export Credit Rate (ECR):
• Avoided Energy Costs
• Avoided Generation Costs
• Avoided Transmission and Distribution Costs
• Avoided Line Losses
• Avoided Environmental Costs
• Integration Costs
4.1 AVOIDED ENERGY COSTS
Idaho Power meets its customers’ energy needs by generating electricity from its energy
resources, through the promotion of energy efficiency programs, or by purchasing energy
(either via purchase agreements or energy markets). When a customer generates energy in
excess of its own energy consumption and exports it to Idaho Power’s system, the company
may be able to use that energy to meet its customers’ energy needs. As a result, this will
reduce the energy that Idaho Power would otherwise generate or purchase. When this
occurs, Idaho Power will avoid the cost of that generation or energy purchase. An actual,
hourly market-based price applied to exports in a given hour would be the most accurate
means of assigning value, but it is the least stable and predictable option for the customer
because these values would not be known in advance of when the energy is exported to the
system. Alternatively, a weighted average of established energy prices (either historical actuals
or those from a forecasted pricing stream) would be stable and predictable, but less accurate.
To illustrate the value of avoided energy costs, the following factors were considered:
• Energy Price: Forecasted and Market Prices
o Forecast: Integrated Resource Plan (IRP)
o Actual Market: Intercontinental Exchange Mid-Columbia (ICE Mid-C) and
Western Energy Imbalance Market (EIM) Load Aggregation Point (ELAP)
• Credit Design: Evaluation of energy price under a flat and variable pricing mechanism
• Non-Firm Discount: Description of firm and non-firm energy and evaluation of how
non-firm energy is discounted relative to prices for firm energy
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 40
• Wheeling Costs: Applicability evaluation of wheeling charges or fees to wheel power.
Wheeling costs are essentially the rental cost of moving power on a transmission line to
end-users.
4.1.1 ENERGY PRICE: INPUTS AND ASSUMPTIONS
Electric energy is a commodity with prices that vary significantly by time and location.
Electric energy markets are generally driven by supply and demand economics and based on
the fundamentals of the Bulk Power System (BPS) conditions and costs. Pursuant to the
Commission-approved Study Framework, the study evaluates current energy price inputs,
consistent with Idaho Power’s IRP model inputs and market price index assumptions.
The following sections will describe the three sources evaluated for the pricing of energy: 1) IRP
Idaho Power price forecast; 2) ICE Mid-C Index; and 3) EIM Load Aggregation Point (ELAP).
4.1.1.1 INTEGRATED RESOURCE PLAN — IDAHO POWER PRICE
Every two years, Idaho Power develops and publishes an IRP. The company’s most recent IRP
was published in late-2021. The 2021 IRP covers a 20-year planning period from 2021 through
2040. The 2021 IRP hourly pricing forecast for the Idaho Power area used in this study is
provided as Appendix 4.1.
The primary goal of the IRP is to ensure Idaho Power’s system has sufficient resources to
reliably serve customer peak demand and flexible capacity needs over the 20-year planning
period while also minimizing costs and risks to customers. To ensure Idaho Power’s growing
need for energy and peak demand is sufficiently met, the capability of the existing system is
included and then resources are added (or removed). Multiple portfolios consisting of varying
resource additions are produced. Resource additions include supply-side resources like wind
generation facilities; demand-side resources like energy efficiency measures; and transmission
projects that increase access to energy markets. The portfolios are then compared, and the
portfolio that best minimizes cost and risk is selected to be the Preferred Portfolio.
Idaho Power develops the portfolios utilizing a software program called Aurora.
Energy Exemplar’s Aurora electric forecasting software is a highly robust and computationally
intensive program that can optimize a system given numerous inputs and constraints.
The company develops inputs and constraints every other year and shares these values —
as well as seeks input regarding these values — through its IRP Advisory Committee process.
Key inputs include, but are not limited to, forecasts such as hydroelectric production;
natural gas pricing; customer demand; future resource pricing; constraints such as the cost of
carbon; emissions compliance requirements; resource parameters such as potential shaping for
intermittent resources; or operational restrictions for flexible dispatchable (i.e., firm) resources.
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 41
Once the Preferred Portfolio is identified, Aurora can output an hourly pricing forecast for the
Idaho Power area (the Idaho Power node within the model) for the full 20-year planning period.
The study utilized Idaho Power’s 2021 hourly pricing values from the Aurora model, for the
Idaho Power area over the 2021 calendar year and applied these prices to actual 2021
customer exports to develop the weighted average energy value for the ECR.
The 2021 IRP pricing method is a forecast. A forecasted energy pricing input provides
certainty in the form of a static export credit value and ease of understandability for
customer-generators. However, a forecasted price also carries a level of uncertainty relative to
fluctuations in the actual market prices and would not change with increases or decreases seen
in the market.
4.1.1.2 ICE MID-C INDEX PRICE
The Intercontinental Exchange Mid-Columbia, or ICE Mid-C, is a global futures exchange,
like the NASDAQ or New York Stock Exchange, except it is for electrical energy specifically
traded at the Mid-C. Mid-Columbia represents a geographical region in central Washington,
where a fluid market exists allowing energy to be traded between utilities, merchants,
and energy marketing agencies. The ICE Mid-C Index Price represents the cost of firm energy,
one day in advance of real-time operations (day-ahead), at an electrical energy market hub in
close proximity to the Idaho Power system. Prior to Idaho Power’s entrance into the Western
EIM, the company would often use a Mid-C Index to balance energy transactions with
counterparties (energy market buyers and sellers).
ICE Mid-C Index Price is published for two time periods: 1) Heavy Load, and 2) Light Load.
In context of electricity, “load” is the amount of electricity on the grid at any given instant.
Heavy Load hours fall between 7 a.m. and 11 p.m. Mountain Time, Monday through Saturday,
when customer energy usage is higher. Light Load hours fall between 11 p.m. and 7 a.m.
Mountain Time, and all day on Sundays and holidays.
For purposes of the study, the value for the ECR uses a historically based indicative price based
on a three-year average of the ICE Mid-C Index. The three-year average was provided to
illustrate an average price using recent data; however, it is important to note there are a variety
of implementation possibilities if the Commission were to adopt the ICE Mid-C Index Price as an
input. Those implementation considerations are also discussed in Section 11.1. Hourly pricing
for 2019 through 2021 used in this study are provided in Appendix 4.2.
The study also evaluated the feedback that a benefit of customer exports may be the price-risk
hedge (also referred to as a “fuel price risk”) provided by customer-generator exported energy.
The pricing of electricity markets can vary due to effects such as water (hydroelectric)
conditions, or fuel pricing (such as natural gas or coal), and customer exports may provide some
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 42
increased pricing certainty. By utilizing the ICE Mid-C Index Price, the ECR would capture
changes in market conditions resulting in higher or lower energy prices — customers would be
directly compensated for any potential price-risk hedge benefits. However, a market-based
price may provide less certainty and understandability to customer-generators on the value
they would receive in a given hour for exported energy. If an hourly real-time market-based
methodology were selected, the ICE Mid-C Price only provides price signals and granularity by
two daily prices — one price for heavy load (HL) hours and a second price for light load (LL)
hours. Therefore, this pricing input may not be the preferred input for an hourly real-time
pricing methodology.
The ICE Mid-C Price Index is published for subscription and not generally available to the public.
This will limit most customers from having access to this information and creates a limit to the
transparency of using this price value.
4.1.1.3 ENERGY IMBALANCE MARKET LOAD AGGREGATION POINT
(ELAP) PRICE
The Western EIM determines the EIM Price on a sub-hourly basis based on competitively bid
energy prices submitted by participating market entities. The market itself is focused on more
than just energy imbalance, rather, the market attempts to find the most economically efficient
way to meet the needs of its footprint (members), while also maintaining power flows
throughout the BPS within reliability ranges. The design of the market requires each entity to
have sufficient resource capacity to meet load while also incentivizing those entities to bid in
their participating resources at or near the cost to produce power. Therefore, the EIM pricing
is a real-time indicator of the value of energy on the Idaho Power system at any point in time.
The Idaho Power system has numerous EIM nodes within the Western EIM. For this pricing
approach, the study uses a weighted average hourly price that is derived from sub-hourly node
prices for its entire system. This calculated value is called an EIM Load Aggregation Point,
or ELAP. Idaho Power utilizes this same pricing amount for the settling of various energy
transactions with energy counterparties.
The value for the ECR, for purposes of the study, uses a historically based indicative price based
on a three-year average of the ELAP price. The three-year average was provided to illustrate an
average price using recent data; however, it is important to note there are a variety of
implementation possibilities if the Commission were to adopt the ELAP Price as an input.
Those implementation considerations are also discussed in Section 11.1. Appendix 4.3 provides
the average ELAP hourly price for 2019 through 2021.
The ELAP price would capture real changes in market conditions resulting in higher or lower
energy prices — customers would be directly compensated for any potential price-risk hedge
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 43
benefits. However, as mentioned in Section 4.1.1.2, the actual market-based price may provide
less advanced planning certainty and understandability to customer-generators on the value
they would receive in a given hour for exported energy.
The ELAP price is generally available to the public which allows customers access to this
information. The publicly available pricing provides transparency in using this price value.
4.1.2 WEIGHTED AVERAGE ENERGY PRICE METHODS
For each energy price input (i.e., IRP, ICE Mid-C, ELAP) described in Section 4.1.1, a method for
applying the inputs to calculate the export credit value is required. Idaho Power evaluated two
methods for calculating the export credit value for each potential energy price input.
1) Flat, or single, annual export credit value
2) Seasonal and time-variant export credit value
Each of these methods is described in more detail in the following sections. Appendix 4.4
and Appendix 4.5 include the net hourly and real-time measured exports by hour for active
customer-generators in 2021 used in the weighted average energy price methods
described below.
The study evaluates these methods under three different pricing inputs which are
described in more detail in Section 4.1.1. One of the pricing inputs is a forecast and the
other two are market prices. The market prices could be either a historical or actual market
price. The weighted average calculations in Section 4.1.2.1 and Section 4.1.2.2 illustrate the
two market prices assuming a historical three-year average (2019−2021). The study relied
on an average of multiple recent years to provide an illustrative price for each input.
However, the method could use a variety of other options as a basis. For example,
instead, the use of a single historical year of market prices or actual market prices could be
leveraged depending on the importance of most recent and accurate price signals.
As an example of using actual market prices, a customer exporting energy between 6 p.m. and
7 p.m. on July 1 could be compensated the actual market price for that hour-ending 7 p.m. on
July 1. In this manner, the determination of critical hours, or hours of highest risk, would not
factor into the price of energy and instead the ECR avoided energy component would reflect
actual market prices for every hour. The appropriateness of the input should be evaluated by
stakeholders and the Commission during implementation.
4.1.2.1 ENERGY: FLAT ANNUAL EXPORT CREDIT VALUE
A simple method for calculating a value would be to apply a non-weighted average to the
energy price for every hour in the year. However, this method would not weight the
difference in prices during different times of the day. For example, energy prices during
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 44
the night, when most customer-generators are not exporting should not carry the same
weight as hours when most customer-generators have energy exported to the grid.
Therefore, Idaho Power did not include a non-weighted average as a method for evaluation
within the study.
Instead, the study evaluated an annual energy price for each of the three energy inputs
weighted for all exports from customer-generators that were active in all of 2021. For the
study, the results show all exports delivered (i.e., real-time measurement). The 2021 total
customer generated exported energy was measured at approximately 50,000 MWh on an
hourly basis and 59,000 MWh on a real-time basis. The 2021 peak customer exported
generation was measured at over 36 MW on an hourly basis and over 40 MW on a real-time
basis. Appendix 4.4 shows net hourly exports for customer-generators active in 2021, and
Appendix 4.5 shows real-time exports for customer-generators active in 2021.
For each of the price inputs discussed in Section 4.1.1, the flat rate for the energy component of
the ECR was calculated by taking the product of the energy price input and the 2021 actual
customer exports. This yields the total energy value of the customer exports for the year,
and this number is then divided by the total energy exported in 2021 to produce a customer
export value per kWh. Figure 4.1 provides a hypothetical example of calculating the flat annual
export credit value as a weighted average of customer-generator exports. Appendix 4.6 shows
the hourly calculations to evaluate the annual weighted average energy price for the Idaho
Power IRP, ICE Mid-C, and ELAP price weighted for net hourly and real-time exports.
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 45
Figure 4.1
Hypothetical example of weighted average calculation
(A)(B)(C)(D)
(B) * (C)
Illustrative Exported Hourly
Hourly Energy Energy
Hour Price (kWh)Value
Total/Average 0.0408$ 37 1.28$
Average Total Total
Total Energy Value 1.28$ Total of Column D
(/) Total Exported Energy 37 kWh Total of Column C
Weighted Average Energy Price ($/kWh)0.0346$ Total Energy Value / Total Exported Energy
Simple Average Energy Price ($/kWh)0.0408$ Average of Column B
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 46
Figure 4.2 summarizes the results of the annual weighted average calculation for each of the
avoided energy inputs calculated in Appendix 4.6. These values do not reflect a non-firm
adjustment, which is discussed in Section 4.1.3.
Figure 4.2
Summary results for a flat annual weighted calculation of avoided energy value with real-time 2021
customer-generator exports
4.1.2.2 ENERGY: SEASONAL TIME VARIANT EXPORT CREDIT VALUE
A second way to calculate the export credit value is based on a seasonal time-variant export
credit value which could provide a variable pricing mechanism. Energy is more expensive at
certain times of the year or times of the day depending on market conditions. A time-variant
credit values excess generation exports based on the time they are delivered to the utility,
providing a higher credit when electricity is worth more. The study evaluated two different
parameters to define seasonality and on- and off-peak periods for energy. However, if a
real-time actual market price were adopted, the price paid for energy would follow market
prices irrespective of the defined season periods that would still inform the value for the
capacity-related ECR components. As part of implementation, stakeholders should consider and
weigh the benefits of providing adequate price signals for exports while similar price signals do
not exist for a customer’s consumption through the existing rate design applicable to on-site
generation customers.
$26.37
$37.06
$22.98
2019-2021 Avg. ELAP Price
2019-2021 Avg. ICE Mid-C Price
2021 Idaho Power IRP Price
$/MWh
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 47
(1) Idaho Power’s Existing Demand Response Season & Hours
For this analysis, Idaho Power leveraged the seasonal and time differentials of its Demand
Response Program, which currently includes the following parameters for “On-Peak” and
“Off-Peak” periods. On-Peak periods are those times when energy needs on Idaho Power’s
system are at their highest.
• Summer: June 15–September 15
o On-Peak: 3 to 11 p.m., Monday through Saturday (excluding holidays),
which equates to 624 hours per year
o Off-Peak: 11 to 3 p.m., Monday through Saturday and all hours Sunday
and holidays
• Non-Summer: September 16–June 14
o Off-Peak: All hours
The On-Peak period was determined based on the Demand Response Program’s contribution to
the overall system reliability and are driven by the timing of the highest risk hours, or Loss of
Load Probability (LOLP) hours; these hours were derived by evaluating historical data.
Energy exported during highest risk hours is more valuable than energy exported during the
remaining hours of the year. This is explained in more detail in Section 4.2.1.1 (ELCC Method).
By choosing these same hours for the On-Peak ECR, the energy exported during times that
provide the highest overall system reliability benefit are aligned with a higher energy credit.
The weighted average value is calculated by separating the exports and the corresponding
hourly prices between the On-Peak and Off-Peak periods. On-Peak’s weighted average energy
price is computed using the 624 hours, and the remaining 8,136 hours of the year are used to
calculate the weighted average Off-Peak export credit value. As a result, there are two
weighted average prices calculated. Figure 4.3 summarizes the results of the seasonal time
variant weighted average calculation for each of the avoided energy inputs calculated in
Appendix 4.7. These values do not reflect a non-firm adjustment, which is discussed in
Section 4.1.3.
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 48
Figure 4.3
Summary results for a seasonal time variant weighted average calculation of avoided energy value with real-time
2021 customer-generator exports and demand response seasonal parameters
(2) Alternative Method for Defining Seasonal Energy Time Periods
An alternate method for defining seasonal energy time periods is to look at time windows that
provide resolution for prices based on the avoided energy value. For this analysis, the study
evaluated the average IRP, ICE Mid-C, and ELAP prices by hour of the day for each month of
the year in Appendix 4.8. The IRP and ELAP prices provide true hourly resolution, whereas the
ICE Mid-C price has large hour blocks for HL and LL, resulting in less dynamic pricing. Based on
the resolution of pricing provided on an hourly basis, the ICE Mid-C is not indicative of the
same level of resolution for hours of actual or anticipated high cost. Please see Figure 4.4
for a heatmap of the average hourly ELAP prices by hour and day of the month for 2021.
The heatmaps for the average IRP and ICE Mid-C prices are included in Appendix 4.8.
$24.68
$36.01
$22.19
$47.09
$49.94
$32.57
2019-2021 Avg. ELAP Price
2019-2021 Avg. ICE Mid-C Price
2021 Idaho Power IRP Price
On-Peak $/MWh Off-Peak $/MWh
Export Credit Rate
Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 49
Figure 4.4
Average hourly ELAP prices for 2021 by hour of day and month
During implementation, if actual market prices are not used, stakeholders would need to
evaluate if it would be appropriate to have different price signals for energy than for the
capacity-related components of an ECR. Stakeholders should consider ease of understanding
for customers with an ECR that relies on different on- and off-peak times for the energy value
component than the capacity value components.
4.1.2.3 ENERGY: WEIGHTED AVERAGE MONTHLY EXPORT CREDIT VALUE
(USING LAST 12 MONTHS SEPTEMBER 2022 ENERGY PRICES)
The intent of the study is to provide an indicative sense of how prices would be calculated for
an ECR. The study was drafted during 2022, so the most recent calendar year was utilized for
the purposes of providing an indicative sense of how prices could be calculated. Figure 4.5
illustrates another potential method for consideration, which calculates a weighted average
monthly price. For this example, the Idaho Power IRP and ELAP prices for the last 12 months,
ending September 30, 2022 (i.e., October 1, 2021, through September 2022) were weighted
with 2021 customer-generator exports. Each month’s weighted average price is calculated by
multiplying the hourly price by the real-time exports from customer-generators that were
active for all of the 2021 calendar year. The supporting detail for these calculations can be
found in Appendix 4.9.
Month
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
January February March April May June July August September October November December
1 25.26$ 47.26$ 28.08$ 26.12$ 27.29$ 34.64$ 42.47$ 43.14$ 46.99$ 49.05$ 36.79$ 39.80$
2 23.66$ 39.91$ 26.62$ 25.82$ 25.30$ 31.13$ 40.60$ 40.54$ 45.30$ 48.10$ 36.17$ 37.23$
3 22.44$ 34.65$ 23.84$ 24.12$ 23.10$ 27.09$ 35.03$ 35.99$ 42.81$ 46.61$ 34.73$ 35.28$
4 22.66$ 35.07$ 24.19$ 23.46$ 21.77$ 25.33$ 31.38$ 33.66$ 40.29$ 45.63$ 32.13$ 34.52$
5 22.98$ 35.56$ 24.39$ 24.89$ 21.42$ 24.56$ 29.20$ 32.63$ 41.08$ 43.54$ 34.34$ 35.34$ 6 23.80$ 42.14$ 27.58$ 26.39$ 23.15$ 24.77$ 31.21$ 33.47$ 42.91$ 46.62$ 35.99$ 38.07$
7 24.60$ 51.30$ 28.98$ 26.86$ 24.93$ 26.66$ 33.68$ 34.36$ 45.36$ 45.30$ 39.78$ 42.87$
8 28.53$ 73.41$ 34.83$ 29.86$ 21.64$ 25.37$ 28.81$ 34.66$ 49.33$ 47.95$ 43.49$ 47.63$
9 31.33$ 53.09$ 31.03$ 26.81$ 15.91$ 22.23$ 27.80$ 31.77$ 43.38$ 59.47$ 55.58$ 52.79$
10 25.45$ 33.89$ 25.09$ 23.26$ 16.45$ 23.84$ 28.92$ 29.85$ 48.78$ 57.78$ 38.35$ 53.12$
11 23.14$ 27.53$ 22.92$ 21.90$ 17.08$ 26.29$ 31.50$ 31.02$ 40.13$ 53.45$ 35.20$ 47.00$
12 20.20$ 22.82$ 19.96$ 22.22$ 16.70$ 27.96$ 35.60$ 34.89$ 41.76$ 55.03$ 33.49$ 47.34$
13 19.10$ 20.62$ 17.59$ 22.00$ 16.48$ 35.55$ 40.41$ 40.81$ 43.87$ 52.10$ 32.87$ 42.66$
14 17.86$ 18.39$ 15.73$ 21.14$ 18.68$ 37.45$ 46.27$ 43.53$ 50.62$ 52.50$ 32.11$ 40.99$ 15 17.15$ 15.17$ 15.36$ 20.26$ 21.46$ 41.83$ 48.88$ 50.76$ 54.59$ 53.79$ 31.95$ 40.96$
16 20.08$ 15.59$ 15.20$ 20.90$ 22.26$ 42.95$ 58.70$ 53.83$ 63.39$ 55.29$ 34.20$ 41.55$ 17 25.94$ 25.30$ 19.07$ 21.53$ 24.06$ 44.33$ 60.52$ 54.21$ 61.75$ 53.78$ 52.23$ 49.83$
18 31.82$ 56.66$ 21.01$ 23.00$ 24.09$ 45.99$ 74.48$ 55.12$ 64.48$ 57.80$ 56.46$ 53.47$
19 30.76$ 86.09$ 36.03$ 29.52$ 26.95$ 48.27$ 71.89$ 63.06$ 85.31$ 80.26$ 56.63$ 62.49$
20 31.98$ 100.87$ 38.10$ 37.70$ 38.09$ 56.91$ 91.67$ 78.77$ 122.75$ 69.54$ 47.18$ 54.47$
21 31.06$ 88.53$ 40.32$ 41.00$ 44.35$ 55.47$ 109.19$ 75.44$ 89.44$ 58.34$ 45.22$ 52.19$
22 31.84$ 76.59$ 35.86$ 38.45$ 43.24$ 53.47$ 58.81$ 58.71$ 63.99$ 58.00$ 45.75$ 51.50$
23 29.36$ 75.28$ 36.51$ 40.43$ 36.05$ 44.54$ 60.68$ 54.16$ 59.20$ 55.96$ 43.06$ 50.22$
24 27.32$ 60.09$ 31.68$ 36.59$ 32.02$ 43.55$ 52.22$ 48.49$ 56.10$ 55.03$ 41.53$ 45.93$
Approximate Demand Response Time Period
Ho
u
r

E
n
d
i
n
g

(
M
T
)
Export Credit Rate
Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 50
Figure 4.5 illustrates the potential impact of using a price input from a forecast versus historical
market prices. The forecast doesn’t reflect changes in market conditions. However, while the
use of historical market prices in this example values exported energy in July, August, and
September higher – it is not reflective of actual market conditions. This one-year lag is a
trade-off if historical prices are used instead of real-time market prices.
Figure 4.5
Summary results for flat monthly weighted average calculation of avoided energy value with real-time 2021
customer-generator exports and September 2022 last 12-month energy prices27
4.1.3 EVALUATION OF FIRMNESS OF EXPORTED ENERGY
Firm energy is defined as energy that is to be scheduled, delivered, sold, received,
and purchased on an uninterruptible basis. In evaluating the exported energy from
customer-generators, the Commission-approved Study Framework stated that the value should
reflect that energy received from on-site customer-generators is non-firm. Customer-generator
exports are non-firm because there is no obligation for a customer-generator to export energy.
Schedule 86 is applicable to Qualifying Facilities (QF) that sell energy to Idaho Power on a
non-firm, if, as, and when available basis. The non-firm adjustment applied to the price paid for
energy provided under this service schedule is 82.4% of the monthly arithmetic average of each
day’s ICE daily firm Mid-C Peak average and Off-Peak average index price. The 82.4% non-firm
27 Figure 4.5 is for illustrative purposes only and only uses 2021 exports by month, resulting in a
mismatch between 2022 monthly energy prices and 2021 exports. The study elected to keep exports
consistent with analysis conducted for only customer-generator exports in 2021 but recognizes that a
backward-looking calculated rate might reasonably match exports and prices with the given hour,
month, and year during implementation.
Oct 21 Nov 21 Dec 21 Jan 22 Feb 22 Mar 22 Apr 22 May 22 Jun 22 Jul 22 Aug 22 Sep 22
IRP $20.88 $21.95 $25.30 $20.87 $19.33 $12.32 $11.42 $14.08 $18.69 $22.82 $24.82 $21.95
ELAP $34.52 $30.04 $32.44 $34.12 $26.09 $25.99 $43.94 $36.89 $28.93 $65.82 $72.86 $71.02
$2
0
.
8
8

$2
1
.
9
5

$3
4
.
5
2

$7
1
.
0
2

$-
$10.00
$20.00
$30.00
$40.00
$50.00
$60.00
$70.00
$80.00
$/
M
W
h
IRP ELAP
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 51
adjustment factor was established in Case No. IPC-E-13-25 as a result of the Dow Jones
non-firm index being discontinued. Through confidential settlement discussions, parties to the
case determined that applying an adjustment factor of 82.4% to a firm index price resulted in a
reasonable proxy price for non-firm energy. The non-firm energy provided under Schedule 86 is
further discounted by an adjustment factor of 85% to account for the transmission and
transaction related costs associated with disposition of non-firm energy that is excess of Idaho
Power’s system needs at the time the seller delivers it to the company.
Based on analysis in Appendix 4.10, the continued use of an 82.4% adjustment factor is a
reasonable basis for determining the value of non-firm energy. To evaluate a non-firm
adjustment factor, the study reviewed all firm and non-firm physical energy transactions
conducted between 2016 and 2021 to determine how the value of non-firm energy actually
compared to the value of firm energy, and ultimately calculated a non-firm adjustment factor
that could be applied to a firm energy price. The data presented in Appendix 4.10 is segmented
by Schedule (A, B, and C),28 which pertains to the firmness of the energy being transacted,
and by HL and LL, which are industry standard time blocks for demand and price, and by
Schedule (A, B, and C), which pertains to the firmness of the energy being transacted. Each of
these designations are discussed in detail in the following paragraphs.
Generally, the demand for electricity is lower in the late evening hours, early morning hours,
on weekends and on holidays than it is during daytime and early evening hours on weekdays.
For this reason, the electric industry places usage periods into two primary categories: HL and
LL. Idaho Power follows the North American Energy Standards Board (NAESB) definitions for HL
and LL hour designations for the Western Interconnection,29 which specifies the following in
Pacific Prevailing Time:
• Heavy Load Hours: 7 a.m.−11 p.m. Mountain Time (MT), Monday through Saturday
• Light Load Hours: 11 p.m.–7 a.m. MT, Monday through Saturday, all hours on Sundays,
and all hours on New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,
Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. If holidays fall on a Sunday, the following Monday

28 These schedules are defined in the WSPP Inc. First Revised Rate Schedule FERC No. 6. WSPP Inc.
administers Rate Schedule FERC No. 6, which is a multi-lateral, standardized agreement that facilitates
physical transactions in capacity and/or energy between members and is available to entities
(which quality for membership) throughout the entire continental United States, Canada, and Mexico.
https://www.wspp.org/pages/Overview.aspx
29 North American Energy Standards Board Wholesale Electric Quadrant Business Practice
Standards, WEQ-007-A.
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 52
will be considered a Light Load Hour day. Otherwise, the Light Load Hour day will be the
holiday itself.
It is industry practice for energy prices to also be segmented by HL and LL. The ICE Mid-C index
and forward prices are examples, which are quoted by HL and LL periods, not by hour. Due to
demand and pricing being segmented by HL and LL, the purchase and sale of energy is most
commonly transacted in 16-hour (HL) and 8-hour (LL) blocks.
In Case No. IPC-E-13-25, due to the availability of daily HL/LL index prices for firm and non-firm
energy, parties were able to calculate weighted average prices for all hours and determine a
single non-firm adjustment factor of 82.4%. For the non-firm analysis presented in
Appendix 4.10, separate non-firm adjustment factors are provided for HL and LL due to
the nature of the dataset and to properly account for the difference in the value of firm and
non-firm energy during these two periods. More specifically, historical non-firm energy
transaction data is limited in comparison to firm energy transaction data, i.e., transactions for
firm energy are much more common than transactions for non-firm energy. The dataset
includes numerous days in which non-firm transactions occurred for either HL or LL hours,
whereas firm transactions occurred for both HL and LL hours.
In order to make an appropriate comparison of the value of firm and non-firm energy in
these instances, Idaho Power calculated a weighted average HL or LL price for firm and
non-firm energy depending on the data available for non-firm transactions. As an example,
on December 28, 2016, the company purchased non-firm energy for HL hours only.
The company also purchased firm energy on this day, for both HL and LL hours, the prices for
which were different. Calculating a weighted average price for firm energy for the day,
using both HL and LL hour volumes and prices, would skew the value and ultimately the
comparison of the value of firm and non-firm energy.
Absent a non-firm adjustment factor, Idaho Power’s broader customer class would effectively
provide a zero-cost hedge pricing certainty to the non-firm customer-generator exports.
By providing the non-firm adjustment factor, customer-generators are afforded a level of
certainty and Idaho Power’s retail customer base is ensured to not pay firm energy prices for a
non-firm product. The IRP forecast price and the ICE Mid-C price are both firm energy prices
and should have a non-firm discount applied for the ECR calculation.
Unlike the Idaho Power IRP price and ICE Mid-C price, it is not necessary to apply a non-firm
adjustment to the ELAP price. As mentioned previously, firmness relates to the ability to curtail
energy in real-time. This option is established between buyers and sellers during the energy
transaction process, which takes place prior to real-time. The EIM is a real-time market in which
each participating entity comes to the market fully capable of meeting their own electricity
demand needs in real-time, therefore, capacity has already been paid for by the participants
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 53
(i.e., the market is already sufficient). Consequently, the option of firm versus non-firm is not
applicable to the EIM. The ELAP price is reflective of the value of imbalance energy that occurs
when supply and demand are not equal in real-time. Figure 4.6 illustrates the impact of a
non-firm adjustment to the flat energy price from Figure 4.2.
Figure 4.6
Non-firm adjustment for the flat annual weighted average calculation with real-time 2021
customer-generator exports
4.1.4 TRANSMISSION CHARGE OR WHEELING COST
Regardless of the method used for valuing excess net energy, it is likely exported energy from
on-site generation systems will be transacted in the Energy Imbalance Market. As such, it is
unlikely there will be a transmission charge or wheeling cost associated with potentially selling
the DER exported energy off system, because:
1) Sales made via the EIM do not incur a wheeling expense. Sales via the EIM represent a
large portion of the company’s overall sales.
2) The company’s merchant holds 75 MW of firm point-to-point transmission service to
facilitate sales. This firm point-to-point transmission service is paid for by the merchant
independent of whether the transmission is utilized, therefore, it provides yet another
buffer if a sale is required but is not completed via the EIM.
3) The current level of DER penetration is relatively small, and therefore the DER peak
energy exports do not result in any material amounts of energy being exported from
Idaho Power’s system.
$26.37
$30.54
$18.93
$26.37
$37.06
$22.98
2019-2021 Avg. ELAP Price
2019-2021 Avg. ICE Mid-C Price
2021 Idaho Power IRP Price
$/MWh Adjusted $/MWh
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 54
The combination of the EIM, the 75 MW of transmission service already reserved for sales,
and the relatively small amount of customer exports provides a significant buffer against any
potential wheeling expenses associated with customer exports. For informational purposes,
the company’s hourly transmission wheeling rate changes on October 1 annually.
Historically, the rate was $3.42 per MWh (starting October 1, 2020), and $3.56 per MWh
(October 1, 2021). The company’s current hourly transmission rate, as of October 1, 2022,
is $3.59 per MWh.
As the penetration of on-site generation on Idaho Power’s system grows, it will be important
to assess whether a transmission charge or wheeling cost would be appropriately included in
the ECR.
4.1.5 FUEL-COST HEDGE BENEFIT
The Idaho Power Energy Risk Management Standards (ERMS) adopted pursuant to the Idaho
Power Energy Risk Management Policy is on file with the Commission.30 Per Idaho Power’s
ERMS, hedges are transacted based on average heavy load and light load positions. Natural gas
hedges or power hedges are transacted to address forecast deficit positions on an average
megawatt basis in heavy load or light load periods. Natural gas hedge purchases are the most
common hedging transactions, as this product can be shaped to meet a net-load profile,
where less gas is consumed during low net-demand hours and gas generation is ramped up in
high net-demand hours. The natural gas hedges provide price certainty for all hours,
including net-peak hours, and reduce exposure to the volatile real-time spot market price.
Unlike natural gas and power purchases, which provide firm energy, customer-generation
exports are intermittent and non-firm. Further, the shape of the customer-generators’ exports,
when they occur, does not fit the hedge profile of 16 hours of peak power, which is the profile
utilized per Idaho Power’s ERMS.
Considering the overall power systems needs more granularly in time (rather than heavy load
and light load blocks), when energy from DERs is generated during the day there is minimal grid
reliability risk regarding resource adequacy. This reduced risk is due to the penetration of solar
generation across the West. When there is low resource adequacy risk, there is also minimal
price risk. If there is little price risk, there is no reason for the utility to hedge to protect against
run-away pricing — a primary purpose of Idaho Power’s risk management policies. As shown in
Figure 4.7, the highest price hours occur late in the day during the solar ramp-down period
after the exports have reduced to be less than their heavy load period average (see Figure 4.7,

30 In the Matter of Idaho Power Company’s Interim and Prospective Hedging, Resource Planning,
Transaction Pricing, and IDACORP Energy Solutions (IES) Agreement, Case No. IPC-E-01-16.
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 55
Market Price). Idaho Power has greater exposure to serving net-peak load during high
price times — after solar generation hours. Figure 4.7 provides an illustrative diagram of
these concepts.
Figure 4.7
Illustrative fuel-price hedge and solar generation diagram
Exports from customer-generators do not provide a fuel-cost hedge benefit.
Customer-generator exports on Idaho Power’s system occur intermittently in the midday hours
when it is generally less valuable, rather than on a firm basis in the highest net-peak hours,
when it would be most needed — resulting in no reduction in pricing risk during the
net-peak load.

Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 56
Avoided Energy Costs – Supporting Appendices
Appendix 4.1
2021 Idaho Power IRP Hourly Price
Appendix 4.2
2019–2021 ICE Mid-C Hourly Price
Appendix 4.3
2019–2021 ELAP Hourly Price
Appendix 4.4
2021 Net Hourly Exports
Appendix 4.5
2021 Real-Time Exports
Appendix 4.6
Weighted Average Energy Prices (Flat)
Appendix 4.7
Weighted Average Energy Prices (Time Variant)
Appendix 4.8
2021 Hourly Price Heat Map
Appendix 4.9
September 2022 LTM Monthly Weighted Average
Appendix 4.10
Non-Firm Analysis
Note: All appendices can be accessed at www.puc.idaho.gov under Case No. IPC-E-22-22.

Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 57
4.2 AVOIDED GENERATION CAPACITY COSTS
This section will focus on avoided generation capacity costs Idaho Power may realize due to the
exported energy from customer-generators. The electric power grid consists of three separate
systems which work together to safely bring reliable energy to customers. The three systems
are generation, transmission, and distribution as illustrated in Figure 4.8.
Figure 4.8
Electric grid schematic highlighting generation facilities
The generation system is designed to meet Idaho Power’s system peak demand, or the most
energy needed by all customers in the same instant. When forecasted peak demand exceeds
the generation system capacity, additional resources are required to increase the system peak
capacity. In addition, consideration is given to potential outages from individual resources in
the generation system which may impact the ability to serve system load. To meet increasing
peak demands, Idaho Power must purchase capacity on the market or build new resources.
The avoided generation capacity identifies the impact of customer-generators to help meet
forecasted peak demand and potentially reduce the cost for additional system resources.
4.2.1 GENERATION CAPACITY CONTRIBUTION METHODS OVERVIEW
Depending on the type of resources installed by customers, they can either be defined as
Variable Energy Resources (VER) or Energy Limited Resources (ELR). A VER refers to any
renewable generation resource whose output cannot be directly stored or controlled by the
facility owner or operator (e.g., wind or solar resources with hourly output that is dependent on
a multitude of factors like weather and environmental conditions). An ELR refers to a resource
that can be dispatched for a limited number of hours and days (e.g., energy storage).
The capacity contribution of VERs and ELRs to peak energy demand can be calculated with
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 58
various methods. The study considers two methods for evaluating the avoided generation
capacity value of customer-generator exports:
1) Effective Load Carrying Capability (ELCC): Reliability-based metric used in Idaho
Power’s 2021 IRP.
2) National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL) 8,760 Hours: Method developed by
NREL and used in Idaho Power’s 2019 IRP.
The following two sections will describe the ELCC and NREL methods in more detail.
4.2.1.1 ELCC METHOD
ELCC is a reliability-based metric used to assess the contribution to peak demand of any given
generation unit or power plant. ELCC determines an individual generator’s contribution to the
overall system reliability and is primarily driven by the timing of the highest risk hours, or Loss
of Load Probability (LOLP) hours. Idaho Power transitioned from the NREL method (used in the
2019 IRP) to the ELCC method used in the 2021 IRP because it is a more robust calculation of
capacity contribution of variable resources. The definitions of the key components that flow
into the ELCC calculation are provided in Table 4.1 below.
Table 4.1
ELCC method — key definitions
Key Terms Definition
EFOR Equivalent Forced Outage Rate (EFOR) represents the number of hours a generation unit is forced off-line compared to the number of hours the unit runs. For example, an EFOR of 3% means a generator is forced off 3% of its running time.
LOLP Loss of Load Probability (LOLP) is the likelihood of the system load exceeding the available generating capacity during a given time interval (typically an hour). The LOLP can be calculated by determining the probability that the available generation at any given hour is able to meet the net load during that same hour.
LOLE Loss of Load Expectation (LOLE) is the expected number of days per time interval for which the available generation capacity is insufficient to serve the demand at least once per day. The LOLE can be calculated by adding the maximum LOLP from each day for a time interval (typically over one year).
Perfect Generator Fictitious generation unit (for comparison purposes only) whose EFOR value is 0%, meaning that it is always available and never forced off-line.

The ELCC of a VER or ELR is determined by calculating the generation required to achieve a
given reliability target with and without the resource being evaluated, in this case the customer
exports. The ELCC will equal the difference in the size of the previously calculated generators
divided by the resource’s nameplate capacity. For the ELCC analysis, losses were added to the
hourly customer-generator exported energy.
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 59
4.2.1.2 NREL 8,760 HOUR-BASED METHOD
The NREL methodology uses a system Load-Duration Curve (LDC) and a Net Load-Duration
Curve (NLDC), representing the system net load, VER, and ELR generation, for an entire year.
The LDC reflects the total system load, sorted by hour, from the highest load to the lowest load.
The NLDC represents the total LDC minus the time-synchronized contribution from VER and ELR
generation. The resulting net load is then sorted by hour, from the highest load to the lowest
load. The capacity value of existing VER and ELR generation is the difference in the areas
between the LDC (system load) and NLDC (net load) during the top 100 hours of the duration
curves divided by the rated capacity of the VER and ELR generation installed. These 100 hours
can be a proxy for the hours with the highest risk for loss of load. As was done for the ELCC
method, losses were added to the hourly customer-generator exported energy for the NREL
8,760 hour-based analysis. More information regarding avoided losses can be found in
Section 4.4.
4.2.1.3 OTHER GENERATION CAPACITY EVALUATION METHODS
The quantification of capacity contribution of solar has evolved industry-wide as well as
specifically on Idaho Power’s system. For example, during the 2017 IRP, Idaho Power used a
variant of a method referred to as the Peak Capacity Allocation Factor (PCAF) method,
which calculates the capacity contribution of solar during the top 150 load hours resulting in
capacity contribution of 28.4% for a fixed-tilt system oriented due south. Recognizing that this
method was limited and did not capture the impact of high solar penetration, Idaho Power’s
2019 IRP transitioned to the 8,760 hour-based method developed by NREL (explained in Section
4.2.1.2). To further capture the impact of higher DER penetration levels, Idaho Power, with the
support of its Integrated Resource Plan Advisory Council, adopted the best industry standard,
the ELCC method (explained in Section 4.2.1.1), for the 2021 IRP.
The PCAF method concentrates value around the peak load of a utility’s system, while ELCC
concentrates value around periods of critical capacity need for the system. With the
proliferation of VERs, there is growing divergence between the system peak load and periods of
critical capacity needs. To recognize this shift, Idaho Power has adopted ELCC as the preferred
method to evaluate capacity in various processes, such as the most recently filed IRP and the
latest Request for Proposals (RFP).
Another alternative method to determine the avoided capacity component of the ECR is to
take the levelized cost of the surrogate resource and divide it by the number of critical hours.
The calculation for the alternative method is shown in Figure 4.9.

Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 60
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺 𝐶𝐶𝐺𝐺𝐶𝐶𝐺𝐺𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺𝐶𝐶=𝐿𝐿𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐿𝐿𝐴𝐴𝐿𝐿𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐹𝐹𝐴𝐴𝐹𝐹𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐺𝐺 𝐴𝐴𝑜𝑜 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝑅𝑅𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝑅𝑅𝐺𝐺𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝑁𝑁𝑅𝑅𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺 𝐴𝐴𝑜𝑜 𝐶𝐶𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐺𝐺𝐿𝐿 𝐻𝐻𝐴𝐴𝑅𝑅𝐺𝐺𝐶𝐶
Figure 4.9
Alternative avoided generation capacity value formula31
This approach is similar to the NREL 8,760 hour-based method, where the number of critical
hours are used as a proxy for the hours of highest risk. For comparison, the top 100 hours are
used in the NREL 8,760 hour-based method. This alternative method assumes all identified
critical hours are valued the same, whereas the ELCC method accounts for the hourly
fluctuation in risk. Another concern with this alternative method is that it is unclear how to
properly determine the number of critical hours.
The study explored several methods for quantifying the value of avoided generation capacity as
discussed in this section. However, due to the limitations and deficiencies of certain
methods, the study only quantifies the value of generation capacity for the ELCC and the NREL
8,760 hour-based method.
4.2.2 GENERATION CAPACITY VALUE: INPUTS AND CALCULATIONS
4.2.2.1 GENERATION CAPACITY VALUE: INPUTS
To accurately capture the capacity contribution of customer-generator exports,
available historical data for 2020 and 2021 was used and applied to the ELCC and NREL
8,760 hour-based calculations. Because these methods both typically consider a timeframe of
one calendar year, the results for 2020 and 2021 were averaged to produce a singular average
ELCC value and average NREL 8,760 hour-based value; this average approach is done to capture
the customer-generator export contribution range resulting from the correlation between
weather, load, and VER output, which can vary year to year. As more data becomes available, a
three- or five-year rolling average could be used so that the capacity contribution of future
customer-generator exports is not skewed by the customer resource buildout of past years.
Using a three- or five-year rolling average also captures the varying weather conditions that can
occur from year to year, and thus, better reflect the expected value.
Both the ELCC and NREL 8,760 hour-based methods require the following historical input data:
• The annual hourly system load data
• The annual hourly system solar data
• The annual hourly system wind data
• The annual hourly system run of river data

31 Under this proposed method, line losses would need to be explicitly applied.
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 61
• The annual hourly system cogeneration data
• The annual hourly customer-generator export data (with losses applied)32 and the
corresponding customer-generator export nameplate capacity
However, because the ELCC risk-based metric is a statistical analysis that captures the hourly
interplay between all system resources (dispatchable resources such as natural gas and hydro
with storage, VERs, and ELRs), more historical input data is required to calculate the ELCC:
• The monthly capacity values of dispatchable resources and their associated EFORs
Idaho Power created a tool to implement the ELCC methodology for the 2021 IRP and maximize
computational efficiency for modeling the company’s existing and potential resource stack and
calculate ELCCs. Dispatchable resources were modeled using a monthly outage table that was
calculated using their monthly capacity and EFOR (as previously mentioned). The outage table is
comprised of the components listed in Table 4.2.
Table 4.2
Outage table components for the ELCC method
LOLE Outage Table Components Description
Capacity In: Capacity available to serve load (MW)
Capacity Out: Forced outage capacity (MW)
Individual Probability: Probability that a specified event will occur
Cumulative Probability: Cumulative distribution of the individual probabilities

For the ELCC method, the hourly VER and ELR data are subtracted from the system load to
produce a net load shape that is then used in the LOLE calculations.
Table 4.3 summarizes the names and descriptions of the input and output Excel data files used
to complete the capacity contribution analyses using 2020 and 2021 data.

32The hourly customer-generator exports utilized in the capacity contribution calculations were
increased by the hourly loss factors of Table 4.9; this was done to account for the capacity
contribution of loss reduction.
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 62
Table 4.3
Names and descriptions of the files and tools used to complete the capacity contribution analyses
Excel File Name Description
Appendix 4.11 2020–2021 Real-Time &
Net Hourly Customer-Generator Exports
Hourly real-time and net hourly customer-generator export energy for 2020
and 2021, with and without losses.
Appendix 4.12 2020–2021 Hourly
Historical Load & VERs Data
Hourly system load, wind, solar, run of river hydro and cogeneration data for
2020 and 2021.
Appendix 4.13 2020–2021 Monthly
Historical Dispatchable Data
Monthly MW capacity of the system’s dispatchable resources and their
associated EFOR values.
Appendix 4.14 ELCC & NREL Results 2020 and 2021 results for the ELCC and NREL 8,760 hour-based methods.

The customization functionality of the LOLE tool allows for a detailed approach to modeling
Idaho Power’s system; it was the selected method for Idaho Power’s 2021 IRP. As system needs
continue to change, new analyses such as this LOLE tool will be essential in best evaluating the
Idaho Power’s highest risk hours (which is of key importance because they will no longer
necessarily align with the peak load hour). More information regarding both the ELCC and NREL
8,760 hour-based methods can be found in Chapter 5, section Resource Contribution to Peak of
Idaho Power’s 2021 IRP main report33 and the Loss of Load Expectation section of Appendix C.34
4.2.3 GENERATION CAPACITY VALUE CALCULATION
Similar to the flat and seasonal time variant methods evaluated for the avoided energy value
(described in sections 4.1.2.1 and 4.1.2.2), a comparable analysis can be done for the
generation capacity value for both the ELCC and NREL methods. The study considers calculating
the export credit value for the generation capacity input. Both the flat, or single, annual export
credit value and a seasonal and time-variant export credit value are described in more detail in
the following sections.
The avoided generation capacity value is calculated using the formula shown in Figure 4.10.
The variables for the formula are identified in Table 4.4 and 4.5 for the flat and time variant
methods, respectively.

33https://docs.idahopower.com/pdfs/AboutUs/PlanningforFuture/irp/2021/2021%20IRP_WEB.pdf
34https://docs.idahopower.com/pdfs/AboutUs/PlanningforFuture/irp/2021/2021_IRP_AppC_Technical%
20Report_WEB.pdf
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 63
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺 𝐶𝐶𝐺𝐺𝐶𝐶𝐺𝐺𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺𝐶𝐶 𝑉𝑉𝐺𝐺𝐿𝐿𝑅𝑅𝐴𝐴 = (𝐿𝐿𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐿𝐿𝐴𝐴𝐿𝐿𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐹𝐹𝐴𝐴𝐹𝐹𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐺𝐺 𝐴𝐴𝑜𝑜 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝑅𝑅𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝑅𝑅𝐺𝐺𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴)⋅(𝐶𝐶𝐺𝐺𝐶𝐶𝐺𝐺𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺𝐶𝐶 𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴𝑁𝑁𝑅𝑅𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺)⋅(𝑁𝑁𝐺𝐺𝑁𝑁𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐿𝐿𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴)(𝐸𝐸𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺𝐸𝐸𝐶𝐶 𝐸𝐸𝐹𝐹𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴)
Figure 4.10
Avoided generation capacity value formula
Note that the avoided generation capacity value is independent of the company’s identified
planning reserve margin and reliability target. For information on how the planning reserve
margin and reliability target are used in the company’s analyses, please refer to Idaho Power’s
2021 IRP.35
4.2.3.1 GENERATION CAPACITY: FLAT ANNUAL EXPORT CREDIT VALUE
To evaluate a flat annual value for the avoided generation capacity, the analysis evaluates the
capacity contribution of the energy exported by customer-generators for the entire year.
Table 4.4 summarizes the constraints used for a flat annual generation capacity value.
Table 4.4
2021 constraints for full year analysis of a flat generation capacity value
Constraint Value
Levelized fixed cost of avoided resource (simple cycle combustion turbine) $128.40/kW-year
Total Customer-Generator Nameplate Capacity 64.11 MW
Total Customer-Generator Energy Exported 59,154 MWh

For avoided capacity calculations, the study relies on the least-cost selectable resource from
the most recently acknowledged IRP. An August 2022, Commission order upheld this approach
as reasonable, where the Commission stated: “We find it fair, just, and reasonable that the
resource(s) used as a surrogate to determine avoided capacity cost be identified using the
lowest-cost selectable resource from the most recently acknowledged IRP at the time of [power
purchase agreement] execution.” 36
The IRP selects resources for its portfolios using an algorithm that considers both the cost of
capacity and the cost of energy. For example, battery storage is not the least fixed-cost
dispatchable resource that Idaho Power would consider strictly for capacity. With the objective

35 https://docs.idahopower.com/pdfs/AboutUs/PlanningforFuture/irp/2021/2021%20IRP_WEB.pdf,
pages 116−17 and 137−140
36 In the Matter of Idaho Power Company’s Application for Approval of a Replacement Contract with
Micron Technology, Inc. and a Power Purchase Agreement with Black Mesa Energy, LLC, Case No.
IPC-E-22-06, Order No. 35482 at 17 (Aug. 1, 2022).
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 64
being to identify a surrogate resource for determining the value of capacity separate from all
other avoided costs, the surrogate should be based on the least-cost capacity resource, which is
a single cycle combustion turbine as shown in Table 4.4 with a cost of $128.40 per kW, per year.
Figure 4.11 summarizes the NREL and ELCC results under these constraints for the value of
generation capacity spread across all exports irrespective of when the export occurs during the
year or time of day.
Figure 4.11
Summary results for a flat annual export credit value with real-time 2021 customer-generator exports
4.2.3.2 GENERATION CAPACITY: SEASONAL TIME VARIANT EXPORT
CREDIT VALUE
To evaluate a seasonal time variant value for the avoided generation capacity, the analysis
evaluates the total energy exported by customer-generators during the On-Peak period.
The On-Peak period as defined for Idaho Power’s Demand Response Programs is 3 to 11 p.m.,
June 15 through September 15, Monday through Saturday, excluding holidays. All exports that
occur outside the identified parameters are assumed to have a capacity contribution of 0%.
Table 4.5 summarizes the constraints used for a seasonal time variant generation
capacity value.
$14.35
$10.60
Average NREL (2020-2021)
Average ELCC (2020-2021)
Avoided Generation Capacity ($/MWh)
10.31%
7.62%
Capacity Contribution
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 65
Table 4.5
2021 constraints for the seasonal time variant generation capacity value
Constraint Value
Levelized fixed cost of avoided resource (simple cycle combustion turbine) $128.40/kW-year
Total Customer-Generator Nameplate Capacity 64.11 MW
Total Customer-Generator Energy Exported 4,469 MWh

Figure 4.12 summarizes the NREL and ELCC results under these constraints for the value of
generation capacity only applicable to the highest risk, or On-Peak hours.
Figure 4.12
Summary results for the On-Peak credit value with real-time 2021 customer-generator exports

$189.92
$140.33
Average NREL (2020-2021)
Average ELCC (2020-2021)
Avoided Generation Capacity ($/MWh)
10.31%
7.62%
Capacity Contribution
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 66
Avoided Generation Capacity Costs – Supporting Appendices
Appendix 4.11
2020–2021 Real-Time & Net Hourly Customer-Generator Exports
Appendix 4.12
2020–2021 Hourly Historical Load & VERs Data
Appendix 4.13
2020–2021 Monthly Historical Dispatchable Data
Appendix 4.14
ELCC & NREL Results
Note: All appendices can be accessed at www.puc.idaho.gov under Case No. IPC-E-22-22.

Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 67
4.3 AVOIDED TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION CAPACITY COSTS
As mentioned earlier in this study, the electric power grid consists of three separate systems
which work together to safely bring reliable energy to customers. The three systems are
generation, transmission, and distribution as illustrated in Figure 4.13. The avoided
transmission and distribution (T&D) system costs from on-site customer-generator exports are
discussed in this section.
Figure 4.13
Electric grid schematic highlighting transmission and distribution facilities
The T&D system (wires, transformers, substations etc.) must be sized for the total amount of
energy that could run through it at any given time (localized peak times). Idaho Power
determines planning capacity limits for the T&D system. In addition, Idaho Power determines
localized growth rates for the T&D system to ensure that equipment is adequately sized for the
expected loads. When a part of the T&D system is identified to have loads that will exceed the
planning capacity limits, a project is initiated to increase the capacity of that part of Idaho
Power’s system.
The addition of customer-generator exports to the T&D system has the potential to reduce the
expected localized peak load. If the customer-generator exports result in localized peak
reductions that are sufficient and occur at the same time as the localized peak, then the project
to increase capacity may be deferred or delayed and those costs are reduced or avoided.
The illustration in Figure 4.14 depicts the distribution system where one section of the
distribution system is identified as having available capacity. For this section of the distribution
system, the addition of customer generation does not provide a potential to avoid a
distribution project because there is no need for a project. However, a second distribution line
has been identified which has limited capacity. For that limited capacity distribution line, the
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 68
addition of customer generation has the potential to avoid a distribution project designed to
increase capacity in a specific section of the distribution system if the generation exports.
Figure 4.14
Electric grid schematic identifying localized distribution capacity
4.3.1 TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION CAPACITY COST:
METHOD AND ASSUMPTIONS
To determine the potential value of on-site generation in deferring or delaying the need for
Idaho Power to build T&D resources, the study identifies coincident peak hours.
Coincident peak hours are those hours when excess energy and peak hours on the T&D system
overlap. The study analyzes 15 years of historical project data and five years of forecasted
project data on Idaho Power’s T&D system. This data identified the historical trends and
projected T&D projects and the capacity need for each project.
An alternative considered was to provide an incentive to customer generation projects located
in specific areas rather than based on exported energy. The potential projects would be able to
defer transmission or distribution projects if they exported energy at the coincident peak hours.
To that end, such an incentive would only be available after the project demonstrated their
export energy occurred at the coincident peak times. In addition, the quantity of the export
would need to be sufficient to exceed the planning capacity shortfall. This could result in some
projects being installed expecting an incentive but may be dependent on additional projects
being installed in a timely manner and operated such that the total export energy in a location
provides a deferral value. Without the deferral value, there would not be an incentive for the
installed project(s).
This alternative would not result in a guarantee of an incentive. The incentive would be
dependent on sufficient coincidence exported energy by location.
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 69
4.3.1.1 IDENTIFYING COINCIDENT PEAK HOURS
Customer-generator exports at the locational peak time was determined based on the number
of customers for each rate class connected at each specific location. Then using the number of
connected customers by rate class along with an average system size by rate class the total
generation capacity available at the location is determined. As was done for the generation
capacity in Section 4.2, these connected generation capacity values are increased by the
expected loss savings that they provide to the system. More information regarding avoided
losses can be found in Section 4.4.
Using the 2021 exported energy from customer-generators, the average hourly summer and
winter exported energy is calculated as a percentage of connected customer-generator
nameplate capacity. These hourly values are used to estimate the expected generation export
for the coincident time of day based on the connected generation capacity. This provides the
expected exports coincident with Idaho Power system peak load at that location.
4.3.2 AVOIDED TRANSMISSION & DISTRIBUTION VALUE CALCULATION
The avoided T&D cost values of VERs can be calculated using actual and proposed capacity
projects, the local area growth rates, and the local VER export values at the time of the local
peak. The data used for this method includes:
1) Project costs and need dates for T&D capacity projects
2) For each capacity project in each local area:
a) Peak capacity and peak load
b) Growth rate
c) Time of peak demand
3) Exported energy from VER expected at project location during peak demand time
a) System aggregate export shape based on real-time energy measured in 2021
b) System aggregate export shape based on net-hourly energy measured in 2021
The savings from these transmission capacity and distribution capacity projects are the basis for
determining the avoided transmission and distribution value for customer-generator exports.
The study analyzed historical and planned transmission and distribution capacity projects from
the years 2007 through 2026.
Once coincident hours are determined, the VERs expected output at the locational peak time is
subtracted from the expected peak load to get a revised peak load. The revised peak load is
compared to the planning capacity. If the revised peak load is less than the planning capacity,
the capacity project can be deferred.
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 70
Once a project is identified to be deferred, the deferral time is determined. The peak load is
increased by the annual growth rate. For each successive year, the VERs’ expected peak time
exports are compared to the difference between the peak load with annual growth and
planning capacity. The last year that the VER expected peak time export is greater than the
difference between the peak load and planning capacity is the last year of the deferral.
A project may be deferred for a single year or several years.
The project cost and the numbers of years of deferral determine the deferral value.
The deferral value of all projects is summed and converted into a per year value, based on the
number of years that projects were reviewed.
The annual value of deferred projects is then divided by the energy exported. This value is
dependent upon either a flat or seasonal time-variant export credit value (Figure 4.15).
This method is completed for transmission capacity projects to determine the transmission
avoided capacity value and for distribution capacity projects to determine the distribution
avoided capacity values. The constraints of this analysis are presented in Table 4.6 and the
summary results are provided in Table 4.7.
Table 4.6
Transmission capacity and distribution capacity project analysis constraints
Constraint Value
Project Years Reviewed 2007 to 2026
Count of Projects Reviewed 447
Count of Projects Deferred (% of Total) 9 (2%)

Table 4.7
Transmission capacity and distribution capacity analysis results
Line Item Value
Distribution Capacity Projects Deferral Value $307,263
Transmission Capacity Projects Deferral Value $0
Total Savings $307,263

The T&D analysis was completed with customer-generators 2021 exported energy for both a
net hourly and real-time measurement. The deferral results and timelines were the same under
both assumptions. The annual value of deferred projects must be converted to a price per kWh
exported for the ECR. This calculation is dependent upon either a flat annual or seasonal time
variant ECR. Additional data for this analysis is presented in Appendix 4.15.
To evaluate a flat annual value for the avoided T&D capacity, the analysis evaluates the total
energy exported by customer-generators for the entire year. This structure is a simplified
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 71
approach; however, does not align the value that is provided for T&D capacity with the timing
or location of exports. As an alternative, the value for avoided T&D capacity costs could be
applied only to exports during On-Peak hours, which better aligns the value with the timing of
exports. The study did not evaluate a locational based ECR value as this is not a feasible solution
within the company’s billing system. Figure 4.15 summarizes the results under the above
constraints for the value of avoided T&D capacity under a flat and seasonal time variant export
credit rate.
Figure 4.15
Summary results for a flat and seasonal time variant weighted average calculation of avoided transmission and
distribution capacity value with real-time 2021 customer-generator exports
4.3.3 OTHER AVOIDED TRANSMISSION & DISTRIBUTION METHODS
Many T&D deferral approximation methods exist and, when applied appropriately, may provide
a reasonable proxy for T&D deferral value when project-level data is not available.
These top-down approximation methods often rely on general utility information, like the total
T&D capital spend, and ignore or make assumptions about whether T&D investments could be
deferred by on-site generation. This is because T&D growth projects are location specific and
depend on the local growth rates, load shapes, and equipment characteristics. These typically
vary, often significantly, with the aggregated system-level information.
In some locations where there are separate distribution and transmission providers, such as
Maine, the distribution utility pays a transmission tariff to the transmission provider based on a
per-kW demand charge that is a function of monthly system peaks. At such locations, the DER
$3.44
$0.26
Seasonal Time Variant ECR
(On-peak hours only)
Flat ECR
(All hours)
Avoided T&D Capacity ($/MWh)
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 72
exports may reduce the overall distribution utilities’ monthly peak demands which would
reduce tariff fees. This method is an approximate proxy to capture avoided transmission
capacity and is not based on actual capacity projects.
When project-level data is available, as it was for this study, it is the preferred analysis method.
It provides the most applicable and accurate calculation of the T&D deferral value37 because it
considers how and when T&D investments are made. Therefore, the study does not include
results from less applicable approximation methods that are primarily designed for situations
where project-level data is unavailable.
Avoided Transmission & Distribution Capacity – Supporting Appendices
Appendix 4.15
Transmission and Distribution Avoided Capacity
Note: All appendices can be accessed at www.puc.idaho.gov under Case No. IPC-E-22-22.

37 In the Matter of Idaho Power Company’s Application to Complete the Study Review Phase of the
Comprehensive Study of Costs and Benefits of On-Site Customer Generation & to Implement Changes
to Schedule 6, 8, and 84 Non-Legacy Systems, Case No. IPC-E-22-22, Idaho Power Company’s Reply
Comments, Attachment 1 — Strunk Affidavit.
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 73
4.4 AVOIDED LINE LOSSES
As electricity moves through the system, from the generation source to the end user, some of
that electricity does not reach the end user. It is lost due to heating of line wires by the current
as energy moves across the line, over high-voltage transmission, and lower-voltage
distribution. Figure 4.16 provides an illustrative example of lines losses that occur between
the utility’s generation source and the retail customer load. When energy is exported by
customer-generators, Idaho Power has the potential to avoid the energy and the associated
line losses.
Figure 4.16
Electric grid schematic with illustrative line loss example
4.4.1 LINE LOSS VALUE: INPUTS AND ASSUMPTIONS
Line losses are proportionate to the amount of energy flow. In other words, the higher the
energy flow, the higher the line losses. Line losses occur on both transmission and distribution
lines. Transmission and distribution system losses increase during peak loading hours and
decrease during off peak loading hours when expressed in absolute terms of energy.
Transformer losses consist of both core losses and winding losses. Transformer core losses are
generated by energizing the laminated steel core of the transformer. Transformer core losses
are essentially constant, meaning they do not change based on the amount of load on the
transformer from no load to full load. Therefore, the existence of exports does not avoid
additional transformer core losses. Transformer winding losses are generated by the flow of
energy in the transformer’s windings. Therefore, similar to line losses, transformer winding
losses are proportionate to the amount of energy flow.
Losses can be classified as marginal losses, average line losses and peak line losses.
Marginal losses are the incremental change in real system power losses caused by changes in
system load and generator patterns. Average line losses are the losses that occur in the power
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 74
system over a period of time; for example, over the course of a year. Peak line losses are
the losses that occur during system peak load. In the company’s 2012 System Loss Study,
only average and peak line losses were calculated. Customer-generator energy exports are
higher during the spring and fall seasons when local consumption is minimal; the exports are
reduced significantly during the summer season when self-consumption increases. The study
finds that using average line losses is most appropriate given the customer-generator
export pattern.
Idaho Power’s hourly losses are included in Appendix 4.16 and were used as the basis for
evaluating an avoided line loss value for this study. Table 4.8 provides a summary of the total
system losses from Idaho Power’s most recent line loss study. Line losses studies are comprised
of extensive analyses and are not performed often; however, line losses are expressed as
percentages, which do not significantly vary through time.
Table 4.8
Idaho Power 2012 System Loss Study results, total line losses
Dates Season Total Losses
May–October (2–7 p.m.) Summer On-Peak 8.6%
May–October (5 a.m.–2 p.m., 7–9 p.m.) Summer Mid-Peak 8.5%
May–October (9 p.m.–5 a.m.) Summer Off-Peak 8.7%

November–April (6–10 a.m., 5–8 p.m.) Winter On-Peak 8.5%
November–April (10 a.m.–5 p.m., 8–10 p.m.) Winter Mid-Peak 8.5%
November–April (10 p.m.–6 a.m.) Winter Off-Peak 9.0%

As previously mentioned, only transmission and distribution primary line losses and
transformer winding losses can be avoided by customer-generator exports; transformer core
losses, unlike winding losses, remain near-constant and therefore are not avoidable.
The avoidable line losses are computed by adding the losses in the transmission system and the
avoidable losses in the distribution system. When added as a percentage, the losses in the
distribution are multiplied by a factor to consider the energy already lost in the transmission
system, as seen in Figure 4.17. 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺𝑁𝑁𝐿𝐿𝐴𝐴 𝐿𝐿𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶=𝑇𝑇𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐶𝐶𝑁𝑁𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺 𝐿𝐿𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶+(1 −𝑇𝑇𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐶𝐶𝑁𝑁𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺 𝐿𝐿𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶)∗𝐷𝐷𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴𝑁𝑁𝑅𝑅𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺 𝐿𝐿𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶 Figure 4.17
Avoidable losses equation
The transmission losses can be computed as described in Figure 4.18. 𝑇𝑇𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐶𝐶𝑁𝑁𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺 𝐿𝐿𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶= ∑𝑇𝑇𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐶𝐶𝑁𝑁𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺 𝐿𝐿𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴 𝐿𝐿𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝑇𝑇𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐶𝐶𝑁𝑁𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺 𝐿𝐿𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴+𝑊𝑊ℎ𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐿𝐿𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺𝐸𝐸
Figure 4.18
Transmission losses equation
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 75
The avoidable distribution losses can be calculated as described in Figure 4.19.
𝐷𝐷𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴𝑁𝑁𝑅𝑅𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺 𝐿𝐿𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶=𝑆𝑆𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺 𝐿𝐿𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶+𝑃𝑃𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴𝑁𝑁𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐶𝐶 𝐿𝐿𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶−𝑇𝑇𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐶𝐶𝑜𝑜𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺𝑁𝑁𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺 𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴 𝐿𝐿𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶𝐼𝐼𝐺𝐺𝐶𝐶𝑅𝑅𝐺𝐺 𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴 𝐺𝐺ℎ𝐴𝐴 𝐶𝐶𝑅𝑅𝑁𝑁𝐶𝐶𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐺𝐺
Figure 4.19
Avoidable distribution losses equation
The hourly loss factors were grouped into six different season/time periods; the hourly values
in each group were averaged to determine a loss factor for the corresponding season/time
period. The different season/time periods help to capture the year-to-year variability in
system load.
The isolated avoidable transmission and distribution losses are summarized by season in Table
4.9. The hourly losses for the entire year are shown in Appendix 4.16.
Table 4.9
Idaho Power 2012 System Loss Study results, transmission, and distribution losses only
Dates Season Transmission & Distribution Losses
May–October (2–7 p.m.) Summer On-Peak 5.9%
May–October (5 a.m.–2 p.m., 7–9 p.m.) Summer Mid-Peak 5.8%
May–October (9 p.m.–5 a.m.) Summer Off-Peak 5.8%

November–April (6–10 a.m., 5-8 p.m.) Winter On-Peak 5.7%
November–April (10 a.m.– 5 p.m., 8–10 p.m.) Winter Mid-Peak 5.7%
November–April (10 p.m.–6 a.m.) Winter Off-Peak 5.8%

4.4.2 2012 SYSTEM LOSS STUDY METHOD
To determine the impact of avoided line losses from customer-generator exports, the analysis
in this study leverages the loss percentages from the 2012 System Loss Study.
The 2012 System Loss Study determined the loss percentages for the transmission system,
distribution system, distribution primary voltage, and the distribution secondary voltage.
The loss percentage is the ratio of the input over the output. This analysis was done for both
energy losses and for peak losses. The same method was used for both loss studies, and in both
cases this method for loss calculation includes the transformer core losses.
The method to determine the energy loss percentages includes the addition of all the energy
inputs and all the energy outputs for each grid section. The difference between the two values
is the energy losses for that grid section.
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 76
The method to determine the peak loss percentages includes the addition of all the peak inputs
and all the peak outputs for each grid section. The difference between the two values is the
peak losses for that grid section. The loss percentage is the ratio of the input sum over the
output sum. A loss percentage flow diagram is illustrated in Figure 4.20. The illustration
identifies the various energy inputs and outputs to different sections of the transmission and
distribution systems that were used in loss percentage calculations. Note, the diagram shows
the loss percentages corresponding to a single hour. The study uses the averages per season
shown in Table 4.9 as the basis for the analysis.
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 77

Figure 4.20
Loss percentage flow diagram (peak hour example)

Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 78
The avoidable line losses are appropriately applied to both energy and capacity. The energy
component of avoided losses can be valued using the same method utilized to determine the
avoided energy component of the ECR. The capacity component of losses only applies to the
avoided losses reduced during the system's highest risk hours.
With the line loss percentages from Table 4.9, we can determine the energy loss reduction from
exported customer generation. Figure 4.21 provides the calculation of energy loss. The energy
prices from Section 4.1 can be multiplied by the loss percentage to get the corresponding
impact to the energy price due to losses in terms of dollars per MWh.
Figure 4.21
Energy line loss calculation example for flat real-time export energy prices.
The capacity component of the avoided losses was considered when determining the avoided
capacity of customer-generator exports. The capacity contribution calculations utilize integers,
meaning the margin of error is +/- 1 MW. This margin of error could be significant when
compared to the capacity contribution of avoided losses. The study applied the losses to the
customer-generator exports to avoid considerable errors due to the margin of error of the
capacity contribution calculations.
Avoided Line Losses – Supporting Appendices
Appendix 4.16
Idaho Power’s Hourly Losses Report
Note: All appendices can be accessed at www.puc.idaho.gov under Case No. IPC-E-22-22.
4.5 AVOIDED ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
Idaho Power generates or purchases energy to meet the energy needs of its customers.
When there are environmental costs associated with that generated or purchased energy,
then there is a potential for those costs to be avoided for customer generated exported energy.
Environmental benefits that do not result in a direct savings, or an avoidable cost, are not
included in this study.38 Similarly, environmental benefits based on non-quantifiable or
speculative values are not included in this study.

38 Case No. IPC-E-21-21, Order No. 35284 at 27.
2021 2019-2021 2019-2021
IRP ICE Mid-C ELAP
Avoided Line Loss Value ($/MWh)1.10$ 1.77$ 1.64$
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 79
4.5.1 ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS: INPUTS AND ASSUMPTIONS
Environmental costs that could be associated with generated or purchased energy include
Renewable Energy Certificate (REC) purchases, Carbon Tax, and other costs to meet a
Renewable Portfolio Standard (RPS) policy. An RPS is a regulatory mandate to increase
production of energy from renewable sources such as wind, solar, biomass and other
alternatives to fossil and nuclear electric generation. Most RPS’s and Carbon Tax policies allow
utilities to purchase RECs to meet those mandates.
Currently, Idaho Power is not subject to a Carbon Tax or an RPS policy. Idaho Power does not
have a mandatory requirement to produce a set amount of renewable energy and,
therefore, has no need to purchase RECs. Although customer generation from renewable
resources may avoid some fossil fuel generation, thereby reducing carbon emissions,
Idaho Power is not subject to a Carbon Tax and cannot monetize those emission reductions.
Idaho Power’s IRP utilizes a carbon price adder in its IRP. The carbon price adders included in
Idaho Power’s IRP have historically been included to assess the risk of adding carbon-emitting
generation to the system. However, these adders have not traditionally been included in the
first several years of the IRP planning horizon to reflect the time it would take to structure and
pass a carbon price adder bill into legislation and the implementation delay that would occur
between the passage of the hypothetical federal legislation and the effective date of the rules
once promulgated. For example, in the 2021 IRP, these price adders were not present in the
first two years of the plan; and for the 2023 IRP, carbon adders were discussed with IRPAC,
and it aligned with the position that the new carbon adder forecast will start in 2027 (the fifth
year of the planning horizon). Finally, there are no current indications that a state or federally
imposed carbon adder are imminently forthcoming. These carbon price adders are only
appropriately included in an ECR if and when they materialize as actual costs impacting Idaho
Power customer rates.
4.5.2 CREDITING CUSTOMERS FOR VALUE OF RENEWABLE
ENERGY CREDITS
In most states, including Idaho, the environmental attributes of on-site generation remain with
the owner. Idaho Power is not aware of any on-site generation or net metering arrangement in
which a customer’s export of energy back to the utility involves the transfer of the RECs or
environmental attributes of those exports. Given the complexity in certifying and tracking
generation in a manner that would allow for RECs to be issued for a customer’s resource and
the low dollar value of each individual REC (approximately $3–8 per MW), it is unlikely that
customers would be sophisticated enough or financially incentivized to certify their own RECs.
In order for Idaho Power to do so on a customer’s behalf, the current registration process
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 80
would require that the customer legally transfer the environmental attributes of the on-site
generation, and, in order to prevent double counting of those attributes, the customer
would no longer be able to claim the clean nature of the energy used to power their home
or business.
Additionally, Idaho does not have any mechanisms that allow for the exchange of on-site
generation RECs—Idaho does not have a Renewable Portfolio Standard with a distributed
generation carve out, a Solar Renewable Energy Certificate market, or any legislation that
establishes specific treatment of on-site generation RECs. As a result, the environmental
attributes of on-site generation (in the form of RECs) are not certifiable for the purpose of
utility buy back.
4.5.2.1 REQUIREMENTS TO OBTAIN AND TRACK RENEWABLE
ENERGY CREDITS
It may be logistically possible for Idaho Power to aggregate and certify RECs from
customer-generators, but there are several hurdles: 1) to register each customer-generator
resource with WREGIS, at a minimum the customer would need to legally transfer ownership
of the environmental attributes of their resource to Idaho Power and would be prevented from
claiming the clean nature of the energy from the resource going forward; 2) Idaho Power would
need to implement detailed recording and tracking of generation data; and 3) the company
would need to pay a small monthly fee. The typical value of a REC ranges between $3–8 per
MW, and based upon the administrative burden and the impact on the customer’s ability to
claim the environmental attributes of the generation, such an approach seems unlikely to be
well received by customer-generators. As a result, the study has not included a value associated
with on-site generation RECs.
WREGIS has specific and detailed requirements and protocols for approving the creation of
RECs, or WREGIS Certificates. The study references relevant portions of WREGIS’s operating
rules,39 but notes that the rules are extensive, and the study does not represent a full record of
WREGIS rules or approval processes.
WREGIS does not “certify” generation but rather has a process for approving generating units40
which may earn WRGIS Certificates for tracking within the WREGIS system, if approved.

39 WREGIS’s Operating Rules, last published January 4, 2021.
40 WREGIS defines a renewable generating unit as including any generation facility that is “defined as
renewable by and of the states or provinces in [the Wester Energy Coordinating Council].”
WREGIS Operating Rules at 10.
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 81
With respect to customer-generators and the creation of WREGIS Certificates, the entity must
follow the instructions provided by WREGIS and be approved by WREGIS.
WREGIS also has requirements specific to “On-Site Load” — the category under which Idaho
Power’s customer-generators would likely be defined. An entity with On-Site Load must meet
requirements related to metering, communication, and verification of dynamic data before
WREGIS Certificates may be earned. According to WREGIS Operating Rules 9.6.1:
For On-Site Load to contribute to Certificates, the Generating Unit must have
sufficient metering in place to measure, either directly or through a process of
netting, the On-Site Load. If a netting process is used, it must be designed to
exclude Station Service. If On-Site Load is metered directly, the Generating Unit
must have two separate meters, one to meter the On-Site Load and one to
meter generation that is supplied to the grid and each meter must be registered
separately with WREGIS. If On-Site Load is measured through a netting process,
both the meter measuring generation supplied to the grid and the other meters
involved in the netting process may be registered separately with WREGIS.
The method of metering to be used and the netting process, if applicable, must
be reviewed and approved by WREGIS staff prior to the On-Site Load being
registered and reported in WREGIS. (at 35)
WREGIS does not certify, but rather has a process for approving Generating Units which,
if approved, may earn WREGIS certificates. WREGIS Operating Rules Section 5 addresses the
requirements for transferring a Generating Unit from one WREGIS account holder to another.
The assignment of registration rights will give the Generator Agent (an entity designated by the
Generator Owner via a legal assignment to act on the Generator Owner’s behalf with WREGIS,
e.g., Idaho Power) full and sole permissions and authority over the transactions and activities
related to the Generating Unit and any WREGIS Certificates.

Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 82
4.6 INTEGRATION COSTS
Idaho Power must plan for intermittent production from VERs (e.g., solar and wind).
Integration costs reflect the incremental costs associated with accommodating variable
resources on the system. Idaho Power periodically conducts integration studies based on the
number of variable resources on its system. The most recent Idaho Power integration study
was completed in 2020 and reflected the then-current level of intermittent generation on the
system. The integration study determined the costs to integrate additional variable resources,
including customer generation.
4.6.1 INTEGRATION COSTS: INPUTS AND ASSUMPTIONS
For the 2020 VER Integration Study, Idaho Power worked in conjunction with a technical review
committee and retained Energy and Environmental Economics, Inc. (E3) to perform the study.
Through the analysis, E3 calculated VER integration costs and regulation reserve requirements
for various VER addition scenarios for a 2023 model year.
Improving on the 2018 VER Integration Study to model Idaho Power’s new participation in
the Western EIM, E3’s analysis utilized Energy Exemplar’s PLEXOS software to allow for
modeling the system in four stages: day ahead, hour ahead, 15-minute, and 5-minute
markets. Idaho Power joined the EIM in the second quarter of 2018. The addition of the EIM
market allows for balancing of forecast errors in real time.
The 2020 VER Integration Study derived integration costs for utility scale resources are also
representative for customer-generator integration costs due to their highly correlated
variability and non-dispatchability.
4.6.2 STUDY METHODS AND RESULTS
The 2020 VER Integration Study is Appendix 4.17. The 2020 VER Integration Study identifies an
applicable solar integration rate in the Base 2023 Case of $2.93 per MWh, or $0.00293 per kWh
as shown in Table 4.10. This integration cost is the calculated incremental cost for adding 251
MW of additional solar beyond the 310 MW of solar on Idaho Power’s system in 2020.
The integration cost for Case 2, 3, 9, and 10 is the calculated incremental integration cost
for the given scenario modeled. Case 1 best represents Idaho Power’s current system.
The company does expect to add 131 MW of storage in 2023 — the incremental storage and
other incremental resources could be factored into the next VER Integration Study and could
inform future updates to the ECR.

Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 83
Table 4.10
Integration costs from 2020 VER study, 2023 base year (reproduction of Table ES1 from the 2020 VER
Integration Study)
Tier
VER Study Case
Number Assumptions
Integration Costs
($/MWh)
Base (One Bridger Unit Retired) 1 One Bridger Unit Retired; 131 MW of unspecified Solar contracts and 120 MW from the planned Jackpot Solar facility Added on top of existing Solar
$2.93
Base (Bridger Online) 2 All Bridger Units Online; 131 MW of unspecified Solar contracts and 120 MW from the planned Jackpot Solar facility Added on top of existing Solar
$3.61
Higher Solar Penetration 3 Same as VER Study Case 1 + 794 MW of
New Solar
$3.86
Higher Solar Penetration +
0.25 Storage
9 Same as Higher Solar Penetration VER Case 3 +
200 MW Storage (2.5 MW Storage for every 10 MW of Solar)
$0.64
Higher Solar Penetration +
0.50 Storage
10 Same as Higher Solar Penetration VER Case 3 +
400 MW Storage (5 MW Storage for every 10 MW of Solar)
$0.93

The integration rate in the 2020 VER Integration Study reflects Idaho Power’s incremental costs
incurred when accommodating the uncertainty associated with variable resources on the
system. Idaho Power incurs integration costs due to reduced flexible resource optimization,
caused by variable resource uncertainty, when planning operations ahead of real time
(day-ahead, and hours ahead of real time), and in the 15-minute, and 5-minute markets.
The 2020 VER Integration Study determined the integration cost of accommodating additional
solar; however, the solar generation considered was utility scale solar.
The key question for this study is, can the utility scale solar be utilized as a proxy for Idaho
Power retail customer exports to determine integration costs? If yes, the 2020 VER Integration
Study can be used to determine the integration cost component of the ECR. If not, another
integration study may be required before including the integration cost component in the ECR.
To answer the ‘can utility scale solar be utilized as a proxy for Idaho Power retail customer
exports’ question, the study analyzed day-ahead and hour-ahead real time uncertainty.
Figure 4.22 depicts customer exports compared to the company’s utility scale solar, with both
outputs normalized based on their peaks for the first week of the four quarters of 2021.
This data shows that the shapes are comparable and highly correlated. The variation appears to
be driven by the same variability in weather. These figures support utility scale solar as a good
proxy for customer-generator exports for the purposes of studying integration costs, as they
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 84
relate to the day-ahead and hour-ahead uncertainty — which partially drives the
integration cost.

Figure 4.22
Customer-generator and utility scale solar generation 2021 output normalized for peak generation output
Integration costs are also caused by uncertainty in the 15-minute and 5-minute timeframes.
Idaho Power does not collect customer data on these timeframes; therefore, it is challenging to
directly compare customer exports and utility scale solar. On-site customer-generator systems
are geographically diversified across southern Idaho and eastern Oregon. That diversity likely
reduces the 15-minute and 5-minute variability. Idaho Power’s utility scale solar is also highly
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 85
diversified with 17 projects totaling approximately 315 MW spread across southern Idaho and
eastern Oregon.
The benefits of utility scale solar, that reduces its 15-minute and 5-minute variability, is how it is
designed. It is industry practice for a utility scale solar project to “overbuild” the solar panels on
the direct-current (DC) side of the inverter with 20% or more additional DC capacity.41
The capacity necessary to export energy onto the grid is limited by the inverter, which converts
DC to alternating-current (AC). Therefore, the DC capacity can be oversized relative to the
AC capacity. This DC overbuild, depicted in Figure 4.23, provides several benefits to a utility
scale project. The primary benefit related to resource variability and uncertainty is that a
cloud can often cover a portion of a utility scale project, and result in no reduction in output
from the project because the inverter may already be “clipping” part of the DC output.
Therefore, utility scale projects typically have a built-in short-term variability buffer.
Customer projects have no such buffer — when a cloud shades the project, the utility
will see a reduction in customer-generator exports, or an increase in demand if the customer
is not exporting. Therefore, utility scale solar is a reasonable and conservative proxy for
customer-generator exports as they relate to 15- and 5-minute uncertainty — the remaining
timeframes reflected in the integration cost.

Figure 4.23
Advantages of higher DC/AC ratio illustration

41 https://pv-magazine-usa.com/2018/03/19/u-s-solar-module-to-inverter-ratio-settles-in-around-1-25/
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 86
The utility scale solar integration costs derived in the 2020 VER Integration Study provide a
reasonable proxy for the integration costs associated with customer exports. From the 2020
VER Integration Study, the applicable solar integration rate is identified in the Base 2023 Case in
Table ES1: $2.93 per MWh or $0.00293 per kWh. This integration rate could be utilized until
Idaho Power completes its next integration study and integration costs for customer-generators
could be evaluated directly.
Integration Costs – Supporting Appendices
Appendix 4.17
Idaho Power’s 2020 VER Integration Study
Note: All appendices can be accessed at www.puc.idaho.gov under Case No. IPC-E-22-22.
4.7 SUMMARY OF CONCLUSIONS
Sections 4.1 through 4.6 evaluate the components of the Export Credit Rate as identified in the
Study Framework. There are several variables and combinations that can result in a range of
Export Credit Rate values. For many of the components, the study evaluates more than one
method. Each method can result in a different value depending on if calculated with exports
measured under a net hourly or real-time interval. For purposes of the study, the summary
Export Credit Rates, or ECRs, are shown in Figures 4.24 and 4.25 under the three different
energy prices, real-time measurement interval, and a generation capacity value under the ELCC
method (described in Section 4.2). Appendix 4.18 shows ECR values under both a real-time and
hourly measurement interval.

Figure 4.24
Flat Export Credit Rate with real-time exports and ELCC generation capacity value
Real-Time Export Credit Rate
(1)(2)(3)
2021 2019-2021 2019-2021
$/MWh Idaho Power Average Average
IRP ICE-Mid-C ELAP
Flat Export Credit Rate
Avoided Energy 18.93$ 30.54$ 26.37$
Plus: Avoided Generation Capacity (ELCC)10.60 10.60 10.60
Plus: T&D Deferral 0.26 0.26 0.26
Plus: Avoided Line Loss 1.10 1.77 1.53
Plus: Avoided Environmental Costs - - -
Less: Integration Costs (2.93) (2.93) (2.93)
Flat ECR 27.96$ 40.25$ 35.84$
Note: Non-firm adjustment applied to the avoided energy value for Column 1 (IRP) and Column 2 (ICE Mid-C).
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 87

Figure 4.25
Time variant Export Credit Rate with real-time exports and ELCC generation capacity value
Export Credit Rate Summary – Supporting Appendices
Appendix 4.18
Export Credit Rate Summary
Note: All appendices can be accessed at www.puc.idaho.gov under Case No. IPC-E-22-22.

Real-Time Export Credit Rate
(1)(2)(3)
2021 2019-2021 2019-2021
$/MWh Idaho Power Average Average
IRP ICE-Mid-C ELAP
Time Variant Export Credit Rate
Off-Peak
Avoided Energy 18.29$ 29.67$ 24.68$
Plus: Avoided Generation Capacity (ELCC)- - -
Plus: T&D Deferral - - -
Plus: Avoided Line Loss 1.06 1.72 1.43
Plus: Avoided Environmental Costs - - -
Less: Integration Costs (2.93) (2.93) (2.93)
Off-Peak ECR 16.42$ 28.46$ 23.18$
Summer On-Peak (Demand Response Hours: 3-11pm, M-Sat)
Avoided Energy 26.84$ 41.15$ 47.09$
Plus: Avoided Generation Capacity (ELCC)140.33 140.33 140.33
Plus: T&D Deferral 3.44 3.44 3.44
Plus: Avoided Line Loss 1.56 2.39 2.73
Plus: Avoided Environmental Costs - - -
Less: Integration Costs (2.93) (2.93) (2.93)
On-Peak ECR 169.23$ 184.38$ 190.66$
Note: Non-firm adjustment applied to the avoided energy value for Column 1 (IRP) and Column 2 (ICE Mid-C).
Export Credit Rate

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 88

Frequency of Export Credit Rate Updates

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 89
5. FREQUENCY OF EXPORT CREDIT RATE UPDATES
A consideration for implementing a new compensation structure is the frequency of updates to
the components of the Export Credit Rate, or the ECR. The study addresses data inputs to an
ECR and criteria for determining when updates should occur. The study also considers potential
customer impacts from the frequency of updates to the ECR. It is essential to balance the
customer-generators need for stability with the need for regular updates to ensure an
appropriate and up to date ECR.
5.1 ENERGY PRICE INPUTS
The study evaluates three energy prices for the avoided energy cost of the ECR. These three
values fall into two different types of inputs that would create unique considerations for the
frequency and need for an update. Each input type is explained below.
Forecasted Energy Price: Idaho Power’s energy price from the IRP is a forecasted hourly input.
A forecasted value could remain constant until the Commission acknowledges the next IRP.
The inputs could be as granular as the forecasted hourly pricing or could be weighted from a
recent year’s exports (as explained in Sections 4.1) to provide a more stable, predictive price for
customers to plan for through the upcoming year. If an IRP-driven input was selected for
implementation, the energy input would be updated every other year along with or directly
after receiving acknowledgment of an IRP.
Actual Market Price: The ICE Mid-C and ELAP energy prices represent actual market prices.
As a result, the energy input would not remain constant like the price from the IRP.
Instead, Idaho Power’s billing system could apply actual market prices for the given hour
that the customer-generator’s export occurs (i.e., a unique value would be applied for all
8,760 hours of the year based on the actual market price in that given hour). The energy input
would continually use the actual ICE Mid-C or ELAP price to value exports in the billing period.
This energy market price would result in the energy input not requiring an “update” because
Idaho Power would compensate customers at those actual market values. Another option
would be for avoided energy to be based on actuals, but to be updated based on a less granular
cadence. For example, they could be based on the most recent year or an average over
multiple years.
Idaho Power, stakeholders, and ultimately the Commission, must evaluate the benefits
and potential impacts of leveraging a forecasted energy price or an actual market price.
Both approaches have merit as a representative proxy for the value provided for avoided
energy attributed to customer-generator exports. Stakeholders could have a range of opinions
on the weight of each method’s benefits. Forecasted energy prices offer stability and may be
easier to understand. A forecast provides stability but may not maximize value for the
Frequency of Export Credit Rate Updates

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 90
customer-generator when market prices are higher than forecasted. However, a forecast also
mitigates a drop in market prices, which could be lower than the forecasted price.
5.2 AVOIDED GENERATION CAPACITY
The study evaluates two methods for valuing the capacity contribution of customer-generator
exports, which are then used to determine the avoided generation capacity cost of the ECR.
The avoided generation capacity value calculation considers 1) capacity contribution,
2) levelized fixed cost of the avoided resource, and 3) annual exported energy from
customer-generators. The three inputs are individually evaluated for frequency of updates
to the avoided generation capacity value of the ECR.
Capacity Contribution: Both the ELCC and NREL methods discussed in Section 4.2 typically
consider a timeframe of one calendar year. Both methods require the following historical
input data:
1) Annual hourly system load data
2) Annual hourly system solar data
3) Annual hourly customer-generator export data
4) Customer-generator nameplate capacity
These values could be updated on an annual basis or updated every other year to align with IRP
updates. Section 4.2.2.1 contemplates a three- or five-year rolling average to further mitigate
volatility from year to year due to changes to capacity additions and weather conditions.
The ELCC risk-based metric is a statistical analysis that captures the hourly interplay between all
system resources. Additional historical input data is required to calculate the ELCC: 1) hourly
system wind, run of river hydro, and cogeneration data; 2) monthly capacity values of
dispatchable resources and their associated EFORs. As previously mentioned, these additional
inputs could be updated annually or aligned with IRP timing.
Levelized Fixed Cost of Avoided Resource: The levelized fixed cost of the avoided resource is
determined in Idaho Power’s IRP. Therefore, it would be reasonable to expect this input only to
be updated every other year.
Annual Exported Energy: The amount of energy exported from customer-generators could be
updated annually or every other year. Continued growth in customer generation would suggest
that it would be appropriate to update annually; this includes the addition of the latest data
available if a three- or five-year rolling average method is applied for the capacity contribution
calculations. Whichever period is selected for updating the supporting data for the capacity
contribution would also need to be applied to the annual exported energy to ensure there is no
mismatch between the quantity of energy exported and the associated nameplate capacity.
Frequency of Export Credit Rate Updates

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 91
Capacity Deficiency Year: Order No. 35284 directed the study to evaluate the use of first deficit
year. PURPA projects only receive a capacity value starting the year of the company’s first
deficiency. If a similar approach was applied to customer-generators, it could be reasonable to
align with the timing of the company’s IRP. Stakeholders would need to consider advantages
and disadvantages with this type of approach. For example, PURPA projects are contractually
obligated to deliver energy, whereas customer-generators are not. The company would be
required to track the vintage of customer-generator systems, resulting in customer-generators
having differing rates by vintage of system, which could be difficult to understand for customers
and would add administrative complexities.
5.3 AVOIDED TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION CAPACITY
The method for identifying avoided transmission and distribution capacity looks at 15 years
of actual data and five years of forecasted data on Idaho Power’s system. Due to the size
and amount of capacity added by a transmission or distribution project, this particular input
is less sensitive to changes until a large enough increase in capacity occurs. For consistency,
this input could be updated every other year in coordination with other ECR updates.
Alternatively, Idaho Power could update the avoided transmission and distribution capacity
analysis when a total nameplate capacity installed amount is reached and update this value
component in the subsequent ECR update process.
5.4 AVOIDED LINE LOSSES
Line losses studies are comprised of extensive analyses and are not performed often;
however, line losses are expressed as percentages, which do not significantly vary through
time. Given the relatively small value this contributes to the ECR, it would be reasonable to
not propose an update schedule, rather, this component could be updated as new loss studies
are completed.
5.5 AVOIDED ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
Idaho Power could evaluate the avoided environmental costs on an annual or biennial
basis to see if such costs can be avoided that are quantifiable and affect rates.
Alternatively, the Commission could require Idaho Power to file an update within a
specific time after a Carbon Tax or an RPS policy is enacted to update the ECR value to reflect
the change.
5.6 INTEGRATION COSTS
Idaho Power’s last VER Integration Study was completed in 2020. The company has completed
a total of seven VER integration studies, including the first VER integration study completed in
Frequency of Export Credit Rate Updates

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 92
2007. While VER integration studies are not completed at set intervals, history has shown that
Idaho Power completes the Integration Study regularly.
As VER penetration increases on the system, which Idaho Power forecasts to continue at an
increasing rate, Idaho Power will continue to refresh the integration study and also evaluate the
integration costs of customer generation in future studies. The company expects to undertake
its next VER Integration Study following completion of its 2023 IRP or 2025 IRP. This VER
Integration Study input could be updated as part of subsequent updates as more recent
integration studies are available.

Compensation Structure

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 93
6. COMPENSATION STRUCTURE
The compensation structure is the metering and billing arrangement for customer-generators
with exporting systems. This study evaluates two types of compensation structures: 1) Net
Energy Metering (NEM), and 2) Net Billing. The measurement interval, which is discussed in
more detail in Section 3 of this study, refers to the metering and billing arrangements that
define how the electricity flows are measured and billed for both energy consumption and
energy generation. The study evaluates three measurement intervals 1) monthly, 2) hourly,
and 3) real-time or instantaneous.
In this context, consumption refers only to energy the customer used from Idaho Power’s
electricity supply, and generation refers only to excess energy the customer exported to Idaho
Power’s grid. It does not include the on-site energy generated and consumed immediately by
the customer-generator.
As described in Section 3, the study uses Net Energy Metering with a monthly measurement
interval as the base case, as this is the existing compensation structure and measurement
interval for Idaho Power’s on-site customer-generators. In accordance with the Study
Framework approved by the Commission, the study will evaluate and compare the base case
against an hourly and real-time measurement under a Net Billing compensation structure.
6.1 AVERAGE RESIDENTIAL CUSTOMER BILL IMPACT ANALYSIS
As discussed in Section 3, the average residential customer has an average monthly
consumption of approximately 1,000 kWh per month or 12,000 kWh per year. This average
residential customer has an average monthly bill of $88.94 before installing on-site
generation. To illustrate the impacts on a customer’s bill under each of the compensation
structures, the same illustrative example of an average residential customer was evaluated
under varying system sizes to provide a reasonable range: 1) annual energy generation
approximately equal to annual energy consumption (8.5 kW system); and 2) annual energy
generation equal to approximately 50% of annual energy consumption (4.25 kW system).
Figure 6.1 illustrates the average residential customer’s average monthly bill under a
monthly, hourly, and real-time measurement interval with an 8.5 kW solar system installed.
Export Credit Rate values from the study are summarized in Appendix 4.18. For the purposes of
this analysis, the Net Billing impact analysis used a flat Export Credit Rate of $0.03781 per kWh,
which utilizes the ELAP energy price (it was roughly in between the high and low ECR energy
values) and the ELCC generation capacity value (the ELCC method has been used in the most
recently filed IRP). Appendix 3.1, 3.2, and 3.3 provide a toggle to evaluate impacts under
varying flat Export Credit Rate values.
Compensation Structure

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 94

Figure 6.1
Average monthly bill for average residential customer with 8.5 kW solar system installed
In Figure 6.1, the customer has installed a solar system that generates enough energy that
slightly exceeds the total annual energy consumption. Therefore, on an average monthly basis,
the customer’s monthly bill under the Net Energy Metering compensation structure is equal to
the fixed service charge of $5 per month — the fixed service charge is not offset by kWh
credits.42 When changing the measurement interval from monthly to hourly the meter
measures a monthly average of 615 kWh consumed (shown in Figure 3.5) and 616 kWh
exported (shown in Figure 3.6). When the retail rate is applied against the energy consumed
and a $0.03781 Export Credit Rate is applied to the energy exported on a net hourly basis,
the result is an average monthly bill of $31.37. Similarly, the real-time measurement results in
average monthly energy measured for consumption of 639 kWh (shown in Figure 3.5),
average monthly energy exported of 659 kWh (shown in Figure 3.6), and an average monthly
bill of $31.79. For an existing customer taking service under Net Energy Metering, moving from
a monthly to real-time measurement results in an average monthly bill increase of
approximately $27; however, the customer will still realize an average monthly reduction of
over $57 per month compared to having no solar installed.

42 In the Matter of Idaho Power Company’s Application for Authority to Modify Its Net Metering Service
and to Increase the Generation Capacity Limit, Case No. IPC-E-12-27, Order No. 32846 at 9-10
(July 3, 2013).
Compensation Structure

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 95
Figure 6.2 illustrates the average residential customer’s average monthly bill under a monthly,
hourly, and real-time measurement interval with a 4.25 kW solar system installed. For the
hourly and real-time Net Billing compensation structure the export credit rate used is
$0.03781 per kWh.

Figure 6.2
Average monthly bill for average residential customer with 4.25 kW solar system installed
In this scenario, the customer has installed a solar system that generates approximately 50% of
the annual energy consumption. On an average monthly basis, the customer’s monthly bill
under the Net Energy Metering compensation structure reflects average monthly energy
measured for consumption of 504 kWh (shown in Figure 3.7) and an average monthly bill of
$45.76 per month. When changing the measurement interval from monthly to hourly,
the meter measures a monthly average of 678 kWh consumed (shown in Figure 3.7) and
174 kWh exported (shown in Figure 3.8). When the retail rate is applied against the energy
consumed and the Export Credit Rate is applied to the energy exported, the result is an average
monthly bill of $53.32. Similarly, the real-time measurement results in average monthly energy
measured for consumption of 705 kWh (shown in Figure 3.7), an average monthly energy
exported of 186 kWh (shown in Figure 3.8), and an average monthly bill of $55.12. For an
existing customer taking service under Net Energy Metering, moving from a monthly to
real-time measurement results in an average monthly bill increase of approximately $10;
however, this is an average monthly reduction of almost $34 per month compared to having no
solar installed.
Compensation Structure

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 96
6.2 SCHEDULE 6 (RESIDENTIAL) CUSTOMER-GENERATOR BILL
IMPACT ANALYSIS
The study also evaluated the different measurement intervals and compensation structures for
all residential customer-generators with 12 months of data in 2021. The total population for
this analysis was 6,425 residential customer-generators. Appendix 3.2 includes all supporting
data and the ability to select or remove legacy systems from the summary analysis discussed in
this study.

Figure 6.3
Average monthly bill for all residential customer-generators in 2021
The analysis first calculated the energy measured for consumption and export under each of
the three measurement intervals and respective compensation structures for each customer
from the 2021 data set. Consistent with other analysis in this section, the bill impact for Net
Billing assumes a flat Export Credit Rate of $0.03781.
Figure 6.3 summarizes the average monthly bill for residential customer-generators
with Exporting Systems active for all of 2021. On an average monthly basis, residential
customer-generators average net monthly energy measured for consumption of 463 kWh
(shown in Figure 3.9) and an average monthly bill of $44.97. Moving from a monthly to hourly
measurement interval results in average monthly energy measured for consumption of
896 kWh (shown in Figure 3.9) and an average monthly bill of $64.03. The real-time
measurement results in average monthly energy measured for consumption of 932 kWh
$44.97
$64.03 $65.84
All Customers
(6,425 customers)
Bi
l
l

A
m
o
u
n
t

(
$
)
Average Monthly Bill
NEM (Monthly)Net Billing (Hourly)Net Billing (Real-Time)
Compensation Structure

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 97
(shown in Figure 3.9) and an average monthly bill of $65.84. Moving from a monthly to
real-time measurement results in an average monthly bill increase of approximately $21;
however, this does not reflect the average monthly reduction compared to no solar installed
(as illustrated in Figure 6.1 and 6.2).

Figure 6.4
Average monthly bill for each compensation structure and measurement interval for all residential
customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy use
Figure 6.4 separates the customer-generators by their average monthly energy consumption in
2021 under a monthly measurement interval. The residential customer-generators have been
grouped into six categories to evaluate the average magnitude of bill impacts within each group
of customers. Figure 6.4 does not account for the residential customer-generators average
monthly bill before solar was installed. The average monthly bill before solar was installed
would be higher than the real-time Net Billing average monthly bill shown in Figure 6.4.
6.3 SCHEDULE 8 (SMALL GENERAL) CUSTOMER-GENERATOR BILL
IMPACT ANALYSIS
The study evaluated an identical bill impact analysis for the different measurement intervals
and compensation structures for all small general customer-generators with 12 months of data
in 2021. The total population for this analysis was 52 customers. Appendix 3.3 includes all
supporting data from the summary analysis discussed in this study.
$5 $23
$61
$98
$134
$284
$23 $42
$81
$117
$153
$299
$24 $44
$83
$120
$156
$301
$-
$50
$100
$150
$200
$250
$300
$350
0 kWh
(1,080 customers)
1 ≤ 500 kWh
(3,491 customers)
500 ≤ 900 kWh
(946 customers)
900 ≤ 1,300 kWh
(449 customers)
1,300 ≤ 1,700 kWh
(185 customers)
1,700 kWh+
(274 customers)
Av
e
r
a
g
e

M
o
n
t
h
l
y

B
i
l
l

(
$
)
Average Net Monthly Energy Consumption
Average Monthly Bill
Comparison
NEM (Monthly)Net Billing (Hourly)Net Billing (Real-Time)
Compensation Structure

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 98

Figure 6.5
Average monthly bill for all small general customer-generators in 2021
Figure 6.5 summarizes the average monthly bill for small general customer-generators with
Exporting Systems active for all of 2021. Similar to the analysis in Section 6.2, the analysis uses
an Export Credit Rate of $0.03781. On an average monthly basis, small general customer-
generators calculated average monthly bill is $19.72 under Net Energy Metering and a monthly
measurement interval. Moving from a monthly to hourly measurement interval results in an
average monthly bill of $35.03. The real-time measurement results in an average monthly bill of
$36.23. Moving from a monthly to real-time measurement results in an average monthly bill
increase of approximately $16. However, this does not reflect the average monthly reduction
compared to no solar installed.
$19.72
$35.03 $36.23
All Customers
(52 customers)
Bi
l
l

A
m
o
u
n
t

(
$
)
Average Monthly Bill
NEM (Monthly)Net Billing (Hourly)Net Billing (Real-Time)
Compensation Structure

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 99

Figure 6.6
Average monthly bill for each compensation structure and measurement interval for all small general
customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy use
Similar to Figure 6.4 for residential customer-generators, Figure 6.6 separates the small general
customer-generators by their average monthly energy consumption in 2021 under a monthly
measurement interval. The small general customer-generators have been grouped into six
categories to evaluate the average magnitude of bill impacts within each group of customers.
Figure 6.6 does not account for the small general customer-generators average monthly bill
before solar was installed. The average monthly bill before solar was installed would be higher
than the real-time Net Billing average monthly bill shown in Figure 6.6.
6.4 SCHEDULE 84 CUSTOMER-GENERATOR BILL IMPACT ANALYSIS
The study includes similar data for Schedule 84 customer-generators with 12 months of data in
2021. However, these customer-generators with legacy systems have a different
interconnection configuration than residential and small general customers. Legacy systems
have a two-meter interconnection and non-legacy systems have a single-meter
interconnection. The additional meter for these legacy systems separately meters generation
and consumption. As a result, a similar analysis for Net Billing with a real-time interval would
measure all generation as exports. For this reason, the study did not consider the same analysis
as conducted for existing Schedule 6 and Schedule 8 single-meter customers.
However, the study has evaluated Schedule 84 customers under the following three scenarios:
(1) no solar (i.e., grid only service); (2) monthly net energy metering; and (3) hourly net billing.
$5
$16
$33
$61
$73
$107
$15
$42 $45
$81
$98
$129
$16
$44 $46
$82
$101
$132
$-
$20
$40
$60
$80
$100
$120
$140
0 kWh
(25 customers)
1 ≤ 200 kWh
(12 customers)
200 ≤ 400 kWh
(10 customers)
400 ≤ 600 kWh
(2 customers)
600 ≤ 800 kWh
(2 customers)
800 kWh+
(1 customers)
Av
e
r
a
g
e

M
o
n
t
h
l
y

B
i
l
l

(
$
)
Average Net Monthly Energy Consumption
Average Monthly Bill
Comparison
NEM (Monthly)Net Billing (Hourly)Net Billing (Real-Time)
Compensation Structure

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 100
The hourly data for these customers is made available in Appendix 3.4. The first scenario
(no solar grid only service) is possible to evaluate due to the unique two-meter interconnection
because the consumption is separately metered. The second and third scenario are similar to
the analysis in Section 6.2 and Section 6.3 for residential and small general customer-
generators. The real-time scenario is not analyzed because the real-time netting does not occur
with two separate meter configurations; therefore, such an analysis would not account for the
difference in configuration.
The analysis of Schedule 84 systems is for illustrative purposes only and any conclusions
reached should consider the significance of the sample size as well as the fact that all customers
evaluated with 12 months of data in 2021 were legacy two-meter systems that would not be
subject to changes in the on-site customer generation offering. If the project eligibility cap
(discussed in Section 9) were to be modified, it could have an impact on any trends in the
analysis of existing Schedule 84 customers. The detailed supporting analysis for the bill impact
analysis for existing Schedule 84 commercial and irrigation customers is provided in Appendix
3.5 and 3.6.
6.4.1 COMMERCIAL CUSTOMER-GENERATOR BILL IMPACT ANALYSIS

Figure 6.7
Average monthly bill for all commercial customer-generators in 2021
Figure 6.7 summarizes the average monthly bill for commercial customer-generators with
Exporting Systems active for all of 2021. Similar to the analysis in Section 6.2 and Section 6.3,
$771
$614 $637
All Customers
(127 customers)
Bi
l
l

A
m
o
u
n
t

(
$
)
Average Monthly Bill
No Solar NEM (Monthly)Net Billing (Hourly)
Compensation Structure

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 101
the analysis uses an Export Credit Rate of $0.03781. On an average monthly basis,
commercial customer-generators calculated average monthly bill was $771 before solar and
$614 under Net Energy Metering and a monthly measurement interval. Moving from a monthly
to hourly measurement interval results in an average monthly bill of $637. Moving from a
monthly to hourly measurement results in an average monthly bill increase of approximately
$23 or 4%.

Figure 6.8
Average monthly bill for each compensation structure and measurement interval for all commercial
customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy use
Figure 6.8 separates the commercial customer-generators by their average monthly
energy consumption in 2021 under a monthly measurement interval. The commercial
customer-generators have been grouped into six categories to evaluate the average
magnitude of bill impacts within each group of customers. Figure 6.6 compares the
commercial customer-generators average monthly bill before solar was installed.
$217 $208 $290 $372
$720
$2,862
$39 $41 $142 $268
$612
$2,631
$53 $92 $180 $285
$620
$2,637
0 kWh
(22 customers)
1 ≤ 750 kWh
(19 customers)
750 ≤ 2,000 kWh
(25 customers)
2000 ≤ 6,000 kWh
(20 customers)
6,000 ≤ 12,000 kWh
(20 customers)
12,000 kWh+
(21 customers)
Av
e
r
a
g
e

M
o
n
t
h
l
y

B
i
l
l

(
$
)
Average Net Monthly Energy Consumption
Average Monthly Bill
Comparison
No Solar NEM (Monthly)Net Billing (Hourly)
Compensation Structure

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 102
6.4.2 IRRIGATION CUSTOMER-GENERATOR BILL IMPACT ANALYSIS

Figure 6.9
Average monthly bill for all irrigation customer-generators in 2021
Figure 6.9 summarizes the average monthly bill for irrigation customer-generators with
Exporting Systems active for all of 2021. Similar to the analysis in Section 6.2 and Section 6.3,
the analysis uses an Export Credit Rate of $0.03781. On an average monthly basis,
irrigation customer-generators calculated average monthly bill was $1,627 before solar and
$974 under Net Energy Metering and a monthly measurement interval. Moving from a monthly
to hourly measurement interval results in an average monthly bill of $1,094. Moving from a
monthly to hourly measurement results in an average monthly bill increase of approximately
$120 or 12%.
$1,627
$974 $1,094
All Customers
(79 customers)
Bi
l
l

A
m
o
u
n
t

(
$
)
Average Monthly Bill
No Solar NEM (Monthly)Net Billing (Hourly)
Compensation Structure

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 103

Figure 6.10
Average monthly bill for each compensation structure and measurement interval for all irrigation
customer-generators in 2021, by average net monthly energy use
Figure 6.10 separates the irrigation customer-generators by their average monthly
energy consumption in 2021 under a monthly measurement interval. The irrigation
customer-generators have been grouped into six categories to evaluate the average
magnitude of bill impacts within each group of customers. Figure 6.10 compares the
irrigation customer-generators average monthly bill before solar was installed.

$604 $423
$1,192
$1,881 $1,851
$4,106
$162 $171 $403
$815 $1,004
$3,184
$193 $235
$603
$1,062 $1,235
$3,378
0 kWh
(35 customers)
1 ≤ 2000 kWh
(7 customers)
2000 ≤ 5000 kWh
(4 customers)
5000 ≤ 10,000 kWh
(9 customers)
10,000 ≤ 15,000
kWh (7 customers)
15,000 kWh+
(17 customers)
Av
e
r
a
g
e

M
o
n
t
h
l
y

B
i
l
l

(
$
)
Average Net Monthly Energy Consumption
Average Monthly Bill
Comparison
No Solar NEM (Monthly)Net Billing (Hourly)
Compensation Structure

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 104
Compensation Structure – Supporting Appendices
Appendix 3.1
2021 Measurement Interval and Bill Impact — Average Residential
Appendix 3.2
2021 Measurement Interval and Bill Impact — Schedule 6
Appendix 3.3
2021 Measurement Interval and Bill Impact — Schedule 8
Appendix 3.4
2021 Metering Data — Schedule 84
Appendix 3.5
2021 Measurement Interval and Bill Impact − Schedule 84 (Commercial)
Appendix 3.6
2021 Measurement Interval and Bill Impact – Schedule 84 (Irrigation)
Note: All appendices can be accessed at www.puc.idaho.gov under Case No. IPC-E-22-22.

Class Cost-of-Service

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 105
7. CLASS COST-OF-SERVICE
A Class Cost-Of-Service study (CCOS) is used to assign or allocate a fair share of the utility’s
revenue requirement to the various customer rate classes or schedules; the output of the CCOS
is the cost of service or revenue requirement for each rate class or schedule. The CCOS is
developed through a three-step process that recognizes the way the utility’s costs are incurred
by relating these costs to the way in which the utility is operated to provide electrical service.
The process consists of an Idaho service area test year required revenue that is: 1) categorized
by electric system functions of generating, transmitting, or distributing energy
(functionalization), 2) classified based on the utility service being provided (classification),
and 3) allocated to customer classes (allocation).
The CCOS informs how a change in billing measurement interval from the current “monthly”
Net Energy Metering compensation structure to either hourly or real-time Net Billing impacts
not only cost assignment to Schedule 6 and 8, but also if either of those compensation
structures may result in collection of revenue from those customers in excess of the baseline
requirement identified by the CCOS. In determining the scope of the study, the Commission,
as part of Order No. 35284, declined to order a full cost-of-service evaluation be completed as
part of this study. The Commission stated that “updates to current cost-of-service, new rate
designs, and transitional rates be implemented in a general rate case” (a regulatory proceeding
where the company’s overall costs and allocations to customer classes are reviewed by the
Commission), but also acknowledged “these issues are studied within this process [the on-site
generation study].”43 As the Commission noted, CCOS is studied within the process of
evaluating on-site customer-generator class billing changes, and Idaho Power approaches the
CCOS baseline as a necessary data point to measure impacts of potential changes to
compensation structure for customer-generators.
CCOS is evaluated for each separate rate class, and the Commission in Case No. IPC-E-17-13
found it reasonable to separate Residential and Small General Service customers into separate
schedules, as well as noting “analysis of the history of company’s on-site generation program
reveals an unfairness in how current and future on-site generation customers avoid fixed
costs.” 44 CCOS evaluation for the separate classes helps identify that independent baseline of
fixed cost allocation to Schedules 6 and 8.
Schedule 84 on-site generation customers have not been authorized by the Commission to be
separate classes. Thus, commercial, industrial, and irrigation on-site generation customers

43 Case No. IPC-E-21-21, Order No. 35284 at 24 (emphasis added).
44 Case No. IPC-E-17-13, Order No. 34046 at 16.
Class Cost-of-Service

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 106
continue to take service, and have CCOS evaluated, under their respective Schedule 9, 19, or 24
“parent” class. In development of CCOS inputs, Schedule 84 customers are not included in the
customer sample for Schedule 9, 19, or 24, so the impact from a change in measurement
interval is not a factor for cost assignment to these classes as it is for Schedule 6 and 8.
The relative precision sample statistic of the Schedule 9, 19, and 24 customer samples is within
an acceptable tolerance limit above 90%. That relative precision sample statistic coupled with
the limited proportion of Schedule 84 customer in the parent class as listed in Table 7.1 implies
a strong statistical significance of the samples as currently designed. Over time the samples will
continue to be evaluated as the customer groups potentially evolve.
Even if Schedule 84 customers were included in the parent class sample, Schedule 84 customers
make up a small portion of the parent class as listed in the table below, and the impact to CCOS
would be de minimis.
Finally, it should be noted that legacy customers make up the overwhelming majority of
Schedule 84 customers, and any proposed change in measurement interval would not be
applicable.
Table 7.1
CCOS Idaho Schedule 84 customers by Parent Class as of December 2021
Schedule
Schedule
Customer Count
Legacy Schedule 84
Count in Parent Class
Non-Legacy Schedule 84
Count in Parent Class
Schedule 9S (Small Commercial) 36,757 155 10
Schedule 9P (Large Commercial) 279 1 1
Schedule 19P (Industrial) 114 1 0
Schedule 24 (Irrigation) 18,795 198 0
Total 55,945 355 11

7.1 DEVELOPMENT OF THE 2021 CCOS
To develop the 2021 CCOS, Idaho Power first prepared a report of system costs, the 2021
Results of Operations (ROO), based on 12-months ending December 31, 2021, using a
methodology similar to that which is used to develop a historical test year in a General Rate
Case (GRC). While this process included standard regulatory adjustments including normalizing
and annualizing adjustments, no financial data was grown or forecasted, and the ROO does not
contemplate a change in rate of return as compared to actual 2021 results. The results of the
ROO were input into a Jurisdictional Separation Study (JSS) to determine the Idaho jurisdictional
ROO (Idaho ROO). A detailed explanation of the process used to develop the Idaho ROO is
included as Appendix 7.1, and the Idaho ROO is included as Appendix 7.2.
Class Cost-of-Service

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 107
After the 2021 Idaho ROO was determined, the company used a methodology consistent with
that approved by the Commission in the 2008 GRC and the same method filed by Idaho Power
in the 2011 GRC45 to complete the 2021 CCOS. Some modifications were necessary to
incorporate new Schedules 6 and 8, and to develop an allocation methodology for Idaho Power
generation resources added since the 2011 GRC. Appendix 7.3 is a detailed overview of the
company’s CCOS process and describes the existing methodology and necessary adjustments46
in greater detail. Because CCOS is not under evaluation as part of this study and Idaho Power is
not seeking changes to its authorized revenue requirement on a system basis, the 2021 CCOS
was completed based on the overall rate of return achieved by the normalized 2021 actual
results (5.40%), not at the most recent Commission-authorized overall rate of return (7.86%).
The study presents the results to inform the Commission of the impact to CCOS under each of
the proposed measurement intervals.

45 The company’s most recent general rate case was Case No. IPC-E-11-08, which was settled without
Commission approval of cost-of-service methodology. The Commission most recently approved the
company’s cost-of-service methodology in the last fully litigated general rate case,
Case No. IPC-E-08-10.
46 The company believes the adjustments made to incorporate Schedules 6 and 8 result in reasonable
allocation of system costs and are similar to the adjustments presented to the Commission in Case
No. IPC-E-18-16, In the Matter of the Application of Idaho Power Company to Study Fixed Costs of
Providing Electric Service to Customers.
Class Cost-of-Service

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 108

7.2 2021 CCOS RESULTS
The primary purpose of the CCOS prepared for this study is to highlight the impact on
cost-allocation between the studied measurement intervals. To accomplish this, two CCOS were
completed with differing underlying data for cost allocation based on the two measurement
intervals studied: one relied on hourly data and the second relied on real-time data. The CCOS
is prepared through two modules, the Assign Module, and the Functional Cost Module.
Both modules for each of the two CCOS are provided as appendices 7.4 through 7.7,
with each Functional Cost Module appendix also including a summary of the CCOS results by
customer class.
To quantify the improvement in revenue collection that results from a shorter measurement
interval for consumption against the baseline CCOS revenue requirement, the study evaluated
the effectiveness of the current rates under an hourly and real-time structure versus the
current billing structure (monthly metering). Under the hourly billing structure,
the measurement interval of consumption and exports is shortened from measuring net
consumption or exports over the course of a billing month to measuring net consumption or
exports that occur on a net hourly basis, which ties to the underlying cost-allocation method
utilized in the CCOS. Under this type of a billing structure, the customer’s generation will offset
up to 100% of the customer’s usage within each hour, but any excess hourly production cannot
CUSTOMER RATE COMPONENTS AND COLLECTION OF SYSTEM COSTS
The results from the CCOS can be compared to the current customer class revenue collection
is collected from the customer class, and if the

customer rates are developed matching CCOS cost allocation perfectly, customer-classified
-classified variable costs (e.g., fuel) would be collected from the energy charge,
demand-classified fixed costs (e.g., generation, transmission, and distribution plant)
be collected from a demand charge.
mponents: 1) a fixed monthly service charge, and 2) a volumetric energy
all of the fixed costs to serve these customers are instead collected in the volumetric

Class Cost-of-Service

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 109
be used to offset kWh consumption in another hour. Rather, excess energy not used within the
hour would be converted to a bill credit.
Figure 7.1 includes both the current level of revenue collection through monthly metering as
compared to CCOS identified required revenue, as well as the composition of that revenue
collection compared to CCOS informed allocation. Additionally, Figure 7.1 provides a secondary
comparison for the change in revenue collection by moving from monthly metering to hourly
billing for all customers in Schedule 6 and 8. The CCOS analysis informs that while net hourly
billing may reduce the revenue requirement deficiency by approximately 49% and 53% for
Schedule 6 and 8 customers, respectively; the existing pricing47 structure does not align with
the underlying cost structure.

47 In Order No. 35284, the Commission acknowledged a full cost-of-service analysis is due to be
completed along with an in-depth study of rate design options, but declined to order the full process
to be completed as part of this study.
Class Cost-of-Service

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 110

Figure 7.1
On-site generation monthly billing vs. hourly billing all customers

0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Cost-of-Service Net Monthly Net Hourly Cost-of-Service Net Monthly Net Hourly
Residential On-Site Generation Small General Service On-Site Generation
Energy Demand Service Charge Revenue Deficit
Class Cost-of-Service

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 111
In recognition that approximately 80% of Schedule 6 customers, and approximately 90% of
Schedule 8 customers evaluated in this study have legacy systems under the monthly metering
billing structure, Figure 7.2 provides a comparison for revenue deficiency improvement moving
from monthly metered to hourly billing for the remaining customers with non-legacy systems.
Revenue deficiency improvement is only 9% and 7% for Schedule 6 and 8, respectively,
when customers with legacy systems remain on the monthly metering structure.

Figure 7.2
On-site generation monthly billing vs. hourly billing for non-legacy systems
In the second CCOS, the company utilized the meter’s actual delivered channel to perform cost
allocation under the real-time structure. As shown in Figure 7.3, while real-time delivered
compensation structure for all customers may reduce the revenue requirement deficiency by
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Cost-of-Service Net Monthly Net Hourly Cost-of-Service Net Monthly Net Hourly
Residential On-Site Generation Small General Service On-Site Generation
Energy Demand Service Charge Revenue Deficit
Class Cost-of-Service

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 112
approximately 51% and 54% for Schedule 6 and 8 customers, respectively; the existing pricing48
structure does not align with the underlying cost structure.

Figure 7.3
On-site generation monthly billing vs. real-time billing for all customers

48 In Order No. 35284, the Commission acknowledged a full cost-of-service analysis is due to be
completed along with an in-depth study of rate design options, but declined to order the full process
to be completed as part of this study.
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Cost-of-Service Net Monthly Real-Time
Delivered
Cost-of-Service Net Monthly Real-Time
Delivered
Residential On-Site Generation Small General Service On-Site Generation
Energy Demand Service Charge Revenue Deficit
Class Cost-of-Service

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 113
Idaho Power completed the same comparison for real-time billing with respect to holding
Schedule 6 and 8 customers with legacy systems under the existing monthly metering structure,
and improvement to the revenue requirement deficiency is reduced to 16% and 7%,
respectively, as shown in Figure 7.4.

Figure 7.4
On-site generation monthly billing vs. real-time billing for non-legacy systems

0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Cost-of-Service Net Monthly Real-TimeDelivered Cost-of-Service Net Monthly Real-TimeDelivered
Residential On-Site Generation Small General Service On-Site Generation
Energy Demand Service Charge Revenue Deficit
Class Cost-of-Service

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 114
Class Cost-of-Service – Supporting Appendices
Appendix 7.1
Idaho ROO Process Guide
Appendix 7.2
Idaho ROO
Appendix 7.3
Class COS Process Guide
Appendix 7.4
CCOS — Hourly Netting Assign Module
Appendix 7.5
CCOS — Hourly Netting Summary and Functional Cost Module
Appendix 7.6
CCOS — Real-time Assign Module
Appendix 7.7
CCOS — Real-time Summary and Functional Cost Module
Note: All appendices can be accessed at www.puc.idaho.gov under Case No. IPC-E-22-22.

Recovering Export Credit Rate Expenditures

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 115
8. RECOVERING EXPORT CREDIT RATE EXPENDITURES
This section addresses the accounting structure for and quantifies the impact of payments to
customers for excess energy delivered to Idaho Power. Idaho Power is subject to the Code of
Federal Regulations (CFR) Uniform System of Accounts, which prescribes how and where
transactions should be recorded in its financial statements. Per the CFR, it is appropriate for the
payment for net excess energy credits to be recorded in FERC account 555 Purchased Power
because it is energy that the company is purchasing for the benefit of its customers.49 Figure
8.1 below provides the CFR instructions for recording purchased power expenses to FERC
account 555.

Figure 8.1
Code of Federal regulations operating expense instructions, definition of CFR 555 purchased power
8.1 METHOD EVALUATED
Prior to January 2014, net metering customers were compensated through financial credits.
This changed in 2014 with the implementation of kWh crediting for excess net energy
authorized by the Commission in Order Nos. 32846 and 32872. Prior to this change,
payments were recorded to FERC account 555 Purchased Power and were subject to recovery
through the Power Cost Adjustment (PCA).50 In subsequent PCA filings these costs were

49 18 CFR 1.101 Uniform system of accounts prescribed for public utilities and licensees subject to the
provisions of the Federal Power Act.
50 In the Matter of the Application of Idaho Power Company for Amendments to Schedule 84 – Net
Metering, Case No. IPC-E-02-04, Order No. 29094 at 7 (August 21, 2002).
Recovering Export Credit Rate Expenditures

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 116
included with Public Utility Regulatory Policies Act of 1978 (PURPA) Qualifying Facilities (QF)
costs and were not subject to sharing by the company.51
Export credit costs should be treated as an NPSE subject to recovery though the PCA. Like the
previous treatment of financial credits for net excess energy, these costs should not be subject
to the 95%/5% sharing mechanism. Similar to PURPA QFs, customer generation is a must-take
resource provided to the company on a non-firm basis. The export credit costs should be
recovered in a manner similar to expenses incurred to purchase energy from PURPA QFs.
The PCA is applicable to the energy delivered to all Idaho retail customers. For the base,
forecast, and true-up components, all customers pay the same PCA rate.
Appendix 8.1 quantifies the annual cost of net exports under both hourly and real time
measurement intervals and priced at various ECRs. The lowest cost is $309,933 and is based on
an hourly measurement interval using the 2021 Idaho Power IRP ECR from Appendix 4.16

51 In the Matter of the Application of Idaho Power Company for Authority to Implement a Power Cost
Adjustment (PCA) Rate for Electric Service from May 16, 2003 through May 15, 2004. IPC-E-03-05,
Said Exhibit No. 3.
WHAT IS THE POWER COST ADJSUTMENT MECHANISM?
On March 29, 1993, by Order No. 24806, the Commission approved the implementation of an

company’
costs of both PURPA and
-PURPA (market) purchases.
%/5% sharing mechanism between customers and the company.
mechanism allows the company to pass through to Idaho customers 95% of the annual
%/5% sharing mechanism and instead are passed through the PCA
Recovering Export Credit Rate Expenditures

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 117
($22.74/MWh). The highest cost is $590,947 and is based on a real-time measurement interval
using the 2019–2021 Average ICE Mid-C ECR from Appendix 4.16 ($40.26/MWh).
Appendix 8.2 quantifies the impact on the 2021/2022 PCA deferral of each interval and export
credit rate studied.
8.2 CUSTOMER CLASSES IMPACTED
As stated in Order No. 35284, “the direct costs [of net excess generation] should be linked with
the associated benefits.” Excess energy purchased from onsite generation customers benefits
the entire system, not unlike energy purchased on the market, from Power Purchase
Agreements (PPAs), or from PURPA QFs. Market purchases, PPAs, and PURPA energy are
recovered from all customer classes via base rates and the PCA. Therefore, export credit costs
should be treated consistently and be recovered as NPSE by all customers classes in base
rates (updated periodically in a general rate case or single item proceeding)52 and PCA rates
(updated annually). Appendix 8.3 provides the revenue impact by rate class for each interval
and export credit rate studied assuming 100% recovery through the 2022 PCA.
The costs of administering Idaho Power’s net metering service53 are collected through base
rates like other administrative costs. Idaho Power has not identified significant, incremental
costs associated with administering its net metering service that should be directly assigned
to on-site generation net metering customers. Idaho Power will continue to monitor the costs
of administering its net metering service and if it determines that there are significant,
incremental costs that should be directly assigned to these customers, it will bring that to the
Commission’s attention through a filing.

52 In the Matter of the Application of Idaho Power Company for Authority to Establish a New Base Level
of Net Power Supply Expense, Case No. IPC-E-13-20, Order No. 33000 (March 21, 2014).
53 I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Schedule 6 Residential Service On-Site Generation, Schedule 8 Small
General Service On-Site Generation, Schedule 84 Customer Energy Production Net Metering Service.
Recovering Export Credit Rate Expenditures

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 118
Recovering Export Credit Rate Expenditures – Supporting Appendices
Appendix 8.1
Value 2021 Net Export kWhs at ECRs
Appendix 8.2
2021–2022 PCA Model with ECRs Expense
Appendix 8.3
2022 PCA Revenue Impact by Rate Class
Note: All appendices can be accessed at www.puc.idaho.gov under Case No. IPC-E-22-22.

Project Eligibility Cap

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 119
9. PROJECT ELIGIBILITY CAP
9.1 EVALUATION OF EXISTING CAP
The existing project eligibility cap varies by customer type. Residential and small general
customers’ project eligibility cap is 25 kW and commercial, industrial, and irrigation customers’
project eligibility cap is 100 kW.
The rationale for a cap for individual installations was, in part, to limit the amount that other
customers subsidize some of the costs of net metering customers. In Case No. IPC-E-01-39,
Commission Staff stated,
For the Commission to accept a net metering tariff where
customer generation is credited at full retail rates, it must be
willing to accept the fact that Idaho Power may not recover
its full costs of providing service from net metering customers.
Those costs that are uncollected must either come from
Idaho Power through its shareholders or from other
customers collectively.54
When directing Idaho Power to expand its net metering proposal to include customer classes
other than residential and small general service, the Commission set a 2.9 MW
cumulative generation nameplate capacity cap at which point it would review subsidization
by non-participants and noted that 100 to 125 kW was a more reasonable capacity limit for
commercial, industrial, and irrigation customers that aligned with the Federal Energy
Regulatory Commission minimum qualifying facility size of 100 kW.55
Commercial, industrial, and irrigation customers that elect to interconnect a Non-Exporting
System are not limited to the project eligibility cap. Alternatively, a customer can choose to sell
their renewable energy as a Qualified Facility to Idaho Power under Schedule 86 for Exporting
Systems larger than 100 kW.
Residential customer generation projects are typically sized significantly below the maximum
allowed 25 kW cap. Approximately 2% of residential systems are larger than 20 kW and 93% are
less than 15 kW. The current 25 kW cap is higher than Idaho Power’s planning load for
residential lots of 13 kW.

54 In the Matter of the Application of Idaho Power Company for Approval of a New Schedule 84 -Net
Metering Tariff, Case No. IPC-E-01-39, Staff Comments at 3.
55 Case No. IPC-E-01-39, Order No. 38951 at 11-12.
Project Eligibility Cap

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 120
It is important to note that Idaho Power administers each of its tariffs for retail service —
including the on-site generation tariffs — according to service points (a service point is akin to
the point of delivery, or meter). The information included in this study and the following figures
should not be interpreted to suggest a one-to-one relationship between service point and a
customer or business entity. For example, a single customer may have multiple service points,
but the company is precluded from aggregating those meter reads for any purpose other than
determining whether a customer’s total power requirements exceed the threshold for standard
tariff service.56
Figure 9.1 is a histogram of non-solar residential service points. This information is based on
billing data over calendar year 2021, and excludes mobile home parks, RV parks, and large
master metered customers. The non-solar residential service points with demand 25 kW and
greater represents 2.1% of non-solar residential service points.

56 Rule C of Idaho Power’s Commission-approved tariff states, “Where separate Points of Delivery exist
for supplying service to a Customer at a single Premises or separate meters are maintained for
measurement of service to a Customer at a single Premises, the meter readings will not be combined
or aggregated for any purpose except for determining if the Customer's total power requirements
exceed 20,000 kW.”
Project Eligibility Cap

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 121

Figure 9.1
Non-solar residential customer service point histogram
Figure 9.2 is a histogram of non-solar commercial and industrial service points. This information
is based on billing data over calendar year 2021. The non-solar commercial and industrial
service points with demand 100 kW and greater represents 3.9% of non-solar commercial and
industrial service points.
495,132
1,904 7,059 1,269 287 64 30 29 -
100,000
200,000
300,000
400,000
500,000
600,000
25 or less 25-34 35-44 45-54 55-64 65-74 75-84 85 plus
Nu
m
b
e
r

o
f

C
u
s
t
o
m
e
r
s
Annual Peak Demand (kW)
Project Eligibility Cap

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 122

Figure 9.2
Non-solar commercial and industrial service point histogram
Figure 9.3 is a histogram of non-solar irrigation service points. This information is based on
billing data over calendar year 2021. The non-solar irrigation service points with demand
100 kW and greater represents 14.3% of non-solar commercial and industrial service points.
73,177
10 1,767 526 222 121 60 50 41 39 144 -
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
10
0

o
r

l
e
s
s
10
0
-
1
9
9
20
0
-
2
9
9
30
0
-
3
9
9
40
0
-
4
9
9
50
0
-
5
9
9
60
0
-
6
9
9
70
0
-
7
9
9
80
0
-
8
9
9
90
0
-
9
9
9
1,
0
0
0

P
l
u
s
Nu
m
b
e
r

o
f

C
u
s
t
o
m
e
r
s
Annual Peak Demand (kW)
Project Eligibility Cap

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 123

Figure 9.3
Non-solar irrigation service point histogram
As of May 31, 2022, irrigation customer generation systems accounted for 2% of the total
systems (242 of 12,322 systems) and 19% of the nameplate capacity (22.00 of 118.04 MW).
Approximately 85% of irrigation systems are greater than 95 kW. Table 9.1 provides a summary
of active and pending Exporting Systems in Idaho Power’s service area as of May 31, 2022.
Table 9.1
Active and pending Exporting Systems count, total capacity (MW), and average system size (kW) as of
May 31, 2022
Customer Type Count
Total Capacity
(MW)
Average
Size (kW)
Project
Cap (kW) % of Cap
Residential 11,807 88.92 7.53 25 30%
Small General 73 0.57 7.77 25 31%
Commercial & Industrial 200 6.56 32.80 100 33%
Irrigation 242 22.00 90.89 100 91%
Total 12,322 118.04 9.58 – 35%
Note: Numbers may not add up due to rounding.
17,604
4
1,706 663 335 118 39 13 6 5 37 -
2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000
10
0

o
r

l
e
s
s
10
0
-
1
9
9
20
0
-
2
9
9
30
0
-
3
9
9
40
0
-
4
9
9
50
0
-
5
9
9
60
0
-
6
9
9
70
0
-
7
9
9
80
0
-
8
9
9
90
0
-
9
9
9
1,
0
0
0

P
l
u
s
Nu
m
b
e
r

o
f

C
u
s
t
o
m
e
r
s
Annual Peak Demand (kW)
Project Eligibility Cap

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 124
9.2 EVALUATION OF MODIFIED CAP
9.2.1 TECHNOLOGICAL IMPROVEMENTS AND STANDARDIZATION
In Order No. 28951, the Commission highlighted the importance of considering safety,
service quality, and grid reliability when determining the appropriate project eligibility cap.
The following background provides an overview of technological improvements and
standardization of equipment that have occurred.
The IEEE Standards Board approved the IEEE 1547 standard in 2003 and the Energy Policy Act
of 2005 established IEEE 1547 as the national standard for the interconnection of distributed
generation resources in the United States of America. Prior to the established standard,
there was no way for an electric utility to have any certainty as to the performance of a
proposed customer generation project. Many project characteristics were unknown:
response to fault conditions; power output range; voltage output range and response;
harmonic contributions; islanding detection; outage return to service process. Each project
required significant detailed design information and associated analysis to determine if it could
be safely connected.
Once the IEEE standard was defined and adopted, equipment manufacturers began designing
their equipment to operate within the standard’s requirements. At that time Underwriter
Laboratories (UL) prepared testing procedures to certify equipment to meet IEEE 1547. The UL
certification for this equipment was designated as UL 1741. Within a few years, the standard
was included in the Energy Policy Act, and several vendors offered UL 1741 certified equipment
for customers to purchase and install for their on-site customer generation projects.
With the IEEE 1547 standard and UL certification, the operating performance of distributed
generation resources was defined and many of the risks have been reduced but not eliminated.
For the equipment to receive the UL certification, it is tested to verify that it will operate
within the allowed parameters that include power quality limits, voltage limits, power limits,
island detection, fault detection, automated shut down requirements, and delay in returning
to service after an outage to minimize impact to the local grid and safety to line workers.
In addition, IEEE continues to review the standard and has provided updates to address lessons
learned from field experience and identified new features of the more sophisticated equipment
that is now available.
The latest update to the standard, IEEE 1547-2018, incorporates several operational features to
allow for higher penetration of distribution connected generation without negatively impacting
the grid. These features include allowing for volt-amp reactive operation and watt reduction
operation to support local system voltage, automatic shutoff due to voltage excursions outside
of set parameters, low voltage ride-through settings to support system voltage during a system
Project Eligibility Cap

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 125
disturbance. The latest standard also includes a requirement for communication connection
standard. The communication presence will allow for remote control setting confirmation and
for remote control setting changes. The control setting changes are designed to modify
performance including temporary production curtailment to adjust to system needs and to
allow higher penetration of connected generation.
9.2.2 MODIFIED CAP IMPACT
The Commission-approved Study Framework included an analysis of a modification to the
project eligibility cap set at 100% and 125% of a customer’s demand. The study considered the
merits of a project eligibility cap set relative to a customer’s demand. From a system
perspective, the interconnection considerations related to a generator will be evaluated
independently from a customer’s demand (whether it is set at 100% or 125% won’t result in
differing interconnection requirements). In other words, during an hour without customer load
(for example, when an irrigation pump isn’t running), a generator sized at 125% of a customer’s
100 kW load (125 kW generator) would behave the same as a generator sized at 100% of a
125-kW load (125 kW generator).
A customer’s demand, irrespective of the definition or criteria used, is not a technical factor
that will define a project eligibility cap to ensure that the company’s system remains safe and
reliable. Developing the appropriate review and study processes and defining the necessary
interconnection requirements are the factors that will ensure the company’s system remains
safe and reliable as larger DERs are interconnected. Modifications to the project eligibility cap
would require an evaluation of the interconnection requirements and consider specific rules to
ensure that Idaho Power is able to administer its customer generation offering that is
consistent for all customers with a project eligibility cap set at a percentage of a customer’s
demand.
9.2.2.1 INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS
The wide adoption of IEEE 1547 has reduced safety, service quality, and reliability risks
associated with interconnection of distributed generation resources. However, potential risks
are still associated with increasing the project eligibility cap for on-site customer-generators.
The concentration of distributed generation at a single connection point could require
additional studies similar to what is necessary for PURPA generation facilities if the project
eligibility cap is increased from 100 kW to 100% to 125% of the customer’s demand.
For comparison, several screening factors for PURPA generation facilities are evaluated to
determine if a project requires more detailed studies before interconnection. For example,
a more detailed study is needed if a project is larger than 2 MW and/or exceeds 15% of the
Project Eligibility Cap

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 126
distribution line section load. The additional generation studies evaluate various system
impacts, including but not limited to the following:
• Distribution voltage and line equipment impacts
• Voltage flicker from generation output variability
• Deadline reclosing
• Ground fault current contribution limits
• Other system upgrades
Study costs for PURPA projects typically range between $1,000 and $3,000. If a more detailed
study is required for these projects over 2 MW and/or greater than 15% of the distribution line
section, PURPA projects must deposit $1,000 to apply toward study costs. If a project meets all
screening criteria, it has the potential to waive the study requirement, but a (preliminary
review) is still conducted, and a $500 application fee is required. This review process is more
labor-intensive than on-site generation projects 100 kW or less.
PURPA generation facilities must execute a Generation Interconnection Agreement with Idaho
Power. If the Commission ultimately approved a modified project eligibility cap for
customer-generators to a customer's demand, the Schedule 68 interconnection requirements
would need to be evaluated for modification for larger systems that might require more
extensive interconnection facilities similar to those applicable to PURPA generation facilities,
outlined in Schedule 72.
9.2.2.2 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM OPERATIONS
In managing its distribution system, Idaho Power will periodically change connections to its
distribution line sections by closing and opening distribution switches. The switching operation
moves customer load from one distribution line section to another. Distribution line switching
can restore service after an outage or de-energize a portion of the system to perform
maintenance, particularly during light load times.
During restoration, customer-generator systems may begin to generate and export energy after
sections of the distribution line have been energized for more than five minutes. Under certain
circumstances, the customer-generator exports could exceed the equipment capacity of the
switched distribution section. For example, an area of distribution line with a large quantity of
customer generation associated with seasonal loads could start exporting all generated energy
to Idaho Power’s system. Under the current 100 kW cap for non-residential customers, there is
an opportunity to limit the number of customer-generator systems switched at a time.
However, increasing the cap to a customer’s demand could negatively impact the switching
process during seasons or certain times with low customer load.
Project Eligibility Cap

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 127
PURPA projects are typically remotely curtailed during the distribution switching operations
and left off until the system is returned to normal operation status. Without a similar means to
switch off the larger customer generation systems, the distribution system operations will be
limited, or it will require a site visit for someone to switch the project offline manually.
Several factors could be used to determine the need for a remote switch for an individual
project. The remote switch in most cases could be a device that connects to the projects
electrical panel, like a relay device. Examples for factors to evaluate could include but are not
limited to: (1) the relationship of the project to switching devices; (2) the size of the generator;
(3) the load characteristics of the feeder; (4) the specific distribution line segment where the
project interconnects; and (5) other generation systems on the distribution feeder.
One solution to this would be a requirement for identified larger customer-generator systems
to include a communications connection to allow remote curtailment by Idaho Power. A relay
would need to be installed at an electrical location on the customer-generator side of the
company’s retail metering point to allow complete isolation of the DER and interconnection
facilities from the customer’s electrical load and service. The equipment cost depends on the
rating required for the specific generation project at each location, in addition to
communications requirements. Assuming the device would be similar to the disconnect devices
used in the company’s irrigation peak rewards demand response program, the device would
cost about $180.
An alternative solution would be implementing a Distributed Energy Resource Management
System (DERMS). Implementation of a DERMS would require a communication connection to
each customer-generator system and major software deployment for Idaho Power. This would
allow the remote curtailment of the customer-generator system when the load is significantly
reduced (e.g., during the off-season for seasonal loads).
9.2.2.3 IMPLEMENTATION AND OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
During the study design phase, Idaho Power received feedback from stakeholders and the
public that the 100-kW cap for commercial, industrial, and irrigation customers was arbitrary.
As characterized by stakeholders, a system cap equal to (i.e., 100%) or slightly greater than
(i.e., 125%) a customer’s demand, attempts to better align with their ability to generate for
some of their energy needs. The study evaluates the following considerations related to a cap
tied to a customer’s demand:
1) Should a demand-based system size cap apply to all customer-generators or only
commercial, industrial, and irrigation customers?
2) What is the definition of a customer’s demand for purposes of a system size cap?
Project Eligibility Cap

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 128
3) How will a demand-based system cap be defined for a customer without historical
usage data?
4) How do changes in system ownership that result in considerable changes in customer
demand impact a customer-specific and demand-related cap?
Table 9.1 highlights that residential and small general customer-generators average system size
is roughly 30% of the 25-kW cap. It does not appear that the 25-kW cap limits these customer
segments. Additionally, due to the relative size of residential and small general customers and
the higher likelihood of customer turnover, it would be more challenging to manage a system
cap that is unique to customer load. For these reasons, retaining the 25-kW cap for residential
and small general customers could be reasonable.
A customer's demand can be defined in a variety of ways. For example, it could state a
customer's demand in terms of their maximum monthly demand over a given number of
months (e.g., last 12 months). A customer can also have a higher 15-minute demand than their
hourly demand in the same hour. Demand charges are calculated based on a customer's
15-minute demand rather than their hourly demand.
For new customers, a demand project cap based on their demand could create administrative
difficulties that would have to be evaluated. Customers could be incentivized to overestimate
their demand to maximize the system size installed under a demand-related cap. It is common
for industrial and commercial customers to overestimate rather than underestimate their
energy and demand requirements.
Customer demand can increase or decrease over time. For example, a business owner could
have a 50-kW maximum hourly demand over the last 12 billing months when they install a
generation system. For example, if a new customer purchases the building and only operates
with a maximum hourly demand of 25 kW, they would have a generation system equal to 200%
of their demand. Such a dynamic and customer-specific demand could create administrative
difficulties that would need to be evaluated. These implementation considerations are more
fully addressed in Section 11.
Another consideration regarding the project eligibility cap is the overlap between PURPA and
customer-generation. Because customer generation projects could be implemented as PURPA
and vice versa, gaming could occur — especially if PURPA rates, terms, and requirements are
different than those for customer-generators — thus providing an incentive for
customer-generators or PURPA projects to manipulate the rules to achieve more favorable
rates or terms.
For example, this type of gaming historically occurred in Idaho when large PURPA solar and
wind projects that should have qualified as IRP-based projects disaggregated into smaller
Project Eligibility Cap

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 129
published rate projects in order to receive higher rates. This was resolved by lowering the
published rate eligibility cap from ten average-megawatt to 100 kW.57 Potential gaming
considerations should be evaluated as parties advocate for recommended changes to the
project eligibility cap.

57 Order No. 32697 at 13-14.
Project Eligibility Cap

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 130

Other Areas of Study

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 131
10. OTHER AREAS OF STUDY
10.1 BILLING STRUCTURE
Other areas of the study that will help inform decisions for implementing a new service
offering for customer-generators include billing structure and access to data for prospective
customer-generators.
After evaluating the measurement interval, Export Credit Rate, compensation structure,
and the recovery of export credit expenditures, Section 10.1.1 evaluates the billing components
that a customer-generator could offset with the implementation of Net Billing under either an
hourly or real-time measurement. Section 10.1.2 reviews how accumulated kWh credits might
expire or be compensated as a financial credit. Section 10.1.3 explores how financial credits
could be transferred or retired upon customer relocation or discontinued service.
Section 10.2 concludes the study by reviewing data that Idaho Power makes available to its
customers to help them make informed decisions before investing in on-site generation
facilities. Additionally, the study confirms that customers have the data needed to understand
the impacts of a change in compensation structure and measurement interval.
10.1.1 EVALUATION OF BILL COMPONENTS
Idaho Power’s existing Commission-approved net metering service offering limits the credit to
only offsetting energy usage. According to the applicable standard service schedule,
customer-generators are billed for all applicable non-energy charges for the Billing Period.
The study includes an evaluation of the bill components that a customer-generator would be
able to offset under a Net Billing compensation structure.
Under a Net Billing compensation structure, customer-generators would be compensated
for excess energy with a financial credit equal to the Export Credit Rate. As described in
Section 8.1, these payments for excess energy would be subject to recovery through the PCA.
Providing a financial credit under a Net Billing compensation structure, rather than a kWh
(energy) offset, would create the ability for customer-generators to apply their credit for excess
energy to offset any portion of their bill — not just the energy charges.

Other Areas of Study

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 132
10.1.2 REVIEW OF ACCUMULATED KWH CREDITS & EXPIRATION
10.1.2.1 REVIEW OF ACCUMULATED KWH CREDITS
After the implementation of the kwh crediting for excess net energy authorized by the
Commission in Order Nos. 32845 and 32872 in January 2014, the company has accumulated
significant unused kWh credit balances. The excess net energy credit balance in 2014 was
approximately 0.5 million, increasing to over 17.1 million kWh credits in 2021. The compound
annual growth rate for the accumulated unused excess net energy credits from 2014 to 2021
was 66%. Figure 10.1 shows the accumulated excess net energy credit balance for 2014
through 2021.
Figure 10.1
Accumulated excess net energy credit balance 2014–2021
In this section, the company presents a methodology that could be used to calculate a
monetary value associated with accumulated kWh credits. Other methodologies could
be evaluated.
Appendix 10.1 provides an analysis of accumulated excess kWh credits and a methodology that
could be used to quantify a monetary value associated with the accumulated kWh credit
balance as of December 31, 2021.
To calculate a monetary value on the accumulated excess kWh credits requires a determination
of the following: 1) How many of the kWh’s are likely to be used and thus have value to the
holder of the credits; and 2) What is the monetary value of each kWh?
0.5 mm 1.3 mm 2.3 mm 2.6 mm
4.3 mm
7.6 mm
11.3 mm
17.1 mm
0.0 mm
2.0 mm
4.0 mm
6.0 mm
8.0 mm
10.0 mm
12.0 mm
14.0 mm
16.0 mm
18.0 mm
2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021
kW
h

(
m
i
l
l
i
o
n
s
)
Other Areas of Study

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 133
The methodology used to estimate how many of the kWh’s are likely to be used was to first
look at the percent of accumulated kWh’s that were aggregated and transferred over a
historical three-year period (2018–2020) by customer class.
Using a three-year average, residential customers aggregated and transferred 14.98% of their
accumulated kWh’s; commercial customers aggregated and transferred 30.79% of their
accumulated kWh’s and irrigation customers aggregated and transferred 100% of their
accumulated kWh’s.
These percentages were then applied to the December 31, 2021, accumulated excess kWh
credit balances by customer class and, in total, an estimated 7.5 million kWh’s are likely to be
used and have value to the holder of the credits.
To calculate the monetary value of each kWh, the result was multiplied by each customer
class’s average energy rate. The average energy rate was selected because the accumulated
kWh credits can only be used to offset the energy components of a customer bill. Using this
methodology results in monetary value to the customers holding the credits of $548,675.
It should be noted that when these excess kWh credits are used there is a reduction in
customer usage which results in costs to other customers through the Fixed Cost Adjustment
(FCA) and the Sales Based Adjustment Rate (SBA). Under this methodology there is a calculated
cost to other customers of $290,116 if 7.5 million accumulated excess kWh’s were used.
10.1.2.2 REVIEW OF EXPIRATION OF ACCUMULATED KWH CREDITS
As can be seen on Appendix 10.1, of the 17.1 million accumulated excess kWh’s, 2.1 million are
from non-legacy systems. To facilitate the transition from a one-for-one kWh credit approach to
a financial credit approach for non-legacy systems, these accumulated excess kWh credits could
be exchanged for financial credit. The kWh credits could expire at the time the customer
holding the credits is moved to a financial credit compensation structure and in exchange the
customer could receive a financial credit.
Other methods could be considered for implementation, such as not exchanging the
accumulated excess kWh credits for non-legacy systems. Rather, they could continue to be used
to offset net consumption until they are exhausted.
Additionally, legacy systems or non-legacy systems could be provided the option to exchange
their accumulated kWh credits for financial credits. This could be beneficial for customers that
may not be able to utilize all of their accumulated kWh credits.
In this section, the company presents a methodology that could be used to calculate a
monetary value, benefit to other customers and benefit to Idaho Power assuming the
Other Areas of Study

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 134
2.1 million non-legacy accumulated kWh credits are exchanged for financial credits.
Other methodologies could be evaluated.
In recognition that excess accumulated kWh’s benefitted the system at the time they were
created, the accumulated kWh’s could be compensated at the Export Credit Rate and recovered
through the PCA similar to how the study anticipates the cost of export credits would be
recovered (see section 8.1). Because Idaho Power does not have information that is granular
enough to determine if excess kWh’s were accumulated during on peak or off-peak periods the
use of non-time variant export credit rates is appropriate. Using the same flat ECR value as
Section 6 of $0.03781 per kWh, results in a cost to the PCA of $77,823. Appendix 10.1 also
shows the PCA cost using other ECR values from Appendix 4.16.
Benefit to Other Customers
Other customers would pay this cost through the PCA. However, because the excess kWh
credits would not be used as a reduction in customer usage, the cost would be offset by a
reduction in the FCA and SBA (as more fully described in Section 10.1.2.1). Appendix 10.1
calculates a net benefit to other customers of $76,759 if the non-legacy systems accumulated
excess kWh’s were expired and compensated at a flat ECR.
Benefit to Idaho Power
If the excess kWh credits were expired and not used to offset customer usage,
Idaho Power would benefit by collecting the average energy rate for the usage not offset.
However, this benefit would be reduced by less FCA, and SBA amounts being collected.
Appendix 10.1 calculates a net benefit to the company of $45,433.
10.1.3 REVIEW OF FINANCIAL CREDITS TRANSFER & EXPIRATION
Under the current offering, customers are allowed to transfer accumulated excess kWh credits
annually, so long as they meet certain requirements58 and the account subject to offset is held
by the customer. Accumulated excess kWh credits are non-transferrable in the event the
customer relocates and/or discontinues service at the point of delivery associated with the
Exporting System. Any unused credits expire at the time the final bill is prepared.
For customers with non-legacy systems that would receive financial credit, the financial credit
could be transferred annually to any account(s) held by the customer. Customers could submit
requests to transfer financial credits between January 1 and January 31 of each year.
Consistent with current practice, requests would need to be received by Idaho Power by
midnight, Mountain Standard Time, on January 31. Requested transfers would be executed by

58 I.P.U.C No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Schedule 84 Customer Energy Production Net Metering Service
Other Areas of Study

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 135
the company no later than March 31. Financial credits should also be non-transferrable in the
event the customer relocates and/or discontinues service at the point of delivery associated
with the exporting system. Any unused financial credit from discontinued service would be
absorbed to the benefit of customers through a credit (or reduction) to the PCA.
10.2 ACCESS TO DATA
Idaho Power currently provides information to help customers make informed decisions with
regards to on-site generation, including access to data needed to evaluate the economics of an
onsite generation system. As illustrated below, customers have access to hourly data for their
account that would allow them to evaluate a potential system under the existing Net Energy
Metering with a monthly measurement interval, as well as under a Net Billing compensation
structure as illustrated in Section 6 and Appendix 3.2.
Information is located at idahopower.com/customergeneration, which is accessed thousands of
times each year.
2021 Webpage Total Views:
o Investing in Solar — Idaho Power: 3,763
o Understanding Customer Generation — Idaho Power: 6,290
o Frequently Asked Questions — Idaho Power: 4,556
o Pick the Right Solar Installer — Idaho Power: 2,576
o Apply to Connect Your System — Idaho Power: 3,753
o Beware of Misinformation and Scams — Idaho Power: 1,362
Customers can also access information through customer facing employees who are available
to answer questions by phone, email and in-person.
Information includes:
Customer Energy Usage: Through MyAccount, customers can access monthly usage data and
download one year of hourly usage information. Customers can also print bills which include
meter numbers, current rate schedules and monthly billing demand.
Other Areas of Study

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 136
Figure 10.2
Idaho Power MyAccount webpage example for downloading hourly usage data
Rates: Current utility rate schedules are available at Rates and Regulatory — Idaho Power.
Estimated annual fuel prices increases are published in the Integrated Resource Plan and is also
shared in the Customer Generation-Frequently Asked Questions.
Solar Energy Information: Idaho Power cites technological data that may be helpful to
customers on idahopower.com/customergeneration including typical solar PV system
degradation rates, O&M costs and asset life. Data cited is sourced from the National Renewable
Energy Lab and U.S. Department of Energy and embedded in the Frequently Asked Questions
portion of the site.
Hourly Energy Production: Idaho Power’s website includes links to PV Watts, a free tool by the
National Renewable Energy Laboratory, that customers or installers can use to estimate total
monthly or hourly solar generation based on a customer’s unique set up factoring in system
size, module type, and configuration.
Sample Payback: In addition, Idaho Power provides an example of a typical home’s potential
payback on a net monthly and net hourly scenario. Assumptions for this calculation are posted
at Frequently Asked Questions — Idaho Power under the question, “What data and
assumptions are used for the two solar payback examples?”
Interconnection Requirements: Idaho Power provides details such as technical specifications,
application process, forms and timelines and tariff schedules. This information can be found at
Other Areas of Study

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 137
Understanding Customer Generation — Idaho Power. Information also includes updates on
open cases that may affect the on-site generation tariffs and pricing.
Figure 10.3
Idaho Power webpage ‘Understanding Customer Generation’
Other Areas of Study – Supporting Appendices
Appendix 10.1
Net Metering Excess kWh Valuation and Expiration Scenarios
Note: All appendices can be accessed at www.puc.idaho.gov under Case No. IPC-E-22-22.

Other Areas of Study

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 138

Implementation Considerations

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 139
11. IMPLEMENTATION CONSIDERATIONS
11.1 TRANSITIONAL RATES
As part of the study review and implementation phase, the public, stakeholders, and the
Commission will have an opportunity to review the study and assess the impact of changes to
the on-site customer-generator service offering. The study does not propose a specific proposal
for implementation. Instead, the company anticipates stakeholders will use the data contained
in the study to present methods for the Commission's consideration for implementation.
Included with proposed implementation methods for non-legacy customer-generator
systems, the Commission could direct proposals to address transitional rates. For example,
the Commission could evaluate if it should cap the average customer impact. If so,
the Commission could assess proposals for transitional rates over a given number of years
to transition non-legacy systems from the retail rate to a Commission-approved ECR under
Net Billing.
11.2 ADMINISTRATIVE UPDATES AND COMMUNICATION MATERIALS
As discussed in further detail throughout the study, there are several modifications that may be
appropriate to the on-site customer generation offering. Ultimately, the Commission will
evaluate what changes could be implemented in the near-term and what changes might be
more fully explored in a future general rate case or other proceeding. While the Commission
will ultimately determine what the appropriate timing and scope of future changes will be,
the study outlines several considerations below that will need to be addressed in advance of
the effective date of those changes. After authorization of any changes to the on-site customer
generation offering, an implementation schedule would allow for the following activities to
be completed.
11.2.1 SYSTEM CHANGES
Idaho Power’s existing meters are capable of measuring consumption and excess net energy on
a net hourly or a real-time basis. As such, there are no changes required to the metering
infrastructure if the Commission determines a Net Billing compensation structure is
appropriate. Idaho Power’s billing system is capable of performing Net Billing (either hourly or
real-time); however, some configuration would be required to implement that functionality.
For example, if a real-time actual market price is selected for the avoided energy component of
the ECR, Idaho Power would need to ensure adequate testing of system changes to compensate
customer-generators for real-time actual market prices. Idaho Power would also need to
re-design the bill and ensure customers have access to billing data via the company’s online
portal, My Account.
Implementation Considerations

Value of Distributed Energy Resources Study Page 140
11.2.2 TARIFF CHANGES
Idaho Power anticipates changes to Schedules 6, 8, 68, and 84 may be required as a result of a
Commission order directing modifications to the on-site customer generation offering.
For example, changes to the measurement interval and compensation structure will require
changes to Schedules 6, 8, and 84, and may necessitate a new tariff schedule that could contain
the various components of the Export Credit Rate authorized to be applied against all excess
net energy exported to the grid. As described in more detail in Section 9, modifications to the
project eligibility cap would require changes to Schedule 68, which may include expanded
interconnection study requirements.
Idaho Power would likely endeavor to hold technical workshops with Commission Staff,
installers, and other interested stakeholders to discuss proposed interconnection requirements
prior to submitting tariff changes for the Commission’s review and approval in advance of an
ordered effective date.
11.2.3 CUSTOMER COMMUNICATION
Robust customer communication will be necessary prior to implementing any modifications to
the on-site customer generation offering. Idaho Power would ensure customer service and
other customer-facing employees are adequately trained to respond to customer inquiries in
advance of when customer communications detailing the changes are distributed. Idaho Power
would communicate with all customers with existing non-legacy systems to inform them of the
changes and provide information about how they will be impacted by the changes.
The materials contained on Idaho Power’s website would be updated to describe any changes
to the on-site generation offering and any educational tools or materials will be created.
11.2.4 INSTALLER COMMUNICATION
Idaho Power has more than 50 installers known to be operating in its service area and
communication to those installers is critical to ensure they know how Idaho Power’s customers
will be impacted by changes to the on-site customer generation offering. Idaho Power would
develop written communication and host educational workshops with the installers to
communicate information related to changes to the on-site customer generation offering.
BEFORE THE

IDAHO PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION

CASE NO. IPC-E-23-14

IDAHO POWER COMPANY

ATTACHMENT 2

Proposed Tariffs
(Clean and Legislative)
Idaho Power Company Second Revised Sheet No. 6-1
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 First Revised Sheet No. 6-1
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 6
RESIDENTIAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION

AVAILABILITY

Service under this schedule is available at points on the Company's interconnected system within
the State of Idaho where existing facilities of adequate capacity and desired phase and voltage are
adjacent to the location where Residential Service, On-Site Generation is desired, and where additional
investment by the Company for new transmission, substation or terminal facilities is not necessary to
supply the desired service. This service is available to Customers intending to operate Exporting Systems
to generate electricity to reduce all or part of the monthly energy usage.

Effective December 21, 2019, Schedule 6 is closed to new applications for Net Energy Metering.

APPLICABILITY

Service under this schedule is applicable to Electric Service required for residential service
Customers for general domestic uses, including single phase motors of 7½ horsepower rating or less,
subject to the following conditions:

1. When a portion of a dwelling is used regularly for business, professional or other gainful
purposes, or when service is supplied in whole or in part for business, professional, or other gainful
purposes, the Premises will be classified as non-residential and the appropriate General Service
Schedule will apply. However, if the wiring is so arranged that the service for residential purposes can
be metered separately, this schedule will be applied to such service.

2. Whenever the Customer's equipment does not conform to the Company's specifications
for service under this schedule, service will be supplied under the appropriate General Service Schedule.

3. This schedule is not applicable to standby service, service for resale, or shared service.

4. Customer owns and/or operates a Generation Facility fueled by solar, wind, biomass,
geothermal, hydropower or represents fuel cell technology, with a total nameplate capacity rating of 25
kilowatts (kW) or less, that is connected in Parallel with the Idaho Power System. The capacity of an
Energy Storage Device shall not be used to calculate the capacity limits in this schedule.

5. The Generation Facility is interconnected to the Customer’s individual electric system on
the Customer’s side of the Point of Delivery, thus all energy received and delivered by the Company is
through the Company’s existing watt-hour retail meter.

6. Customer meets all applicable requirements detailed in the Company’s Schedule 68,
Interconnections to Customer Distributed Energy Resources.

7. Legacy Status for eligible Exporting Systems will terminate December 2045.

8. The Legacy Status of the Exporting System is transferrable to a subsequent Customer at
the premises for which a valid on-site generation service is in effect. Each Customer of a Legacy System
taking service under Schedule 6 will be responsible for complying with the terms and conditions of the
on-site generation service in effect for that premises.

Idaho Power Company Second Revised Sheet No. 6-2
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 First Revised Sheet No. 6-2
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 6
RESIDENTIAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

APPLICABILITY (Continued)

9. A Legacy System that is offline for over six (6) months or that is moved to a different site
shall forfeit Legacy Status of the Exporting System.

10. To remain eligible for Legacy Status, a Customer may increase the capacity of a Legacy
System by no more than 10 percent of the originally installed nameplate capacity, or 1 kW, whichever is
greater, to allow for the replacement of broken or degraded components. If a Customer expands a
Legacy System beyond these limits, the new portion of the DER shall be separately metered and would
not qualify for Legacy Status.

DEFINITIONS

Designated Meter is the retail meter physically connected to the Exporting System.

Distributed Energy Resource(s) (DER(s)) is a source of electric power that is not directly
connected to the bulk power system. Any combination of Generation Facilities and/or Energy Storage
Devices connected in Parallel is considered DER.

Energy Storage Device is a device that captures energy produced at a point in time and stores
the energy for use as electricity at a future point in time. An Energy Storage Device is a DER.

Excess Net Energy means the positive difference between the kilowatt-hours (kWh) generated
by a Customer and the kWh supplied by the Company over the applicable Billing Period.

Exported Energy means the kWh generated by a Customer in excess of the Customer’s on-site
consumption that is exported to the Company’s system.

Exporting System is a Customer-owned DER under the terms of Schedules 6, 8, or 84, which is
designed to provide for the transfer of electric energy to the Company. An Exporting System is
interconnected to the Company’s system under the applicable terms of Schedule 68.

Generation Facility means all equipment used to generate electric energy where the resulting
energy is delivered to the Company via a single meter at the Point of Delivery or is consumed by the
Customer. A Generation Facility is a DER.

Interconnection Facilities are all facilities reasonably required by Prudent Electrical Practices and
the applicable electric and safety codes to interconnect and safely deliver energy from the DER to the Point
of Delivery.

Legacy Status refers to the ability for a system to receive Net Energy Metering, including net monthly
one-for-one kWh credit compensation for Excess Net Energy.

Legacy System means any system that meets the applicable criteria as described in Order Nos.
34509 and 34546.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 6-3
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 6-3
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 6
RESIDENTIAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)
DEFINITIONS (Continued)

Net Billing is the compensation structure applicable to all systems that do not meet the criteria of a
Legacy System. Net Billing will be effective with each eligible customer’s first billing cycle after January 1,
2024.

Net Energy Metering is the compensation structure applicable to all Legacy Systems.

Parallel connection means generating electricity from an on-site generation system that is
connected to and receives voltage from Idaho Power’s system.

Point of Delivery is the retail metering point where the Company's and the Customer’s electrical
facilities are interconnected to allow the Customer to take retail electric service from the Company.

Prudent Electrical Practices are those practices, methods and equipment that are commonly used
in prudent electrical engineering and operations to operate electric equipment lawfully and with safety,
dependability, efficiency and economy.

Schedule 68 is the Company’s service schedule which provides for interconnection to DERs or its
successor schedule(s) as approved by the Commission.

TYPE OF SERVICE

The type of service provided under this schedule is single phase, alternating current at
approximately 120 or 240 volts and 60 cycles, supplied through one meter at one Point of Delivery. Upon
request by the owner of multi-family dwellings, the Company may provide 120/208 volt service for multi-
family dwellings when all equipment is U L approved to operate at 120/208 volts.

WATER HEATING

All electric water heating equipment, including water storage and tankless water heaters (hot
water on demand), shall conform to specifications of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., and the
Company. The installation of the water heating equipment shall conform to all National, State, and
Municipal Codes. No single electric water heating unit shall exceed 6 kW; and where two or more heating
units are used, these units shall be so interlocked that not more than 6 kW can be connected at any one
time.

Where electric water heaters not complying with these specifications are installed, the Customer
will be required to pay the original installation or upgrade costs for any nonstandard facilities needed to
supply the electrical capacity to meet the water heater demand. Water heating equipment must not impair
or interfere with service to any other customer.

RESIDENTIAL SPACE HEATING

All space heating equipment to be served by the Company's system shall be single-phase
equipment approved by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., and the equipment and its installation shall
conform to all national, state, and municipal codes and to the following:
Idaho Power Company Second Revised Sheet No. 6-4
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 First Revised Sheet No. 6-4
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 6
RESIDENTIAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

RESIDENTIAL SPACE HEATING (Continued)

Individual resistance-type units for space heating larger than 1,650 watts shall be designed to
operate at 240 or 208 volts, and no single unit shall be larger than 6 kW. Heating units of 2 kW or larger
shall be controlled by approved thermostatic devices. When a group of heating units, with a total capacity
of more than 6 kW, is to be actuated by a single thermostat, the controlling switch shall be so designed
that not more than 6 kW can be switched on or off at any one time. Supplemental resistance-type heaters,
that may be used with a heat exchanger, shall comply with the specifications listed above for such units.

NET ENERGY METERING - CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE

The conditions listed below shall apply to all transactions for Net Energy Metering under this
schedule.

1. Balances of generation and usage by the Customer:

a. If electricity supplied by the Company during the Billing Period exceeds the
electricity generated by the Customer and delivered to the Company during the Billing Period, the
Customer shall be billed for the net electricity supplied by the Company at the rates contained
within this schedule, in accordance with normal metering practices.

b. If electricity generated by the Customer and delivered to the Company during the
Billing Period exceeds the electricity supplied by the Company during the Billing Period, the Excess
Net Energy shall be carried forward as a kWh credit to offset energy usage in a subsequent Billing
Period. Excess Net Energy credits are subject to the following provisions:

i. Credits can only be used to offset billed kWh consumption. Customers shall
be billed for all applicable non-energy charges for the Billing Period according to the
applicable standard service schedule.

ii. Credits shall carry forward provided the Customer maintains electric service
at the same Point of Delivery.

iii. Credits are non-transferrable in the event that a Customer relocates and/or
discontinues service at the Point of Delivery associated with the Exporting System. Any
unused credits will expire at the time the final bill is prepared.

c. Compensation for the balance of generation and usage by the Customer is subject
to change upon Commission approval.

2. Aggregation of meters for the annual transfer of unused Excess Net Energy credits:

a. If a balance of Excess Net Energy credits exists at a Designated Meter the Customer
may request to transfer the unused credits to offset energy consumption at eligible meters. A meter
is eligible for aggregation if it meets all of the following criteria:

Idaho Power Company Second Revised Sheet No. 6-5
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 First Revised Sheet No. 6-5
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 6
RESIDENTIAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

NET ENERGY METERING - CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE(Continued)

i. The account subject to offset is held by the Customer; and

ii. The meter is located on, or contiguous to, the property on which the
Designated Meter is located. For the purposes of this tariff, contiguous property includes
property that is separated from the Premises of the Designated Meter by public or railroad
rights of way; and

iii. The meter is served by the same primary feeder as the Designated Meter at
the time the Customer files the application for the Exporting System; and

iv. The electricity recorded by the meter is for the Customer’s requirements; and

v. Credits may only be transferred to meters taking service under Schedule 1,
Schedule 6, Schedule 7, or Schedule 8.

b. Customers may submit requests to transfer Excess Net Energy credits between
December 1 and January 31 of each year. All requests must be received by Idaho Power by
midnight, Mountain Standard Time, on January 31. If a Customer does not request to transfer
Excess Net Energy credits by the January 31 submission deadline Excess Net Energy credits will
carry forward to offset consumption at the Designated Meter until they become eligible the following
year.

c. Requests to transfer Excess Net Energy credits must be executed by the Company
no later than March 31. Transfers will be based on the balance of Excess Net Energy credits
available at the time the transfer is made.

d. If multiple meters are eligible for aggregation, Excess Net Energy credits must first
be applied to the Designated Meter, then to eligible meters on rate schedules in accordance with
Section 2a(v) above.

e. A meter aggregation fee of $10.00 will be assessed per aggregated meter per
annual transfer transaction.

NET BILLING – CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE

The conditions listed below shall apply to all transactions for Net Billing under this schedule.

1. Balances of usage and exports by the Customer.

a. The Customer shall be billed for the electricity supplied by the Company at the
rates contained within this schedule, in accordance with normal metering practices.
Idaho Power Company Seventh Revised Sheet No. 6-6
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Sixth Revised Sheet No. 6-6
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 6
RESIDENTIAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

NET BILLING – CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE (Continued)

b. The Customer shall be credited for Exported Energy at the applicable Export Credit
Rate contained within this schedule as a credit in dollars to only offset Monthly Charges. Exported
Energy credits are subject to the following provisions:

i. Credits shall carry forward provided the Customer maintains electric
service at the same Point of Delivery.

ii. Credits are non-transferrable in the event that a Customer relocates and/or
discontinues services at the Point of Delivery associated with the Exporting System. Any
unused credits will expire at the time the final bill is prepared.

2. Aggregation of meters for the annual transfer of unused credits:

a. If a balance of credits exists at a Designated Meter, the Customer may request to
transfer the unused credits to eligible meters. A meter is eligible for aggregation if it meets the
following criteria:

i. The account subject to offset is held by the Customer, and

ii. The electricity recorded by the meter is for the Customer’s requirements.

b. Customers may submit requests to transfer a stated percentage of available
credits between December 1 and January 31 of each year. All requests must be received by
Idaho Power by midnight, Mountain Standard Time, on January 31. If a Customer does not
request to transfer credits by the January 31 submission deadline credits will carry forward at the
Designated Meter until they become eligible for transfer the following year.

c. Requests to transfer credits must be executed by the Company no later than
March 31. Transfers will be based on the balance of credits available at the time the transfer is
made.

d. A meter aggregation fee of $10.00 will be assessed per aggregated meter per
annual transfer transaction.

NET ENERGY METERING & NET BILLING – GENERAL CONDITIONS

1. The Customer shall never deliver or attempt to deliver energy to the Company’s system
when the Company’s system serving the Customer’s DER is de-energized for any reason.

2. The Company shall not be liable directly or indirectly for permitting or continuing to allow
an attachment of an Exporting System to the Company’s system, or for the acts or omissions of the
Customer that cause loss or injury, including death, to any third party.

Idaho Power Company

I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 6-7
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 6
RESIDENTIAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

NET ENERGY METERING & NET BILLING – GENERAL CONDITIONS (Continued)

3. The Customer is responsible for all costs associated with the DER and Interconnection
Facilities. The Customer is also responsible for all costs associated with any Company additions,
modifications, or upgrades to any Company facilities that the Company determines are necessary as a
result of the installation of the DER in order to maintain a safe, reliable electrical system.

4. The Company shall not be obligated to accept, and the Company may require the
Customer to curtail, interrupt or reduce deliveries of Energy if the Company, consistent with Prudent
Electrical Practices, determines that curtailment, interruption, or reduction is necessary because of line
construction or maintenance requirements, emergencies, or other critical operating conditions on its
system.

5. If the Company is required by the Commission to institute curtailment of deliveries of
electricity to its customers, the Company may require the Customer to curtail its consumption of electricity
in the same manner and to the same degree as other Customers on the Company’s standard service
schedules.

6. The Customer shall grant to the Company all access to all Company equipment and
facilities including adequate and continuing access rights to the property of the Customer for the purpose
of installation, operation, maintenance, replacement, or any other service required of said equipment, as
well as all necessary access for inspection, switching, and any other operational requirements of the
Customer’s Interconnections Facilities.

7. The Customer shall notify the Company immediately if an Exporting System is
permanently removed or disabled. Permanent removal or disablement for the purposes of this Schedule
is any removal or disablement of an Exporting System lasting longer than six (6) months. Customers
with permanently removed or disabled systems will be removed from service under this schedule and
placed on the appropriate standard service schedule.

SUMMER AND NON-SUMMER SEASONS

For Monthly Charges, the summer season begins on June 1 of each year and ends on August 31
of each year. For Monthly Charges, the non-summer season begins on September 1 of each year and
ends on May 31 of each year.

For the Export Credit Rate, the summer season begins on June 15 of each year and ends on
September 15 of each year. For the Export Credit Rate, the non-summer season begins on September 16
of each year and ends on June 14 of each year.

TIME PERIODS

The time periods for the Export Credit Rate are defined as follows. All times are stated in Mountain
Time.
Idaho Power Company
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 6-8
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 6
RESIDENTIAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

TIME PERIODS (Continued)

Summer Season
On-Peak: 3:00 p.m. to 11:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, except holidays
Off-Peak: 11:00 p.m. to 3:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday and all hours on Sunday and
holidays

Non-summer Season
Off-peak: All hours Monday through Sunday

Holidays are New Year's Day (January 1), Memorial Day (last Monday in May), Independence
Day (July 4), Labor Day (first Monday in September), Thanksgiving Day (fourth Thursday in November),
and Christmas Day (December 25). If New Year’s Day, Independence Day, or Christmas Day falls on
Sunday, the following Monday will be designated a holiday.

MONTHLY CHARGE

The Monthly Charge is the sum of the following charges, and may also include charges as set forth
in Schedule 54 (Fixed Cost Adjustment), Schedule 55 (Power Cost Adjustment), Schedule 91 (Energy
Efficiency Rider), Schedule 95 (Adjustment for Municipal Franchise Fees), Schedule 96 (Blaine County
Surcharge to Fund the Undergrounding of Certain Facilities), and Schedule 98 (Residential and Small Farm
Energy Credit).

The following rate structure and charges are subject to change upon Commission approval:

Summer Non-summer

Service Charge, per month $5.00 $5.00

Energy Charge, per kWh
First 800 kWh 8.6518¢ 8.0390¢
801-2000 kWh 10.4033¢ 8.8627¢
All Additional kWh Over 2000 12.3585¢ 9.8154¢

EXPORT CREDIT RATE

The following rate structure and credits are subject to change upon Commission approval:

Summer Non-summer

Export Credit Rate, per kWh
On-Peak 20.4221¢ n/a
Off-Peak 4.9100¢ 4.9100¢

PAYMENT

The monthly bill rendered for service supplied hereunder is payable upon receipt, and becomes
past due 15 days from the date on which rendered.
Idaho Power Company Third Revised Sheet No. 8-1
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Second Revised Sheet No. 8-1
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 8
SMALL GENERAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION

AVAILABILITY

Service under this schedule is available at points on the Company's interconnected system within
the State of Idaho where existing facilities of adequate capacity and desired phase and voltage are
adjacent to the location where Small General Service, On-Site Generation is desired, and where
additional investment by the Company for new transmission, substation or terminal facilities is not
necessary to supply the desired service. This service is available to Customers intending to operate
Exporting Systems under this schedule to generate electricity to reduce all or part of their monthly energy
usage.

Effective December 21, 2019, Schedule 8 is closed to new applications for Net Energy
Metering.

APPLICABILITY

Service under this schedule is applicable to Electric Service supplied to a Customer at one Point
of Delivery and measured through one meter. This schedule is applicable to Customers whose metered
energy usage is 2,000 kWh, or less, per Billing Period for ten or more Billing Periods during the most
recent 12 consecutive Billing Periods. When the Customer’s Billing Period is less than 27 days or greater
than 36 days, the energy usage will be prorated to 30 days for purposes of determining eligibility under
this schedule. Customers whose metered energy usage exceeds 2,000 kWh per Billing Period on an
actual or prorated basis three times during the most recent 12 consecutive Billing Periods are not eligible
for service under this schedule and will be automatically transferred to the applicable schedule effective
with the next Billing Period. New customers may initially be placed on this schedule based on estimated
usage.

This schedule is also applicable to non-profit or tax supported ball fields, fairgrounds or rodeo
grounds with high demands and intermittent use exceeding 2,000 kWh per month. This schedule is not
applicable to standby service, service for resale, shared service, to individual or multiple family dwellings
first served through one meter after February 9, 1982, or to agricultural irrigation service after October
31, 2004.

Service under this schedule is also subject to the following conditions:

1. Customer owns/and or operates a Generation Facility fueled by solar, wind, biomass,
geothermal, hydropower or represents fuel cell technology, with a total nameplate capacity rating of 25
kilowatts (kW) or less, that is connected in Parallel with the Idaho Power System. The capacity of an
Energy Storage Device shall not be used to calculate the capacity limits in this schedule.

2. The Generation Facility is interconnected to the Customer’s individual electric system on
the Customer’s side of the Point of Delivery, thus all energy received and delivered by the Company is
through the Company’s existing watt-hour retail meter.

3. Customer meets all applicable requirements detailed in the Company’s Schedule 68,
Interconnections to Customer Distributed Energy Resources.
Idaho Power Company Second Revised Sheet No. 8-2
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 First Revised Sheet No. 8-2
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 8
SMALL GENERAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)
APPLICABILITY (Continued)

4. Legacy Status for eligible Exporting Systems will terminate December 2045.

5. The Legacy Status of the Exporting System is transferable to a subsequent Customer at the
premises for which a valid on-site generation service is in effect. Each Customer of a Legacy System taking
service under Schedule 8 will be responsible for complying with the terms and conditions of the on-site
generation service in effect for that premises.

6. A Legacy System that is offline for over six (6) months or that is moved to a different site
shall forfeit Legacy Status of the Exporting System.

7. To remain eligible for Legacy Status, a Customer may increase the capacity of a Legacy
System by no more than 10 percent of the originally installed nameplate capacity, or 1 kW, whichever is
greater, to allow for the replacement of broken or degraded components. If a Customer expands a Legacy
System beyond these limits, the new portion of the DER shall be separately metered and would not qualify
for Legacy Status.

DEFINITIONS

Designated Meter is the retail meter physically connected to the Exporting System.

Distributed Energy Resource(s) (DER(s)) is a source of electric power that is not directly
connected to the bulk power system. Any combination of Generation Facilities and/or Energy Storage
Devices connected in Parallel is considered a DER.

Energy Storage Device is a device that captures energy produced at a point in time and stores
the energy for use as electricity at a future point in time. An Energy Storage Device is a DER.

Excess Net Energy means the positive difference between the kilowatt-hours (kWh) generated
by a Customer and the kWh supplied by the Company over the applicable Billing Period.

Exported Energy means the kWh generated by a Customer in excess of the Customer’s on-site
consumption that is exported to the Company’s system.

Exporting System is a Customer-owned DER under the terms of Schedules 6, 8, or 84, which is
designed to provide for the transfer of electricity energy to the Company. An Exporting System is
interconnected to the Company’s system under the applicable terms of Schedule 68.

Generation Facility means all equipment used to generate electric energy where the resulting
energy is either delivered to the Company via a single meter at the Point of Delivery or is consumed by the
Customer. A Generation Facility is a DER

Interconnection Facilities are all facilities reasonably required by Prudent Electrical Practices and
the applicable electric and safety codes to interconnect and safely deliver energy from the DER to the Point
of Delivery.
Idaho Power Company Second Revised Sheet No. 8-3
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 First Revised Sheet No. 8-3
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 8
SMALL GENERAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

DEFINITIONS (Continued)

Legacy Status refers to the ability for a system to receive Net Energy Metering, including net monthly
one-for-one kWh credit compensation for Excess Net Energy.

Legacy System means for any system that meets the applicable criteria as described in Order No.
34509 and 34546.

Net Billing is the compensation structure applicable to all systems that do not meet the criteria of a
Legacy System. Net Billing will be effective with each eligible customer’s first billing cycle after January 1,
2024.

Net Energy Metering is the compensation structure applicable to all Legacy Systems.

Parallel connection means generating electricity from an on-site generation system that is
connected to and receives voltage from Idaho Power’s system.

Point of Delivery is the retail metering point where the Company's and the Customer’s electrical
facilities are interconnected to allow the Customer to take retail electric service from the Company.

Prudent Electrical Practices are those practices, methods, and equipment that are commonly used
in prudent electrical engineering and operations to operate electric equipment lawfully and with safety,
dependability, efficiency and economy.

Schedule 68 is the Company’s service schedule which provides for interconnection to DERs or its
successor schedule(s) as approved by the Commission.

TYPE OF SERVICE

The type of service provided under this schedule is single and/or three-phase alternating current,
at approximately 60 cycles and at the standard service voltage available at the Premises to be served.

NET ENERGY METERING - CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE

The conditions listed below shall apply to all transactions for Net Energy Metering under this
schedule.

1. Balances of generation and usage by the Customer:

a. If electricity supplied by the Company during the Billing Period exceeds the
electricity generated by the Customer and delivered to the Company during the Billing Period, the
Customer shall be billed for the net electricity supplied by the Company at the rates contained
within this schedule, in accordance with normal metering practices.

b. If electricity generated by the Customer and delivered to the Company during the
Billing Period exceeds the electricity supplied by the Company during the Billing Period, the Excess
Idaho Power Company Second Revised Sheet No. 8-4
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 First Revised Sheet No. 8-4
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 8
SMALL GENERAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

NET ENERGY METERING - CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE (Continued)

Net Energy shall be carried forward as a kWh credit to offset energy usage in a subsequent Billing
Period. Excess Net Energy credits are subject to the following provisions:

i. Credits can only be used to offset billed kWh consumption. Customers shall
be billed for all applicable non-energy charges for the Billing Period according to the
applicable standard service schedule.

ii. Credits shall carry forward provided the Customer maintains electric service
at the same Point of Delivery.

iii. Credits are non-transferrable in the event that a Customer relocates and/or
discontinues service at the Point of Delivery associated with the Exporting System. Any
unused credits will expire at the time the final bill is prepared.

c. Compensation for the balance of generation and usage by the Customer is subject
to change upon Commission approval.

2. Aggregation of meters for the annual transfer of unused Excess Net Energy credits:

a. If a balance of Excess Net Energy credits exists at a Designated Meter, the
Customer may request to transfer the unused credits to offset energy consumption at eligible
meters. A meter is eligible for aggregation if it meets all of the following criteria:

i. The account subject to offset is held by the Customer; and

ii. The meter is located on, or contiguous to, the property on which the
Designated Meter is located. For the purposes of this tariff, contiguous property includes
property that is separated from the Premises of the Designated Meter by public or railroad
rights of way; and

iii. The meter is served by the same primary feeder as the Designated Meter at
the time the Customer files the application for the Exporting System; and

iv. The electricity recorded by the meter is for the Customer’s requirements; and

v. Credits may only be transferred to meters taking service under Schedule 1,
Schedule 6, Schedule 7, or Schedule 8.

b. Customers may submit requests to transfer Excess Net Energy credits between
December 1 and January 31 of each year. All requests must be received by Idaho Power by
midnight, Mountain Standard Time, on January 31. If a Customer does not request to transfer
Excess Net Energy credits by the January 31 submission deadline Excess Net Energy credits will
carry forward to offset consumption at the Designated Meter until they become eligible for transfer
the following year.
Idaho Power Company Seventh Revised Sheet No. 8-5
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Sixth Revised Sheet No. 8-5
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 8
SMALL GENERAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

NET ENERGY METERING - CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE (Continued)

c. Requests to transfer Excess Net Energy credits must be executed by the Company
no later than March 31. Transfers will be based on the balance of Excess Net Energy credits
available at the time the transfer is made.

d. If multiple meters are eligible for aggregation, Excess Net Energy credits must first
be applied to the Designated Meter, then to eligible meters on rate schedules in accordance with
Section 2a(v) above.

e. A meter aggregation fee of $10.00 will be assessed per aggregated meter per
annual transfer transaction.

NET BILLING – CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE

The conditions listed below shall apply to all transactions for Net Billing under the Schedule.

1. Balances of usage and exports by the Customer.

a. The Customer shall be billed for the electricity supplied by the Company at the rates
contained within this schedule, in accordance with normal metering practices.

b. The Customer shall be credited for Exported Energy at the applicable Export Credit
Rate contained within this schedule as a credit in dollars to only offset Monthly Charges. Exported
Energy credits are subject to the following provisions:

i. Credits shall carry forward provided the Customer maintains electric service at
the same Point of Delivery.

ii. Credits are non-transferrable in the event that a Customer relocates and/or
discontinues service at the Point of Delivery associated with the Exporting
System. Any unused credits will expire at the time the final bill is prepared.
2. Aggregation of meters for the annual transfer of unused credits:

a. If a balance of credits exists at a Designated Meter, the Customer may request to
transfer the unused credits to eligible meters. A meter is eligible for aggregation if it meets the
following criteria:

i. The account subject to offset is held by the Customer, and
ii. The electricity recorded by the meter is for the Customer’s requirements.

b. Customers may submit requests to transfer a stated percentage of available credits
between December 1 and January 31 of each year. All requests must be received by Idaho Power
by midnight, Mountain Standard Time, on January 31. If a Customer does not request to transfer
credits by the January 31 submission deadline credits will carry forward at the Designated Meter
until they become eligible for transfer the following year.
Idaho Power Company

I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 8-6
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 8
SMALL GENERAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

NET BILLING – CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE (Continued)

c. Requests to transfer credits must be executed by the Company no later than
March 31. Transfers will be based on the balance of credits available at the time the transfer is
made.

d. A meter aggregation fee of $10.00 will be assessed per aggregated meter per annual
transfer transaction.

NET ENERGY METERING & NET BILLING – GENERAL CONDITONS

1. The Customer shall never deliver or attempt to deliver energy to the Company’s system
when the Company’s system serving the Customer’s DER is de-energized for any reason.

2. The Company shall not be liable directly or indirectly for permitting or continuing to allow
an attachment of an Exporting System to the Company’s system, or for the acts or omissions of the
Customer that cause loss or injury, including death, to any third party.

3. The Customer is responsible for all costs associated with the DER and Interconnection
Facilities. The Customer is also responsible for all costs associated with any Company additions,
modifications, or upgrades to any Company facilities that the Company determines are necessary as a
result of the installation of the DER in order to maintain a safe, reliable electrical system.

4. The Company shall not be obligated to accept, and the Company may require the
Customer to curtail, interrupt, or reduce deliveries of energy if the Company, consistent with Prudent
Electrical Practices, determines that curtailment, interruption, or reduction is necessary because of line
construction or maintenance requirements, emergencies, or other critical operating conditions on its
system.

5. If the Company is required by the Commission to institute curtailment of deliveries of
electricity to its customers, the Company may require the Customer to curtail its consumption of electricity
in the same manner and to the same degree as other Customers on the Company’s standard service
schedules.

6. The Customer shall grant to the Company all access to all Company equipment and
facilities including adequate and continuing access rights to the property of the Customer for the purpose
of installation, operation, maintenance, replacement, or any other service required of said equipment as
well as all necessary access for inspection, switching, and any other operational requirements of the
Customer’s Interconnections Facilities.

7. The Customer shall notify the Company immediately if an Exporting System is
permanently removed or disabled. Permanent removal or disablement for the purposes of this Schedule
is any removal or disablement of an Exporting System lasting longer than six (6) months. Customers
with permanently removed or disabled systems will be removed from service under this schedule and
placed on the appropriate standard service schedule.
Idaho Power Company

I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 8-7
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 8
SMALL GENERAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

SUMMER AND NON-SUMMER SEASONS

For Monthly Charges, the summer season begins on June 1 of each year and ends on August 31
of each year. For Monthly Charges, the non-summer season begins on September 1 of each year and
ends on May 31 of each year.

For the Export Credit Rate, the summer season begins on June 15 of each year and ends on
September 15 of each year. For the Export Credit Rate, the non-summer season begins on September 16
of each year and ends on June 14 of each year.

TIME PERIODS

The time periods for the Export Credit Rate are defined as follows. All times are stated in Mountain
Time.

Summer Season
On-Peak: 3:00 p.m. to 11:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, except holidays
Off-Peak: 11:00 p.m. to 3:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday and all hours on Sunday
and holidays

Non-summer Season
Off-Peak: All hours Monday through Sunday

Holidays are New Year's Day (January 1), Memorial Day (last Monday in May), Independence
Day (July 4), Labor Day (first Monday in September), Thanksgiving Day (fourth Thursday in November),
and Christmas Day (December 25). If New Year’s Day, Independence Day, or Christmas Day falls on
Sunday, the following Monday will be designated a holiday.

MONTHLY CHARGE

The Monthly Charge is the sum of the following charges, and may also include charges as set forth
in Schedule 54 (Fixed Cost Adjustment), Schedule 55 (Power Cost Adjustment), Schedule 91 (Energy
Efficiency Rider), Schedule 95 (Adjustment for Municipal Franchise Fees), Schedule 96 (Blaine County
Surcharge to Fund the Undergrounding of Certain Facilities), and Schedule 98 (Residential and Small Farm
Energy Credit).

The following charges are subject to change upon Commission approval:

Summer Non-summer

Service Charge, per month $5.00 $5.00

Energy Charge, per kWh
First 300 kWh 9.8633¢ 9.8633¢
All Additional kWh 11.7472¢ 10.3486¢

Idaho Power Company

I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 8-8
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 8
SMALL GENERAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

EXPORT CREDIT RATE

The following rate structure and credits are subject to change upon Commission approval:

Summer Non-summer
Export Credit Rate, per kWh
On-Peak 20.4221¢ n/a
Off-Peak 4.9100¢ 4.9100¢

PAYMENT

The monthly bill rendered for service supplied hereunder is payable upon receipt, and becomes
past due 15 days from the date on which rendered.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-1
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-1
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES

AVAILABILITY

Service under this schedule is available throughout the Company’s service area within the State
of Idaho to all Customer Generators owning or operating DERs, in Parallel with the Company’s system,
that qualify for Schedule 6, Schedule 8, Schedule 84, or Non-Export as defined in this schedule. DERs
with Total Nameplate Capacity of 3 MVA or greater are required to sign a Uniform Customer Generator
Interconnection Agreement.

APPLICABILITY

Service under this schedule applies to construction, operation, and maintenance of a Customer
Generator System interconnected in Parallel with the Company’s system.

DEFINITIONS

Company is the Idaho Power Company.

Company-Furnished Facilities are those portions of the Interconnection Facilities funded by the
Customer Generator and provided by the Company.

Customer Generator is a Customer applying to operate or operating a DER in Parallel with the
Company’s system.

Customer Generator-Furnished Facilities are those portions of the Interconnection Facilities
provided by the Customer Generator.

Customer Generator Interconnection Process is the Company’s DER interconnection application,
engineering review, construction, and inspection process for Customer Generator Systems. The
Customer Generator Interconnection Process intends to ensure a safe and reliable generation
interconnection in compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements, good utility practices, and
national safety standards.

Customer Generator System is an Exporting System or a Non-Exporting System.

Disconnection Equipment is any device or combination of devices by which the Company can
manually and/or automatically interrupt the flow of energy from the Customer Generator to the Company’s
system, including enclosures or other equipment as may be required to ensure that only the Company
will have access to the devices.

Idaho Power Company

I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-2
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

DEFINITIONS (Continued)

Distributed Energy Resource(s) (DER(s)) is a source of electric power that is not directly
connected to the bulk power system. Any combination of Generation Facilities and/or Energy Storage
Devices connected in Parallel is considered a DER.

Energy Storage Device is a device that captures energy produced at a point in time and stores
the energy for use as electricity at a future point in time. An Energy Storage Device is a DER.

Exporting System is a Customer-owned DER under the terms of Schedules 6, 8, or 84, which is
designed to provide for the transfer of electric energy to the Company.

Feasibility Review is the Company’s standard engineering review of a proposed Customer
Generator System and is intended to ensure the Company’s system is equipped to incorporate the
proposed Customer Generator-Furnished Facilities in a manner that conforms with good utility practices
and the National Electric Safety Code.

Feasibility Study is the Company’s more detailed engineering assessment for DERs as
determined by the Feasibility Review. This study is intended to ensure that the Company’s system is
sufficiently equipped to incorporate proposed DERs in a manner that conforms with good utility practices
and the National Electric Safety Code, including protection coordination and system voltage
management.

Generation Facility means equipment used to produce electric energy at a specific physical
location and service point that qualifies for Schedules 6, 8, 84, or Non-Export. A Generation Facility is a
DER.

Inadvertent Export is the unplanned, unscheduled, and uncompensated transfer of electrical
energy from a Customer’s Non-Exporting System to the Company’s system across the Interconnection
Point.

Interconnection Facilities are all facilities which are reasonably required by good utility practices
and the National Electric Safety Code to interconnect and to allow for Parallel operations of the DER with
the Company’s system, including, but not limited to, Special Facilities, Disconnection Equipment, and
Metering Equipment.

Interconnection Point is the point where the Customer Generator’s conductors connect to the
facilities owned by the Company.

Metering Equipment is the Company owned equipment required to measure, record or telemeter
power flows between the Customer Generator and the Company’s system.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-3
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-3
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

DEFINITIONS (Continued)

Non-Exporting System is a Customer-owned DER that limits or prevents electrical energy from
transferring to the Company’s system.

Parallel connection means operating a DER that is connected to and receives voltage from Idaho
Power’s system.

Protection Equipment is the equipment, hardware, and/or software necessary to ensure the
protection of the Company’s system and could include a circuit-interrupting device, protective relaying,
instrument transformers, and associated wiring.

Relocation is a change in the location of existing Company-owned transmission and/or distribution
lines, poles, or equipment.

Smart Inverter is an inverter that conforms to the latest IEEE 1547 standards and is certified by
the UL 1741 standard, which complies with the latest IEEE 1547 standards.

Special Facilities are additions to or alterations of transmission and/or distribution lines and
transformers, including, but not limited to, Upgrades and Relocation, to safely interconnect the
Customer’s DER to the Company’s system.

System Verification Form is the form that a Customer must provide to the Company prior to the
connection of the Customer Generator System as described in this schedule.

Total Nameplate Capacity is the total of the gross capacity of a DER as designated by the
manufacturer(s) maximum continuous operating rating of the DER in Alternating Current (AC), or as
determined by Idaho Power based on information provided on the application and System Verification
Form.

Upgrades are those improvements to the Company’s existing system, which are reasonably
required by good practices and the National Electric Safety Code to interconnect the Customer Generator
System safely. Such improvements include, but are not limited to, additional or larger conductors,
transformers, poles, and related equipment.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-4
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-4
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 1: GENERAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS

The following provisions apply to all Customer Generators requesting interconnection to the
Company’s system.

CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION OF INTERCONNECTION FACILITIES

All Customer Generator-Furnished Interconnection Facilities will be constructed and maintained
in a manner as determined by the Company to be in full compliance with all good utility practices, National
Electric Safety Code, conforms to the IEEE 1547 standards, and all other applicable federal, state, and
local safety and electrical codes and standards at all times.

The Customer Generator shall:

1. Upon request, submit proof to the Company that all licenses, permits, inspections, and
approvals necessary for the construction and operation of the Customer’s DER and Interconnection
Facilities under this schedule have been obtained from applicable federal, state, or local authorities.

2. Upon request, submit the designs, plans, specifications, settings, and performance data
for the DER and Customer Generator-Furnished Facilities to the Company for review. The Company’s
acceptance shall not be construed as confirming or endorsing the design, or as a warranty of safety,
durability, or reliability of the DER or Customer Generator-Furnished Facilities. The Company will retain
the right to inspect this equipment at its discretion.

3. Demonstrate to the Company’s satisfaction that the Customer’s DER and Customer
Generator-Furnished Facilities have been completed, and that all features and equipment of the
Customer’s DER and Customer Generator-Furnished Facilities are capable of operating safely to
commence deliveries of energy into the Company’s system.

4. Provide and maintain adequate Protection Equipment sufficient to prevent damage to the
DER, Customer Generator-Furnished Facilities, and any other Customer Generator-owned facilities in
conformance with all applicable electrical and safety codes and requirements.

5. Provide and maintain Disconnection Equipment in accordance with all applicable electrical
and safety codes and requirements as described within this Schedule.

6. Upon request, provide a 24-hour telephone contact(s). This contact will be used by the
Company to arrange for repairs and inspections or in case of an emergency. The Company will make its
best effort to arrange repairs and inspections during normal business hours and to notify the Customer
Generator of such arrangements in advance. The Company will provide a telephone number to the
Customer Generator so that the Customer Generator can obtain information about Company activity
impacting the Customer’s DER.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-5
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-5
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 1: GENERAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

DISCONNECTION EQUIPMENT

Disconnection Equipment is required for all Customer DERs. The Disconnection Equipment shall
be installed at an electrical location to allow complete isolation of Customer’s DER and Interconnection
Facilities from the Company’s system. Disconnection Equipment will be installed at an electrical location
on the Customer Generator’s side of the Company’s retail metering point to allow complete isolation of
the Customer’s DER and Interconnection Facilities from the Customer Generator’s other electrical load
and service.

The Disconnection Equipment’s operating device shall be:

1. Readily accessible by the Company at all times.

2. Clearly marked “Generation Disconnect Switch” or similar language, as approved by Idaho
Power, with permanent 3/8 inch or larger letters.

3. Physically installed and visible within 10 feet of the Interconnection Point or permanently-
posted instructions at the Interconnection Point indicating the exact location of the Disconnection
Equipment’s operating device. Instructions with lamination or in plastic sleeves do not satisfy this
requirement.

4. Of a design manually operated and lockable in the open position with a standard Company
padlock.

5. Equipped with a visual disconnect that enables the Company to visually confirm that the
Customer’s and Company’s conductors are physically disconnected. This requires the ability to inspect
the actual conductors visually. Circuit breakers do not satisfy this requirement.

Operation of Disconnection Equipment. If, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, the
Customer Generator’s operation or maintenance of the DER or Interconnection Facilities is unsafe, not
in compliance with this schedule, or may otherwise adversely affect the Company’s equipment,
personnel, or service to its customers, the Company may physically disconnect the Customer’s DER or
Interconnection Facilities by operation of the disconnection device or by any other means the Company
deems necessary to adequately disconnect the Customer’s DER and Interconnection Facilities from the
Company’s system. At such time as the unsafe condition is remedied or other condition adversely
affecting the Company is resolved to the Company’s satisfaction, the interconnection will be restored.

The Company will disconnect the Customer’s DER and Interconnection Facilities in the event of
any planned or unplanned maintenance or repair of the Company’s system connected to the Customer’s
DER and Interconnection Facilities. In the event of unplanned maintenance or repairs, no prior notice
will be provided. In the event of planned repairs, the Company will attempt to notify the Customer
Generator of the time and duration of the planned outage.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-6
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-6
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 1: GENERAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

DISCONNECTION EQUIPMENT (Continued)

The Company will disconnect the Customer’s DER and Interconnection Facilities in the event that
any terms and conditions of any applicable Company tariff or contract enabling the interconnection of the
Customer’s DER are deemed by the Company to be in default or delinquent.

Customer Generators will be subject to disconnection and reconnection charges if the expenses
are incurred as the result of a DER and/or a Customer’s failure to abide by the provisions of Schedule
68.

Disconnection of the service may be necessary. The disconnection may result in the interruption
of both energy deliveries from the Customer Generator System to the Company as well as the interruption
of energy deliveries from the Company to the Customer Generator. Disconnection provisions specific to
DERs less than 3 MVA are described further in Section 2 of this schedule. Disconnection provisions
specific to DERs 3 MVA or greater are described further in Section 4 of this schedule.

The Company will establish the settings of Protection Equipment to disconnect the Customer’s
DER and Interconnection Facilities for the protection of the Company’s system and personnel consistent
with good utility practices. If the Customer Generator attempts to modify, adjust or otherwise interfere
with the Protection Equipment or its settings as established by the Company, such action may be grounds
for the Company’s refusal to continue interconnection of the Customer’s DER and Interconnection
Facilities to the Company’s system.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF CUSTOMER GENERATOR SYSTEMS

1. The Company will construct, own, operate and maintain all equipment, Upgrades, and
Relocations on the Company’s electrical side of the Interconnection Point.

2. The Company will clearly mark the Metering Equipment and any other Company
equipment associated with the Customer’s DER and/or Interconnection Facilities designating the
existence of the Customer’s DER as required by good utility practices.

3. The Customer Generator will be required to submit all specific designs, equipment
specifications/settings, and test results of the Customer Generator-Furnished Facilities to the Company
for review upon request by the Company. Upon receipt of the design and equipment specifications, the
Company will review the design and equipment specifications for conformance with applicable electrical
and safety codes and standards.

4. Customer Generator-Furnished Facilities will be operated and maintained by the
Customer Generator at the Customer Generator’s sole risk and expense.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-7
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-7
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 1: GENERAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

INVERTER REQUIREMENTS

All inverter-based Customer Generator Systems must use a Smart Inverter programmed with the
required settings described in the following section.

INVERTER SETTINGS

All inverter-based Customer Generator System Smart Inverters will be set for normal operating
performance Category B as defined in IEEE 1547, with the default reactive power control mode set for
the Voltage-reactive power mode and the parameters listed in Table 1. All inverter-based Customer
Generator System Smart Inverters will be set for abnormal voltage and ride through operating
performance Category III as defined in IEEE 1547 using the default settings. The remaining Smart
Inverter settings will be set to the default values specified in IEEE 1547. Inverter setting documentation
will be required for all DERs with a Total Nameplate Capacity of 100 kVA or greater.

Table 1: VOLTAGE-REACTIVE POWER SETTINGS FOR SMART INVERTERS
Voltage-reactive power parameters Default Settings
V1 0.92 per unit of nominal voltage
Q1 44% of nameplate apparent power rating, injecting
V2 0.98 per unit of nominal voltage
Q2 0
V3 1.03 per unit of nominal voltage
Q3 0
V4 1.06 per unit of nominal voltage
Q4 44% of nameplate apparent power rating, absorption
Open-loop response time 5 seconds

ENERGY STORAGE DEVICE

Energy Storage Devices may share an inverter with a Generation Facility (“DC Coupled”), or
Energy Storage Devices may have a stand-alone inverter (“AC Coupled”). Energy Storage Devices that
are not coupled with a Generation Facility taking service under Schedules 6, 8, or 84 may not export
energy onto Idaho Power’s system. The Total Nameplate Capacity is determined as follows:

1. DC Coupled: For Energy Storage Devices that are DC Coupled with a Generation Facility,
the Total Nameplate Capacity of the Customer Generator System is defined by the inverter (kVA). A DC
coupled system can be an Exporting or Non-Exporting system.
Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-8
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-8
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 1: GENERAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

ENERGY STORAGE DEVICE (Continued)

2. AC Coupled:

i. AC Coupled with an Exporting System: For an Energy Storage Device coupled
with an Exporting System taking service under Schedules 6, 8, or 84, the Total Nameplate
Capacity is the aggregate Total Nameplate Capacity of all DERs on the Customer’s side of the
Interconnection Point.

ii. AC Coupled with a Non-Exporting System: An Energy Storage Device coupled
with a Non-Exporting System is subject to the provisions of Section 3 of this Schedule. The Total
Nameplate Capacity of the Energy Storage Device shall be considered 0 kVA.

APPLICATION EXPIRATION

Applications that are not completed within one year of the initial Feasibility Review are considered
expired. Customers requesting connection or approval of expired applications are required to resubmit
a completed application form and $100 application fee and are subject to the full application process
described in Section 2.

RECERTIFICATION

1. The Company may perform full recertification inspections of Customer Generator Systems
at the Company’s discretion and at no charge to the Customer Generator. The Company will provide the
Customer Generator with written notice at least fourteen (14) calendar days prior to performing a
recertification inspection. Recertification inspections will be performed in the same manner as new
Customer Generator System inspections described in Section 2. Customers may choose to verify the
results of the Company’s inspection through an independent inspection performed by a certified third-
party at the Customer Generator’s expense.

2. If in the reasonable opinion of the Company, the Customer Generator’s operation or
maintenance of the DER or Interconnection Facilities is unsafe, not in compliance with this schedule, or
may otherwise adversely affect the Company’s equipment, personnel, or service to its customers, the
Company reserves the right to inspect any Customer Generator System at any time, and without prior
notice.

SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS

1. Any modifications to Customer Generator Systems that increase the Total Nameplate
Capacity of the system or modify the system in any way (including inverter replacements) that may impact
the safety or reliability of the Company’s electrical system are considered system modifications for the
purposes of this schedule.
Idaho Power Company

I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-9
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 1: GENERAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS (Continued)

2. Customer Generators planning to make system modifications must submit an application,
$100 fee, and complete the application process according to the procedures required for new
interconnection.

3. System modifications without gaining prior Company approval are considered
unauthorized installations subject to the provisions of this schedule as described in Unauthorized
Installations and Expansions.

UNAUTHORIZED INSTALLATIONS AND EXPANSIONS

1. Customer Generator Systems that have been interconnected to the Company’s system
without Company approval are considered unauthorized installations that jeopardize the reliability of
Idaho Power’s system and the safety of its employees. This includes, but is not limited to, newly installed
systems and unapproved expansions or other modifications of approved systems. The process
described herein provides the Company with the ability to offer Customer Generation in an efficient, safe,
and reliable manner.

2. Unauthorized installations are subject to immediate Company inspection and
disconnection without notice. The Company will provide the reason for the disconnection of the
Customer’s DER. The Customer will be called and written, or electronic notification will be sent. The
Customer will have twelve (12) months from the notification date to notify the Company and complete
one of the options listed under 5(a) and 5(b).

3. If proper disconnection equipment is present, the Company will open the disconnect or
notify the Customer to open the disconnect immediately.

4. If proper disconnection equipment is not present, the Customer Generator must
disconnect the DER from operating in Parallel with the Company’s system immediately by turning off the
breaker or by other means necessary.

5. The Customer must complete and notify the Company of one of the below options within
twelve (12) months from the notification date:

a. Option 1: Complete the full Customer Generator Interconnection Process
described in Section 2, and the system will be re-energized.

b. Option 2: Permanently disable the DER from Parallel operations with the
Company system. Permanent disablement of the DER requires an inspection to be scheduled
with the Company within twelve (12) months from the postmarked notification date. Customers
that do not schedule within this time period will be subject to termination of service.
Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-10
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-10
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 1: GENERAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

UNAUTHORIZED INSTALLATIONS AND EXPANSIONS (Continued)

6. If it is determined, at the sole discretion of the Company, that an unauthorized Customer
Generation System, expansion, or other system modification results in damage to equipment on the
Company’s system, the Customer will be responsible for all costs associated with replacing the
Company’s damaged equipment and defend, indemnify, and reimburse the Company for liabilities or
damages incurred by the Company for third-party claims arising out of the Customer Generator’s
unauthorized connection.

SECTION 2: INTERCONNECTION PROCESS REQUIREMENTS FOR DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES LESS THAN 3 MVA

The following section is applicable to all DERs with Total Nameplate Capacity less than 3 MVA.

APPLICATION PROCESS

Customers requesting to interconnect a DER less than 3 MVA are required to complete the
following application process prior to interconnection:

1. Customers must submit a completed application form and a $100 application fee to the
Company. Applications are available on the Company’s website or will be provided to the Customer
upon request.

2. Upon receipt of a completed application and $100 fee, the Company will provide the
Customer with a written or electronic notification that the application has been received and all necessary
information has been provided.

3. The Company will perform within seven (7) business days, unless it is determined that
additional studies are necessary, the Feasibility Review based on Total Nameplate Capacity and other
project information provided in the application. The Feasibility Review determines the capability of the
Company’s electrical system to incorporate the proposed Customer Generator System and determines
if Upgrades are necessary.

a. If the results of the Feasibility Review indicate satisfactory system capability, the
Company will provide the Customer with an official “Approval to Proceed” notification.

b. If the results of the Feasibility Review indicate that Upgrades are necessary to
accommodate the proposed project, the Company will notify the Customer through written or
electronic notification of such Upgrades. Funding, construction, installation, and maintenance of
required Upgrades will be subject to the Company’s standard Rule H regarding New Service
Attachments and Distribution Line Installations or Alterations.
Idaho Power Company

I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-11
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 2: INTERCONNECTION PROCESS REQUIREMENTS FOR DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES LESS THAN 3 MVA (Continued)

APPLICATION PROCESS (Continued)

c. If the Company determines that additional time is necessary to determine
satisfactory system capability or that Upgrades are necessary to accommodate the proposed
project, the Company will notify the Customer. The Company will perform within fifteen (15)
business days the additional studies to complete the Feasibility Review.

4. If the results of the Feasibility Review require the need for a Feasibility Study, the
Company will perform the Feasibility Study within 15 business days. If the results of the Feasibility Study
indicate that Upgrades or Protection Equipment are necessary to accommodate the proposed project,
the Company will notify the Customer of such Upgrades or Protection Equipment.

a. Installation and funding of the construction, installation, and maintenance of
required Protection Equipment will be subject to the following provisions:

i. Protection Equipment Requirements (Rotating Machines): Generation
Facilities up to 500 kVA Total Nameplate Capacity may not require additional Protection
Equipment but will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Generation Facilities greater
than 500 kVA Total Nameplate Capacity will require additional Company-Furnished
Protection Equipment.

ii. Protection Equipment Requirements (Other DER): DER up to 3 MVA Total
Nameplate Capacity may not require additional Protection Equipment but will be evaluated
on a case-by-case basis.

iii. When it is determined Company-owned Protection Equipment is required,
the Customer shall pay the actual costs of all required Protection Equipment prior to the
start of Parallel operations. The Customer will also pay a Maintenance Charge of 0.59
percent per month times the investment in the Protection Equipment.

5. Following receipt of “Approval to Proceed,” the Customer is responsible for completing the
installation of the Customer Generator System and fulfilling all applicable federal, state, and local
inspection requirements. Customers must also provide the Company with a completed System
Verification Form detailing the specifications of all installed components of the completed Customer
Generator System. System Verification Forms can be found on the Company’s website or will be
provided upon request. Upon completion, the Company reserves the right to request the Customer to
provide forms of documentation outlined in Section 1, verifying that all federal, state, and local
requirements have been met.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-12
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-12
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 2: INTERCONNECTION PROCESS REQUIREMENTS FOR DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES LESS THAN 3 MVA (Continued)

APPLICATION PROCESS (Continued)

6. Once all required documentation has been submitted and the Company has verified that
all applicable federal, state, local, and Customer Generation Interconnection Process requirements have
been met, the Company will complete, barring conditions beyond the Company’s control, an on-site
inspection within ten (10) business days for DER with Total Nameplate Capacity of 100 kVA or less and
within twenty (20) business days for DER with Total Nameplate Capacity of greater than 100 kVA.
Company on-site inspections will not be performed until the system has passed all applicable federal,
state, and local inspection requirements. The Company on-site inspection may include the following:

a. Verification that actual installed components correspond to the information
provided on the initial application and the System Verification Form.
b. Verification that the disconnect is functional and reconnection time complies with
IEEE 1547.
c. Verification of the proximity and visibility of the disconnect or a sign indicating the
location of the disconnect.
d. Photographic documentation of the installation.
e. Posting of appropriate Company signage.
f. Documentation of the meter number and system configuration.
g. Verification of Smart Inverters, including the settings for all inverter-based DERs
100 kVA and greater.
h. Verification of Total Nameplate Capacity.
j. Verification of plant controller for all DERs 500 kVA and greater.

7. A return trip charge of $61.00 will be billed to the Customer each time Company personnel
are dispatched to the job site but are unable to conduct the on-site inspection due to one or more of the
conditions not being met that had been certified as complete by the Customer or installer on the System
Verification Form.

8. Successful completion of the Company on-site inspection constitutes the conclusion of the
application process. The Company must make a reasonable effort to move an Exporting Customer
Generator to the appropriate rate schedule within five (5) business days. Under no circumstances will
the rate change occur more than fifteen (15) business days from the date of the successfully completed
inspection. Upon completion of this process, the Customer will receive confirmation that the application
process has been successfully completed.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-13
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-13
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)
SECTION 2: INTERCONNECTION PROCESS REQUIREMENTS FOR DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES LESS THAN 3 MVA (Continued)

APPLICATION PROCESS (Continued)

9. It is within Idaho Power’s sole discretion to disconnect, or refuse to connect, any Customer
Generator System that does not pass inspection, poses a threat to public safety, or has unanticipated
impacts to Idaho Power’s system. In these situations, a Company representative will send a written
communication to the Customer Generator regarding Idaho Power’s inability to connect/reconnect the
Customer Generator System until the issue(s) is resolved. Idaho Power will continue working with the
Customer to resolve the issue(s) required to connect the Customer’s System. Idaho Power will re-inspect
the System upon receiving written notice from the Customer indicating Customer’s Generation System
meets all applicable federal, state, and local requirements and is suitable for connection.

SECTION 3: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF NON-EXPORTING
SYSTEMS

In addition to the requirements of Section 1, the following section is applicable to all Customer
Generators electing to establish their system as Non-Export.

NON-EXPORT TOTAL NAMEPLATE CAPACITY LIMIT

For customers taking service under Schedule 1 or Schedule 7 that own and/or operate a
Generation Facility, service is subject to an aggregate DER Total Nameplate Capacity of 25 kVA or less,
that is operated in Parallel with the Idaho Power System.The capacity of an Energy Storage Device shall
not be used to calculate the 25 kVA capacity limit but will be used to calculate Total Nameplate Capacity
for the Feasbility Review.

NON-EXPORT CONTROL SYSTEM

1. Non-Export Systems must incorporate one of the following three options:

a. Option 1: (“Advanced Functionality”): The use of an internal transfer relay, Energy
Management System, or other customer facility hardware or software system(s) may be used to
ensure power is never exported across the Interconnection Point. To ensure that Inadvertent
Export of power is limited to acceptable levels, all of the following conditions must be met: (a)
inverter-based DERs must utilize a Smart Inverter; (b) the DER must monitor the total Inadvertent
Export; (c) the DER must disconnect from the Company’s distribution system or halt energy
production within two seconds after the period of continuous Inadvertent Export exceeds 30
seconds; (d) the DER must enter a safe operating mode where Inadvertent Export will not occur
as a result of a failure of the control or Smart Inverter system for more than 30 seconds, which
results in loss of control signal, loss of control power or single component failure or related control
sensing of the control circuitry.

.
Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-14
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-14
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 3: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF NON-EXPORTING
SYSTEMS (Continued)

NON-EXPORT CONTROL SYSTEM (Continued)

b. Option 2: (“Reverse Power Protection”): To ensure power is never exported, a
reverse power relay protective function must be implemented at the Interconnection Point. The
default setting for this Protection Equipment, when used, shall be 0.1% (export) of the DERs Total
Nameplate Capacity, with a maximum 2.0 second time delay.

c. Option 3: (“Minimum Power Protection”): To ensure at least a minimum amount of
power is imported at all times (and, therefore, that power is not exported), an under-power
protective function may be implemented at the Interconnection Point. The default setting for this
non-export control system, when used, shall be 5% (import) of the DERs Total Nameplate
Capacity, with a maximum two (2) second time delay.

2. Control System Failure: Where applicable, any failure of the Customer’s DER control system
for 30 seconds or more, which includes, but is not limited to; the internal transfer relay, energy
management system, or other Customer facility hardware or software system(s) intended to prevent the
reverse power flow, shall cause the Customer’s DER to enter a safe operating mode whereby the
production of energy from the Non-Export DER is autonomously limited to an amount that shall not
cause Inadvertent Export to occur until such time that the Customer has reestablished real power
output control of the non-export control system

UNAUTHORIZED INADVERTENT EXPORT

Inadvertent Export exceeding three hours of the DER Total Nameplate Capacity in any 30-day
period will be defined as unauthorized Inadvertent Export, and the following steps will be followed for
Customers with Non-Exporting Systems:

1. The Company will notify the Non-Export Customer Generator that their Customer
Generator System has exceeded the Inadvertent Export limit.

2. After notification of Inadvertent Export, the following will occur:

a. For Schedule 1, Residential and Schedule 7, Small General Non-Exporting
Systems, the Customer Generator must rectify Inadvertent Export within 30 days after receipt of
the notification by Idaho Power that the Non-Exporting System has exceeded the Inadvertent
Export limit. If the Customer Generator has not rectified Inadvertent Export after 30 days, at the
Customer’s election, one of the following actions will occur:

i. The Customer Generator System disconnect will be placed in the open (off)
position until the issue that caused the export is remedied. A Company inspection will be
required before the Non-Exporting System can interconnect to the Company’s system; or,

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-15
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-15
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 3: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF NON-EXPORTING
SYSTEMS (Continued)

UNAUTHORIZED INADVERTENT EXPORT (Continued)

ii. If the Customer does not elect to open the disconnect, the Customer
Generator will be placed on Schedule 6 or Schedule 8, as appropriate, and subject to
applicable provisions of Section 2. If the Customer elects to be placed on Schedule 6 or
Schedule 8, the Customer will be given the option to submit an additional application and
be moved back to Schedule 1 or Schedule 7, as appropriate, after 180 days.

b. For Schedules other than Schedule 1 or Schedule 7:

i. Upon receipt of the notification by Idaho Power that the Customer
Generator’s Non-Exporting System has exceeded the Inadvertent Export limit, the
Customer Generator System disconnect will be placed in the open position until the issue
that caused the export is remedied. A Company inspection will be required before the
Non-Exporting System can interconnect to the Company’s system.

3. If it is determined, at the sole discretion of the Company, that unauthorized Inadvertent
Export results in damage to equipment on the Company’s system, the Customer Generator will be
responsible for all costs associated with replacing the Company’s damaged equipment and defend,
indemnify, and reimburse the Company for liabilities or damages incurred by the Company for third-party
claims arising out of the Customer Generator’s unauthorized Inadvertent Export.

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES 3 MVA OR GREATER

The following section is applicable to all Customers requesting interconnection of DERs with Total
Nameplate Capacity of 3 MVA or greater.

CUSTOMER GENERATOR INTERCONNECTION PROCESS

1. Customer Generator shall pay the actual costs of all required interconnection studies. Any
difference between the deposit (if required) and the actual cost of the study shall be paid by or refunded
to Customer Generator, as appropriate. If, during the course of preparing a study, the Company incurs
costs in excess of the deposit amount, the Company may require that the deposit amount be replenished
in an amount equal to the estimated costs for completion of the study. If a deposit amount sufficient to
pay for completion of the study is not maintained, the Company may suspend work on the study.

2. Unless modified by the provisions of this schedule, the FERC-approved Large Generator
Interconnection Procedures and Small Generator Interconnection Procedures posted on the Company’s
website will apply to the Customer Generator Interconnection Process.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-16
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-16
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

CUSTOMER GENERATOR INTERCONNECTION PROCESS (Continued)

3. Application. The Customer Generator will submit a completed interconnection application
in the form posted on the Company’s website. The application form includes a general description of the
DER and its location. The application includes payment of an application fee to be applied against costs
the Company incurs to perform the Feasibility Study described below. The amount of the application fee
is $1,000.

4. Study Agreements. Subsequent to the Customer Generator submitting an Application,
the Customer Generator will be offered a series of study agreements. The individual study agreements
establish the time to perform the study, and the deposit the Customer Generator is to provide prior to
commencement of the study. The studies consist of:

a. The Feasibility Study: The Feasibility Study is intended to ensure that the
Company’s system is sufficiently equipped to incorporate proposed DER in a manner that
conforms with good utility practices and the National Electric Safety Code. The Feasibility Study
Agreement states that no deposit is required because the application fee covers the deposit.

b. The System Impact Study: For higher complexity projects, the System Impact
Study provides a detailed assessment of the distribution and/or transmission system adequacy to
accommodate the DER through the evaluation of equipment capabilities and electrical
performance requirements. This step may not be necessary for some projects depending on the
size and location of the project. The System Impact Study Agreement includes a deposit of
$2,000 for a distribution system impact study or a $10,000 deposit for a transmission system
impact study.

c. The Facility Study: The Facility Study includes the engineering to determine the
design specifications of the project. The Facility Study Agreement includes a deposit of 5% of
the total project costs that were determined in the System Impact Study Report (“SISR”) or the
Feasibility Study Report if a SISR is not required, capped at $30,000.

At the end of each stage of the three-step study process, the Company will provide the Customer
Generator with an increasingly more refined and detailed report that, among other things, will present a
list of required Interconnection Facilities and a non-binding, good faith estimate of Customer Generator’s
cost responsibility for the Interconnection Facilities. If long-lead-time equipment items need to be ordered
to meet Customer Generator’s construction schedule, the Company will request advance funding by the
Customer Generator to cover these equipment costs.

5. Customer Generator Interconnection Agreement. The Customer Generator
Interconnection Agreement (“CGIA”), will be offered to the Customer Generator following completion of
the Study Phase. The CGIA will utilize the Uniform Customer Generator Interconnection Agreement
template included in this schedule.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-17
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-17
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

INTERCONNECTION FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS

DER 3 MVA or greater Total Nameplate Capacity will require additional Company-Furnished
Protection, Metering, and communications Equipment. This equipment will be further defined in the CGIA
Attachment 1.

COST OF INTERCONNECTION FACILITIES

The Customer Generator will pay all costs of interconnecting a DER to the Company’s system.
Costs of interconnection include the costs of furnishing and constructing required Upgrades, which will
be determined pursuant to Rule H. To the extent that additional facilities not provided for under Rule H,
including transmission and/or substation facilities, are required to interconnect the requested Generation
Facility, special arrangements will be made in a separate agreement between the Customer Generator
and the Company.

Each request for interconnection will go through the Customer Generator Interconnection
Process. Throughout the Customer Generator Interconnection Process, the Company will periodically
bill the Customer Generator for engineering costs incurred or obligated. Failure to pay an invoice within
the time specified in the invoice will result in the suspension of work on the interconnection. Customer
Generator can end the Customer Generator Interconnection Process at any time. If Customer Generator
decides to end the Customer Generator Interconnection Process prior to completion, the Company will
either refund any monies held for security that have not been spent or obligated, or issue an invoice to
Customer Generator for costs incurred prior to cancellation.

SYSTEM PROTECTION, DER METERING, AND DER COMMUNICATION MAINTENANCE CHARGE

The Customer shall pay the actual costs of System Protection, DER metering, and DER
communication equipment, as identified in the study process, prior to the start of Parallel operations. The
Customer will pay a Maintenance Charge of 0.59 percent per month times the investment in the System
Protection, DER metering, and DER communication equipment. The Customer Generator will also be
responsible for any applicable monthly charges as outlined in Attachment 1 of the CGIA.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-18
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-18
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

IDAHO POWER COMPANY
UNIFORM CUSTOMER GENERATOR
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT

This Uniform Customer Generator Interconnection Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered to be
effective as of the ____ day of __________, 20___ (“Effective Date”), between
____________________________, (“Customer Generator”) and Idaho Power Company (the
“Company”). Customer Generator and the Company may also be referred to individually as a “Party” or
collectively as the “Parties.” Unless explicitly noted otherwise, the term “days” refers to calendar days.

RECITALS

A. Customer Generator owns or operates a Customer Generator System that qualifies for
service under Idaho Power’s Commission-approved Schedule 68 which is subject to change from time
to time pursuant to Commission order.

B. The Customer Generator System to be interconnected and operate in Parallel with the
Company’s system pursuant to this Agreement is more particularly described in Attachment 1.

AGREEMENT

For and in consideration of the mutual covenants and provisions set forth in this Agreement, and
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties
intending to be legally bound agree as follows:

1. Recitals. The Parties acknowledge and agree as to the accuracy of the Recitals set forth
above, and such Recitals are incorporated herein by this reference.

2. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning
given to them in Schedule 68.

3. Schedule 68. Schedule 68 is incorporated into this Agreement by this reference and this
Agreement shall be interpreted in conjunction with Schedule 68; in the event of a conflict between
Schedule 68 and this Agreement, Schedule 68 shall prevail. This Agreement and Schedule 68 provide
terms and conditions under which the Customer Generator System will interconnect and operate in
Parallel with the Company’s transmission/distribution system.

4. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, in conjunction with Schedule 68, constitutes the full
and entire understanding and agreement between the Parties regarding the subjects set forth herein and
supersede all prior agreements and understandings related thereto. Nothing in this Agreement is
intended to affect any other agreement between the Company and Customer Generator regarding
subjects outside the terms of this Agreement and Schedule 68.
Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-19
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-19
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

IDAHO POWER COMPANY
UNIFORM CUSTOMER GENERATOR
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
(Continued)

AGREEMENT (Continued)

5. Attachments. The following Attachments 1 – 6 are attached hereto and incorporated by
this reference:

Attachment 1 – Description and Costs of the Customer Generator System, Interconnection
Facilities, and Metering Equipment.

Attachment 2 – One-line Diagram Depicting the Customer Generator System,
Interconnection Facilities, Metering Equipment and Upgrades.

Attachment 3 – Milestones for Interconnecting the Customer Generator System.

Attachment 4 – Additional Operating Requirements for the Company’s Transmission
System Needed to Support the Customer Generator System.

Attachment 5 – Reactive Power.

Attachment 6 – Description of Upgrades required to integrate the Customer Generator
System and Best Estimate of Upgrade Costs.

6. Effective Date, Term, Termination and Disconnection.

6.1 Term of Agreement. Unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms hereof, this
Agreement shall remain in effect from the Effective Date for as long as Customer Generator
System is eligible for service under Schedule 68.

6.2 Termination for Cause. If either Party materially breaches this Agreement and the
material breach is not cured within 10 days after the non-breaching Party gives the breaching
Party written notice thereof, the non-breaching Party may elect to terminate this Agreement by
giving the breaching Party notice of the termination; provided, however, that if the nature of the
breach is such that it could not reasonably be cured within the 10 day period, then the non-
breaching Party may terminate this Agreement immediately upon providing written notice to the
breaching Party. If the Company terminates this Agreement for breach by the Customer
Generator and it is later determined that Customer Generator did not breach the Agreement, or
the breach was excusable, the rights and obligations of the Parties will be the same as if the
termination has been issued for the convenience of the Company pursuant to Section 6.3 below.
Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-20
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-20
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

IDAHO POWER COMPANY
UNIFORM CUSTOMER GENERATOR
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
(Continued)

AGREEMENT (Continued)

6.3 Termination for Convenience. The Company may terminate or suspend this
Agreement at any time without cause and without penalty, on 10 days’ written notice to the
Customer Generator. The Customer Generator may terminate or suspend this Agreement at any
time without cause and without penalty by discontinuing Parallel operation of Customer’s
Generator System, or discontinuing taking electric service from the Company, and providing the
Company with 10 days’ written notice of the same.

6.4. Effect of Termination. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement pursuant
to this Section 6, Idaho Power will disconnect the Customer Generator System from the
Company’s transmission/distribution system. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement,
all obligations of the Parties (other than those obligations that expressly or by nature survive
termination) shall terminate.

7. Land Rights. Customer Generator hereby grants to Idaho Power for the term of this
Agreement all necessary rights-of-way and easements to install, operate, maintain, replace, and remove
Idaho Power’s Metering Equipment, Interconnection Equipment, Disconnection Equipment, Protection
Equipment and other Special Facilities necessary or useful to this Agreement, including adequate and
continuing access rights on the property of Customer Generator. Customer Generator warrants that it
has procured sufficient easements and rights-of-way from third parties so as to provide Idaho Power with
the access described above. All documents granting such easements or rights-of-way shall be subject
to Idaho Power’s approval and in recordable form.

8. Assignment.

8.1 This Agreement may be assigned by either Party upon twenty-one (21) calendar
days prior written notice and opportunity to object by the other Party; provided that:

8.2 Either Party may assign this Agreement without the consent of the other Party to
any affiliate of the assigning Party with an equal or greater credit rating and with the legal authority
and operational ability to satisfy the obligations of the assigning Party under this Agreement.

8.3 The Customer Generator has the right to contingently assign this Agreement,
without the consent of the Company, for collateral security purposes to aid in providing financing
for the Generation Facility, provided that the Customer Generator will promptly notify the
Company of any such contingent assignment.
Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-21
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-21
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

IDAHO POWER COMPANY
UNIFORM CUSTOMER GENERATOR
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
(Continued)

AGREEMENT (Continued)

8.4 Any attempted assignment that violates this Section 6 is void and ineffective.
Assignment shall not relieve a Party of its obligations, nor shall the non-assigning Party’s
obligations be enlarged, in whole or in part, by reason thereof. An assignee is responsible for
meeting the same financial, credit, and insurance obligations as the Customer Generator. Where
required, consent to assignment will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

9. Indemnity. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Customer Generator shall indemnify,
defend, reimburse, and hold harmless the Company and its successors and their respective directors,
officers, members, employees, representatives, and agents (collectively, the “Indemnitees”), from, for,
and against any and all third-party allegations, claims, liens, liabilities, losses, demands, damages,
expenses, suits, actions, proceedings, judgments, and costs of any kind whatsoever, including, without
limitation, settlement costs, court costs, and attorneys’ and expert witness fees and expenses
(collectively, “Damages”), whether actual or merely alleged, and whether directly incurred or incurred by
a third party, arising out of, or relating to a) the negligent acts, omissions, or willful misconduct of
Customer Generator, b) a violation of federal or state law, regulation, statute, or ordinance, or c)
Customer Generator’s material breach of this Agreement. If the Company seeks indemnification from
the Customer Generator, the Company shall: (i) notify Customer Generator of the assertion of any claim;
(ii) provide reasonable assistance (at Customer Generator’s expense) in connection with the defense;
and (iii) be entitled to pre-approve any settlement.

9.1 The Parties shall at all times indemnify, defend, and hold the other Party harmless
from, any and all damages, losses, claims, including claims and actions relating to injury to or
death of any person or damage to property, demand, suits, recoveries, costs and expenses, court
costs, attorney fees, and all other obligations by or to third parties, arising out of or resulting from
the other Party’s action or failure to meet its obligations under this Agreement on behalf of the
indemnifying Party, except in cases of gross negligence or intentional wrongdoing by the
indemnified Party.

9.2 If an indemnified person is entitled to indemnification under this article as a result
of a claim by a third party, and the indemnifying Party fails, after notice and reasonable opportunity
to proceed under this article, to assume the defense of such claim, such indemnified person may
at the expense of the indemnifying Party contest, settle or consent to the entry of any judgment
with respect to, or pay in full, such claim. Failure to defend is a Material Breach.
Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-22
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-22
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

IDAHO POWER COMPANY
UNIFORM CUSTOMER GENERATOR
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
(Continued)

AGREEMENT (Continued)

9.3 If an indemnifying party is obligated to indemnify and hold any indemnified person
harmless under this article, the amount owing to the indemnified person shall be the amount of
such indemnified person’s actual loss, net of any insurance or other recovery.

10. Force Majeure Event. Neither Party shall be liable for any breach, default, or delay in
the performance of the obligations under this Agreement if and to the extent such default or delay is
caused by fire, flood, earthquake, elements of nature or acts of God, riots, civil disorder, rebellions or
revolutions, strikes, lockouts or other industrial disturbances, unanticipated changes in governmental
laws and regulations, or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of such Party (a “Force Majeure
Event”); provided the non-performing Party is without fault in causing such breach, default, or delay, and
such breach, default or delay could not have been prevented by reasonable precautions and cannot
reasonably be circumvented by the non-performing Party through the use of alternate sources, work-
around plans, or other means. The Party claiming a Force Majeure Event must give the other Party
immediate written notice, no later than five (5) calendar days of the Party’s discovery of the Force Majeure
Event, and the time for resumption of performance (if applicable) by that Party. The suspension of
performance shall be of no greater scope and of no longer duration than is required by the Force Majeure
Event.

11. Insurance. During the term of this Agreement, Customer Generator shall secure and
continuously carry the following insurance coverage Comprehensive General Liability Insurance for both
bodily injury and property damage with limits equal to $1,000,000, each occurrence, combined single
limit. The deductible for such insurance shall be consistent with current Insurance Industry Utility
practices for similar property. Such insurance coverage shall be placed with an insurance company with
an A.M. Best Company rating of A- or better and shall include:

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-23
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-23
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

IDAHO POWER COMPANY
UNIFORM CUSTOMER GENERATOR
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
(Continued)

AGREEMENT (Continued)

11.1 An endorsement naming Idaho Power as an additional insured and loss payee as
applicable; and

11.2 A provision stating that such policy shall not be canceled, or the limits of liability
reduced without sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to Idaho Power.

11.1 Customer Generator to Provide Certificate of Insurance. As required in
Paragraph 11 herein and annually thereafter, Customer Generator shall furnish the Company a
certificate of insurance, together with the endorsements required therein, evidencing the coverage
as set forth above.

11.2 Customer Generator to Notify Idaho Power of Loss of Coverage. If the insurance
coverage required by Paragraph 11.1 shall lapse for any reason, Customer Generator will
immediately notify Idaho Power in writing. The notice will advise Idaho Power of the specific
reason for the lapse and the steps Customer Generator is taking to reinstate the coverage.
Failure to provide this notice and to expeditiously reinstate or replace the coverage will constitute
grounds for a temporary disconnection under Section 9.2 and will be a Material Breach.

12. Miscellaneous.

12.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be interpreted, applied and enforced in
accordance with the laws of the State of Idaho without regard to its conflicts of law principles.

12.2 Net Salvage Value. If removal of the Interconnection Facilities is required, within
sixty (60) days after the termination or expiration of this Agreement, Idaho Power will provide
Customer Generator an estimate of the remaining value of the Company-Furnished
Interconnection Facilities required under Schedule 68 and/or described in this Agreement, less
the cost of removal and transfer to Idaho Power’s warehouse (“Net Salvage Value”). If Customer
Generator elects not to purchase the Interconnection Facilities from the Company, Idaho Power
will reimburse the Customer Generator the Net Salvage Value as estimated by Idaho Power.
Customer Generator shall invoice Idaho Power for the same and Customer Generator shall have
the right to offset the invoice amount with amounts due to Idaho Power from Customer Generator.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-24
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-24
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

IDAHO POWER COMPANY
UNIFORM CUSTOMER GENERATOR
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
(Continued)

AGREEMENT (Continued)

13. Notices. Any changes to the below contacts must be made via written notice pursuant to
Section 13.1.

13.1 Written Notice. Where required herein, written notice shall be deemed to have
been duly served when (i) delivered in person, or (ii) sent by mail or courier, return receipt
requested, at the address for each Party as follows:

If to the Customer Generator:
Customer Generator:
Attention:
Address:
City: State: Zip:

If to the Company:
Company:
Attention:
Address:
City: State: Zip:

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-25
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-25
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

IDAHO POWER COMPANY
UNIFORM CUSTOMER GENERATOR
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
(Continued)

AGREEMENT (Continued)

13.2 Designated Operating Representative. The Parties may also designate an
operating representative to communicate regarding administration of this Agreement, as well as
operations and maintenance of such Party’s facilities; provided that, any “written notice” required
by this Agreement must be made as set forth in the above Section 13.1.

Customer Generator’s Operating Representative:
Customer Generator:
Attention:
Address:
City: State: Zip:
Phone: Email:

Company’s Operating Representative:
Company:
Attention:
Address:
City: State: Zip:
Phone: Email:

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto enter this Uniform Customer Generator Agreement
to be effective as of the Effective Date.

Idaho Power Company
Print:
Sign:
Title:
Date:

Customer Generator
Print:
Sign:
Title:
Date:
Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-26
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-26
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

IDAHO POWER COMPANY
UNIFORM CUSTOMER GENERATOR
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
(Continued)

Attachment 1

Description and Costs of the Customer Generator System, Interconnection Facilities and Metering
Equipment

In this attachment, the Customer Generator System and Interconnection Facilities, including
Special Facilities and upgrades, are itemized and identified as being owned by the Customer Generator
or the Company. As provided in Schedule 68, Cost of Interconnection Facilities, the Company will provide
a best estimate itemized cost of its Interconnection Facilities, including Special Facilities, upgrades and
Metering Equipment.

Attachment 2

One-line Diagram Depicting the Customer Generator System, Interconnection Facilities, Metering
Equipment and Upgrades

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-27
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-27
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

IDAHO POWER COMPANY
UNIFORM CUSTOMER GENERATOR
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
(Continued)

Attachment 3

Milestones

In-Service Date: ___________________

Critical milestones and responsibility as agreed to by the Parties:

Milestone/Date Responsible Party

(1) _______________________________________ ______________________
(2) _______________________________________ ______________________
(3) _______________________________________ ______________________
(4) _______________________________________ ______________________
(5) _______________________________________ ______________________
(6) _______________________________________ ______________________
(7) _______________________________________ ______________________
(8) _______________________________________ ______________________
(9) _______________________________________ ______________________
(10) _______________________________________ ______________________

Agreed to by:

For the Company __________________________ Date______________

For the Customer Generator________________________ Date______________

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-28
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-28
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

IDAHO POWER COMPANY
UNIFORM CUSTOMER GENERATOR
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
(Continued)

Attachment 4

Additional Operating Requirements for the Company’s Transmission System and Affected
Systems Needed to Support the Customer Generator’s Needs

The Company shall also provide requirements that must be met by the Customer Generator prior
to initiating Parallel operation with the Company’s Transmission System.

Attachment 5

Reactive Power Requirements

Idaho Power will determine the reactive power required to be supplied by the Company to the
Customer Generator, based upon information provided by the Customer Generator. The Company will
specify the equipment required on the Company’s system to meet the Facility’s reactive power
requirements. These specifications will include but not be limited to equipment specifications, equipment
location, Company-provided equipment, Customer Generator provided equipment, and all costs
associated with the equipment, design and installation of the Company-provided equipment. The
equipment specifications and requirements will become an integral part of this Agreement. The
Company-owned equipment will be maintained by the Company, with total cost of purchase, installation,
operation, and maintenance, including administrative cost to be reimbursed to the Company by the
Customer Generator. Payment of these costs will be in accordance with Schedule 68 and the total
reactive power cost will be included in the calculation of the monthly facilities charge.

Attachment 6

Company’s Description of Upgrades Required to Integrate the Generation Facility and Best
Estimate of Upgrade Costs

As provided in Schedule 68, this Attachment describes Upgrades, including best work upgrades,
and provides an itemized best estimate of the cost of the Upgrades.

Idaho Power Company Seventh Revised Sheet No. 84-1
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Sixth Revised Sheet No. 84-1
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 84
LARGE COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL, AND IRRIGATION
ON-SITE GENERATION SERVICE
AVAILABILITY

Service under this schedule is available throughout the Company’s service area within the State
of Idaho for Customers intending to operate Exporting Systems to generate electricity to reduce all or part
of their monthly energy usage.

Effective June 1, 2018, Schedule 84 is closed to service for Idaho residential and Idaho small
general service customers.

Effective December 2, 2020, Schedule 84 is closed to new applications with a two-meter
interconnection and for Net Energy Metering.

APPLICABILITY

Service under this schedule is applicable to any Customer that:

1. Does not take service under Schedule 4, Schedule 5, Schedule 6, or Schedule 8; and

2. Owns and/or operates a Generation Facility fueled by solar, wind, biomass, geothermal,
or hydropower, or represents fuel cell technology; and

3. Maintains its retail electric service account as active and in good standing; and

4. Meets all requirements applicable to Exporting Systems detailed in the Company’s
Schedule 68, Interconnections to Customer Distributed Energy Resources; and

5. Takes retail electric service under:

a. Schedule 1 or Schedule 7; and

Owns and/or operates a Generation Facility with a total nameplate capacity rating of 25
kilowatts (kW) or smaller that is interconnected to the Customer’s individual electric system on
the Customer’s side of the Point of Delivery, thus all energy received and delivered by the
Company is through a single meter. The capacity of an Energy Storage Device shall not be
used to calculate the capacity limits in this schedule.

b. Schedule 9, Schedule 19, or Schedule 24; and

i. Two Meter Interconnection (Closed to new applicants effective December
2, 2020): Owns and/or operates a Generation Facility with a total nameplate capacity
rating of 100 kW or smaller that is interconnected at a Generation Interconnection Point
that, at the Company’s discretion, is located either adjacent to or on the Customer’s side
of the Point of Delivery and is metered through a meter that is separate from the retail
load metering at the Customer’s Point of Delivery. A separate meter from the existing
retail load metering at the Customer’s Point of Delivery is not required if the Customer
meets the criteria below. The capacity of an Energy Storage Device shall not be used to
calculate the capacity limits in this schedule.

Idaho Power Company Sixth Revised Sheet No. 84-2
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Fifth Revised Sheet No. 84-2
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 84
LARGE COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL AND IRRIGATION
SERVICE ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

APPLICABILITY (Continued)

ii. Single-Meter Interconnection (applicable to new applicants effective
December 2, 2020): Owns and/or operates a Generation Facility interconnected to the
Customer’s individual electric system on the Customer’s side of the Point of Delivery, thus
all energy received and delivered by the Company is through a single meter. The
Generation Facility must have a total nameplate rating equal to or less than the greater of:
(a) the greatest monthly Billing Demand established during the most recent 12-month
period which includes and ends with the current Billing Period, or (b) 100 kW. The capacity
of an Energy Storage Device shall not be used to calculate the capacity limits in this
schedule.

6. Legacy Status for eligible Exporting Systems will terminate on December 1, 2045.

7. The Legacy Status of the Exporting System is transferable to a subsequent Customer at the
premises for which a valid on-site generation service is in effect. Each Customer of a Legacy System
taking service under Schedule 84 will be responsible for complying with the terms and conditions of the
on-site generation service in effect for that premises.

8. A Legacy System that is offline for over six (6) months or that is moved to a different site
shall forfeit Legacy Status of the Exporting System.

9. To remain eligible for Legacy Status, a Customer may increase the capacity of a Legacy
System by no more than 10 percent of the originally installed nameplate capacity, or 1 kW, whichever is
greater, to allow for the replacement of broken or degraded components. If a Customer expands a
Legacy System beyond these limits, the new portion of the DER would not qualify for Legacy Status.

10. A Customer that modifies a two-meter Generation Facility to a single-meter forfeits the
Legacy Status of the Generation Facility.

Idaho Power Company Fifth Revised Sheet No. 84-3
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Fourth Revised Sheet No. 84-3
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 84
LARGE COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL AND IRRIGATION
SERVICE ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

DEFINITIONS

Billing Demand is the average kW supplied during the 15-consecutive-minute period of maximum
use during the Billing Period, adjusted for Power Factor.

Designated Meter is the retail meter physically connected to the Exporting System.

Distributed Energy Resource(s) (DER(s)) is a source of electric power that is not directly
connected to the bulk power system. Any combination of Generation Facilities and/or Energy Storage
Devices connected in Parallel is considered a DER.

Energy Storage Device is a device that captures energy produced at a point in time and stores
the energy for use as electricity at a future point in time. An Energy Storage Device is a DER.

Excess Net Energy means the positive difference between the kilowatt-hours (kWh) generated
by a Customer and the kWh supplied by the Company over the applicable Billing Period.

Exported Energy means all kWh generated by a Customer in excess of the Customer’s on-site
consumption that is exported to the Company’s system.

Exporting System is a Customer-owned DER under the terms of Schedules 6, 8, or 84, which is
designed to provide for the transfer of electric energy to the Company. An Exporting System is
interconnected to the Company’s system under the applicable terms of Schedule 68.

Generation Facility means all equipment used to generate electric energy where the resulting
energy is either delivered to the Company via a single meter at the Point of Delivery or Generation
Interconnection Point, or is consumed by the Customer.

Generation Interconnection Point is the point where the conductors installed to allow receipt of the
Customer’s generation connect to the Company’s facilities adjacent to the Customer’s Point of Delivery.

Interconnection Facilities are all facilities reasonably required by Prudent Electrical Practices and
the applicable electric and safety codes to interconnect and safely deliver energy from the DER to the
Point of Delivery or Generation Interconnection Point.

Legacy Status refers to the ability for a system to receive Net Energy Metering, including net
monthly one-for-one kWh credit compensation for Excess Net Energy.

Legacy Systems means any system that meets the applicable criteria as described in Order Nos.
34509, 34546, 34854 and 34892.

Net Billing is the compensation structure applicable to all systems that do not meet the criteria of a
Legacy System. Net Billing will be effective with each eligible customer’s first billing cycle after January 1,
2024.

Net Energy Metering is the compensation structure applicable to all Legacy Systems.
Idaho Power Company Fifth Revised Sheet No. 84-4
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Fourth Revised Sheet No. 84-4
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 84
LARGE COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL AND IRRIGATION
SERVICE ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)
DEFINITIONS (Continued)

Parallel connection means generating electricity from an on-site generation system that is
connected to and receives voltage from Idaho Power’s system.

Point of Delivery is the retail metering point where the Company's and the Customer’s electrical
facilities are interconnected to allow the Customer to take retail electric service from the Company.

Prudent Electrical Practices are those practices, methods and equipment that are commonly used
in prudent electrical engineering and operations to operate electric equipment lawfully and with safety,
dependability, efficiency and economy.

Schedule 68 is the Company’s service schedule which provides for interconnection to DERs or its
successor schedule(s) as approved by the Commission.

MONTHLY BILLING

The Customer shall be billed in accordance with the Customer’s applicable standard service
schedule, including appropriate monthly charges, and the Export Credit Rate under this schedule.

NET ENERGY METERING - CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE

The conditions listed below shall apply to all transactions for Net Energy Metering under this
schedule.

1. Balances of generation and usage by the Customer:

a. If electricity supplied by the Company during the Billing Period exceeds the
electricity generated by the Customer and delivered to the Company during the Billing Period,
the Customer shall be billed for the net electricity supplied by the Company at the Customer’s
standard schedule retail rate, in accordance with normal metering practices.

b. If electricity generated by the Customer and delivered to the Company during the
Billing Period exceeds the electricity supplied by the Company during the Billing Period, the
Excess Net Energy shall be carried forward as a kWh credit to offset energy usage in a
subsequent Billing Period. Excess Net Energy credits are subject to the following provisions:

i. Credits can only be used to offset billed kWh consumption. Customers
shall be billed for all applicable non-energy charges for the Billing Period according to the
applicable standard service schedule.

ii. Credits shall carry forward provided the Customer maintains electric
service at the same Point of Delivery.
iii. Credits are non-transferrable in the event that a Customer relocates and/or
discontinues service at the Point of Delivery associated with the Exporting System. Any
unused credits will expire at the time the final bill is prepared.
Idaho Power Company Third Revised Sheet No. 84-5
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Second Revised Sheet No. 84-5
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 84
LARGE COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL AND IRRIGATION
SERVICE ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

NET ENERGY METERING - CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE (Continued)

2. Aggregation of meters for the annual transfer of unused Excess Net Energy credits:

a. If a balance of Excess Net Energy credits exists at a Designated Meter, the
Customer may request to transfer the unused credits to offset energy consumption at eligible
meters. A meter is eligible for aggregation if it meets all of the following criteria:

i. The account subject to offset is held by the Customer; and

ii. The meter is located on, or contiguous to, the property on which the
Designated Meter is located. For the purposes of this tariff, contiguous property includes
property that is separated from the Premises of the Designated Meter by public or railroad
rights of way; and

iii. The meter is served by the same primary feeder as the Designated Meter
at the time the Customer files the application for the Exporting System; and

iv. The electricity recorded by the meter is for the Customer’s requirements;
and

v. For Customers taking service under Schedule 1 or Schedule 7, credits may
only be transferred to meters taking service under Schedule 1 or Schedule 7. For
Customers taking service under Schedule 9, Schedule 19, or Schedule 24, credits may
only be transferred to meters taking service under Schedule 9, Schedule 19, or Schedule
24.

b. Customers may submit requests to transfer Excess Net Energy credits between
December 1 and January 31 of each year. All requests must be received by Idaho Power by
midnight, Mountain Standard Time, on January 31. If a Customer does not request to transfer
Excess Net Energy credits by the January 31 submission deadline Excess Net Energy credits will
carry forward to offset consumption at the Designated Meter until they become eligible the
following year.

c. Requests to transfer Excess Net Energy credits must be executed by the
Company no later than March 31. Transfers will be based on the balance of Excess Net Energy
credits available at the time the transfer is made.

d. If multiple meters are eligible for aggregation, Excess Net Energy credits must first
be applied to the Designated Meter, then to eligible meters on rate schedules in accordance with
Section 2a(v) above.

e. A meter aggregation fee of $10.00 will be assessed per aggregated meter per
annual transfer transaction.
Idaho Power Company Second Revised Sheet No. 84-6
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 First Revised Sheet No. 84-6
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 84
LARGE COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL AND IRRIGATION
SERVICE ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

NET BILLING – CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE

The conditions listed below shall apply to transactions for Net Billing under this schedule.

1. Balances of usage and exports by the Customer.

a. The Customer shall be billed for the electricity supplied by the Company at the
rates contained within the Customer’s applicable standard service schedule, in accordance with
normal metering practices.

b. The Customer shall be credited for Exported Energy at the applicable Export
Credit Rate contained within this schedule as a credit in dollars to only offset Monthly Charges.
Exported Energy credits are subject to the following provisions:

i. Credits shall carry forward provided the Customer maintains electric
service at the same Point of Delivery.

ii. Credits are non-transferrable in the event that a Customer relocates
and/or discontinues service at the Point of Delivery associated with the Exporting
System. Any unused credits will expire at the time the final bill is prepared.

2. Aggregation of meters for the annual transfer of unused credits:

a. If a balance of credits exists at a Designated Meter, the Customer may request to
transfer the unused credits to eligible meters. A meter is eligible for aggregation if it meets the
following criteria:

i. The account subject to offset is held by the Customer; and

ii. The electricity recorded by the meter is for the Customer’s requirements.

b. Customers may submit requests to transfer a stated percentage of available
credits between December 1 and January 31 of each year. All requests must be received by
Idaho Power by midnight, Mountain Standard Time, on January 31. If a Customer does not
request to transfer credits by the January 31 submission deadline credits will carry forward at
the Designated Meter until they become eligible for transfer the following year.

c. Requests to transfer credits must be executed by the Company no later than
March 31. Transfers will be based on the balance of credits available at the time the transfer is
made.

d. A meter aggregation fee of $10.00 will be assessed per aggregated meter per
annual transfer transaction.
Idaho Power Company

I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 84-7
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 84
CUSTOMER ENERGY PRODUCTION
NET METERING SERVICE
(Continued)

NET ENERGY METERING & NET BILLING – GENERAL CONDITIONS

1. The Customer shall never deliver or attempt to deliver energy to the Company’s system
when the Company’s system serving the Customer’s DER is de-energized for any reason.

2. The Company shall not be liable directly or indirectly for permitting or continuing to allow
an attachment of a Exporting System to the Company’s system, or for the acts or omissions of the
Customer that cause loss or injury, including death, to any third party.

3. The Customer is responsible for all costs associated with the DER and Interconnection
Facilities. The Customer is also responsible for all costs associated with any Company additions,
modifications, or upgrades to any Company facilities that the Company determines are necessary as a
result of the installation of the DER in order to maintain a safe, reliable electrical system.

4. The Company shall not be obligated to accept, and the Company may require the
Customer to curtail, interrupt or reduce deliveries of energy if the Company, consistent with Prudent
Electrical Practices, determines that curtailment, interruption or reduction is necessary because of line
construction or maintenance requirements, emergencies, or other critical operating conditions on its
system.

5. If the Company is required by the Commission to institute curtailment of deliveries of
electricity to its customers, the Company may require the Customer to curtail its consumption of
electricity in the same manner and to the same degree as other Customers on the Company’s standard
service schedules.

6. The Customer shall grant to the Company all access to all Company equipment and
facilities including adequate and continuing access rights to the property of the Customer for the
purpose of installation, operation, maintenance, replacement or any other service required of said
equipment, as well as all necessary access for inspection, switching and any other operational
requirements of the Customer’s Interconnection Facilities.

7. The Customer shall notify the Company immediately if an Exporting System is
permanently removed or disabled. Permanent removal or disablement for the purposes of this
schedule is any removal or disablement of an Exporting System lasting longer than six (6) months.
Customers with permanently removed systems will be removed from service under this schedule and
placed on the appropriate standard service schedule

.
Idaho Power Company

I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 84-8
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 84
CUSTOMER ENERGY PRODUCTION
NET METERING SERVICE
(Continued)

SUMMER AND NON-SUMMER SEASONS

For the Export Credit Rate, the summer season begins on June 15 of each year and ends on
September 15 of each year. For the Export Credit Rate, the non-summer season begins on September
16 of each year and ends on June 14 of each year.

TIME PERIODS

The time periods for the Export Credit Rate are defined as follows. All times are stated in
Mountain Time.

Summer Season
On-Peak: 3:00 p.m. to 11:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, except holidays
Off-Peak: 11:00 p.m. to 3:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday and all hours on
Sunday and holidays

Non-summer Season
Off-Peak: All hours Monday through Sunday

Holidays are New Year's Day (January 1), Memorial Day (last Monday in May), Independence
Day (July 4), Labor Day (first Monday in September), Thanksgiving Day (fourth Thursday in November),
and Christmas Day (December 25). If New Year’s Day, Independence Day, or Christmas Day falls on
Saturday, the preceding Friday will be designated a holiday. If New Year’s Day, Independence Day, or
Christmas Day falls on Sunday, the following Monday will be designated a holiday.

EXPORT CREDIT RATE

The following rate structure and credits are subject to change upon Commission approval:

Summer Non-summer

Export Credit Rate, per kWh
On-Peak 20.4221¢ n/a
Off-Peak 4.9100¢ 4.9100¢

Idaho Power Company First Second Revised Sheet No. 6-1
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original First Revised Sheet No. 6-1
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021
1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 6
RESIDENTIAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION

AVAILABILITY

Service under this schedule is available at points on the Company's interconnected system within
the State of Idaho where existing facilities of adequate capacity and desired phase and voltage are
adjacent to the location where Residential Service, On-Site Generation is desired, and where additional
investment by the Company for new transmission, substation or terminal facilities is not necessary to
supply the desired service. This service is available to Customers intending to operate Exporting Systems
to generate electricity to reduce all or part of the monthly energy usage.

Effective December 21, 2019, Schedule 6 is closed to new applications for Net Energy Metering.

APPLICABILITY

Service under this schedule is applicable to Electric Service required for residential service
Customers for general domestic uses, including single phase motors of 7½ horsepower rating or less,
subject to the following conditions:

1. When a portion of a dwelling is used regularly for business, professional or other gainful
purposes, or when service is supplied in whole or in part for business, professional, or other gainful
purposes, the Premises will be classified as non-residential and the appropriate General Service
Schedule will apply. However, if the wiring is so arranged that the service for residential purposes can
be metered separately, this schedule will be applied to such service.

2. Whenever the Customer's equipment does not conform to the Company's specifications
for service under this schedule, service will be supplied under the appropriate General Service Schedule.

3. This schedule is not applicable to standby service, service for resale, or shared service.

4. Customer owns and/or operates a Generation Facility fueled by solar, wind, biomass,
geothermal, hydropower or represents fuel cell technology, with a total nameplate capacity rating of 25
kilowatts (kW) or less, that is connected in Parallel with the Idaho Power System. The capacity of an
Energy Storage Device shall not be used to calculate the capacity limits in this schedule.

5. The Generation Facility is interconnected to the Customer’s individual electric system on
the Customer’s side of the Point of Delivery, thus all energy received and delivered by the Company is
through the Company’s existing watt-hour retail meter.

6. Customer meets all applicable requirements detailed in the Company’s Schedule 68,
Interconnections to Customer Distributed Energy Resources.

7. Legacy Status for eligible Exporting Systems will terminate December 2045.

8. The Legacy Status of the Exporting System is transferrable to a subsequent Customer at
the premises for which a valid on-site generation service is in effect. Each Customer of a Legacy System
taking service under Schedule 6 will be responsible for complying with the terms and conditions of the
on-site generation service in effect for that premises.
Idaho Power Company First Second Revised Sheet No. 6-1
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original First Revised Sheet No. 6-1
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021
1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

DEFINITIONS

Designated Meter is the retail meter physically connected to the Exporting System.

Idaho Power Company First Second Revised Sheet No. 6-2
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original First Revised Sheet No. 6-2
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 6
RESIDENTIAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

APPLICABILITYDEFINITIONS (Continued)

9. A Legacy System that is offline for over six (6) months or that is moved to a different site
shall forfeit Legacy Status of the Exporting System.

10. To remain eligible for Legacy Status, a Customer may increase the capacity of a Legacy
System by no more than 10 percent of the originally installed nameplate capacity, or 1 kW, whichever is
greater, to allow for the replacement of broken or degraded components. If a Customer expands a
Legacy System beyond these limits, the new portion of the DER shall be separately metered and would
not qualify for Legacy Status.

DEFINITIONS

Designated Meter is the retail meter physically connected to the Exporting System.

Distributed Energy Resource(s) (DER(s)) is a source of electric power that is not directly
connected to the bulk power system. Any combination of Generation Facilities and/or Energy Storage
Devices connected in Parallel is considered DER.

Energy Storage Device is a device that captures energy produced at a point in time and stores
the energy for use as electricity at a future point in time. An Energy Storage Device is a DER.

Excess Net Energy means the positive difference between the kilowatt-hours (kWh) generated
by a Customer and the kWh supplied by the Company over the applicable Billing Period.

Exported Energy means the kWh generated by a Customer in excess of the Customer’s on-site
consumption that is exported to the Company’s system.

Exporting System is a Customer-owned DER under the terms of Schedules 6, 8, or 84, which is
designed to provide for the transfer of electric energy to the Company. An Exporting System is
interconnected to the Company’s system under the applicable terms of Schedule 68.

Generation Facility means all equipment used to generate electric energy where the resulting
energy is delivered to the Company via a single meter at the Point of Delivery or is consumed by the
Customer. A Generation Facility is a DER.

Interconnection Facilities are all facilities reasonably required by Prudent Electrical Practices and
the applicable electric and safety codes to interconnect and safely deliver energy from the Generation
FacilityDER to the Point of Delivery.

Legacy Status refers to the ability for a system to receive Net Energy Metering, including net monthly
one-for-one kWh credit compensation for Excess Net Energy.

Idaho Power Company First Second Revised Sheet No. 6-2
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original First Revised Sheet No. 6-2
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho
Legacy System means any system that meets the applicable criteria as described in Order Nos.
34509 and 34546.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 6-3
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 6-3
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34046 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – June 1, 2018 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 6
RESIDENTIAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

DEFINITIONS (Continued)

Net Billing is the compensation structure applicable to all systems that do not meet the criteria of a
Legacy System. Net Billing will be effective with each eligible customer’s first billing cycle after January 1,
2024.

Net Energy Metering is the compensation structure applicable to all Legacy Systems.

Parallel connection means generating electricity from an on-site generation system that is
connected to and receives voltage from Idaho Power’s system.

Point of Delivery is the retail metering point where the Company's and the Customer’s electrical
facilities are interconnected to allow the Customer to take retail electric service from the Company.

Prudent Electrical Practices are those practices, methods and equipment that are commonly used
in prudent electrical engineering and operations to operate electric equipment lawfully and with safety,
dependability, efficiency and economy.

Schedule 68 is the Company’s service schedule which provides for interconnection to customer
generationDERs or its successor schedule(s) as approved by the Commission.

TYPE OF SERVICE

The type of service provided under this schedule is single phase, alternating current at
approximately 120 or 240 volts and 60 cycles, supplied through one meter at one Point of Delivery. Upon
request by the owner of multi-family dwellings, the Company may provide 120/208 volt service for multi-
family dwellings when all equipment is U L approved to operate at 120/208 volts.

WATER HEATING

All electric water heating equipment, including water storage and tankless water heaters (hot
water on demand), shall conform to specifications of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., and the
Company. The installation of the water heating equipment shall conform to all National, State, and
Municipal Codes. No single electric water heating unit shall exceed 6 kW; and where two or more heating
units are used, these units shall be so interlocked that not more than 6 kW can be connected at any one
time.

Where electric water heaters not complying with these specifications are installed, the Customer
will be required to pay the original installation or upgrade costs for any nonstandard facilities needed to
supply the electrical capacity to meet the water heater demand. Water heating equipment must not impair
or interfere with service to any other customer.

RESIDENTIAL SPACE HEATING

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 6-3
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 6-3
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34046 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – June 1, 2018 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho
All space heating equipment to be served by the Company's system shall be single-phase
equipment approved by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., and the equipment and its installation shall
conform to all national, state, and municipal codes and to the following:

Idaho Power Company First Second Revised Sheet No. 6-4
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original First Revised Sheet No. 6-4
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 6
RESIDENTIAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

RESIDENTIAL SPACE HEATING (Continued)

Individual resistance-type units for space heating larger than 1,650 watts shall be designed to
operate at 240 or 208 volts, and no single unit shall be larger than 6 kW. Heating units of 2 kW or larger
shall be controlled by approved thermostatic devices. When a group of heating units, with a total capacity
of more than 6 kW, is to be actuated by a single thermostat, the controlling switch shall be so designed
that not more than 6 kW can be switched on or off at any one time. Supplemental resistance-type heaters,
that may be used with a heat exchanger, shall comply with the specifications listed above for such units.

NET ENERGY METERING - CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE

The conditions listed below shall apply to all transactions for Net Energy Metering under this
schedule.

1. Balances of generation and usage by the Customer:

a. If electricity supplied by the Company during the Billing Period exceeds the
electricity generated by the Customer and delivered to the Company during the Billing Period, the
Customer shall be billed for the net electricity supplied by the Company at the rates contained
within this schedule, in accordance with normal metering practices.

b. If electricity generated by the Customer and delivered to the Company during the
Billing Period exceeds the electricity supplied by the Company during the Billing Period, the Excess
Net Energy shall be carried forward as a kWh credit to offset energy usage in a subsequent Billing
Period. Excess Net Energy credits are subject to the following provisions:

i. Credits can only be used to offset billed kWh consumption. Customers shall
be billed for all applicable non-energy charges for the Billing Period according to the
applicable standard service schedule.

ii. Credits shall carry forward provided the Customer maintains electric service
at the same Point of Delivery.

iii. Credits are non-transferrable in the event that a Customer relocates and/or
discontinues service at the Point of Delivery associated with the Exporting System. Any
unused credits will expire at the time the final bill is prepared.

c. Compensation for the balance of generation and usage by the Customer is subject
to change upon Commission approval.

2. Aggregation of meters for the annual transfer of unused Excess Net Energy credits:

a. If a balance of Excess Net Energy credits exists at a Designated Meter at the end of
the Customer’s December Billing Period the Customer may request to transfer the unused credits
Idaho Power Company First Second Revised Sheet No. 6-4
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original First Revised Sheet No. 6-4
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho
to offset energy consumption at eligible meters. A meter is eligible for aggregation if it meets all of
the following criteria:
.
Idaho Power Company First Second Revised Sheet No. 6-5
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original First Revised Sheet No. 6-5
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 6
RESIDENTIAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

NET ENERGY METERING - CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE (Continued)

i. The account subject to offset is held by the Customer; and

ii. The meter is located on, or contiguous to, the property on which the
Designated Meter is located. For the purposes of this tariff, contiguous property includes
property that is separated from the Premises of the Designated Meter by public or railroad
rights of way; and

iii. The meter is served by the same primary feeder as the Designated Meter at
the time the Customer files the application for the Exporting System; and

iv. The electricity recorded by the meter is for the Customer’s requirements; and

v. Credits may only be transferred to meters taking service under Schedule 1,
Schedule 6, Schedule 7, or Schedule 8.

b. Customers may submit requests to transfer Excess Net Energy credits between
January December 1 and January 31 of each year. All requests must be received by Idaho Power
by midnight, Mountain Standard Time, on January 31. If a Customer does not request to transfer
Excess Net Energy credits by the January 31 submission deadline Excess Net Energy credits will
carry forward to offset consumption at the Designated Meter until they become eligible for transfer
on January 1 of the following year.

c. Requests to transfer Excess Net Energy credits must be executed by the Company
no later than March 31. Transfers will be based on the balance of Excess Net Energy credits
available at the time the transfer is made.

d. If multiple meters are eligible for aggregation, Excess Net Energy credits must first
be applied to the Designated Meter, then to eligible meters on the same rate schedule as the
Designated Meter. Remaining Excess Net Energy credits may then be applied to offset
consumption at eligible meters on differing rate schedules in accordance with Section 2a(v) above.

e. A meter aggregation fee of $10.00 will be assessed per aggregated meter per
annual transfer transaction.

NET BILLING – CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE

The conditions listed below shall apply to all transactions for Net Billing under this schedule.

1. Balances of usage and exports by the Customer.

a. The Customer shall be billed for the electricity supplied by the Company at the
rates contained within this schedule, in accordance with normal metering practices.
Idaho Power Company Sixth Seventh Revised Sheet No. 6-6
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Fifth Sixth Revised Sheet No. 6-6
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 35452 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – June 28, 2022 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 6
RESIDENTIAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

NET BILLING – CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE (Continued)

b. The Customer shall be credited for Exported Energy at the applicable Export Credit
Rate contained within this schedule as a credit in dollars to only offset Monthly Charges. Exported
Energy credits are subject to the following provisions:

i. Credits shall carry forward provided the Customer maintains electric
service at the same Point of Delivery.

ii. Credits are non-transferrable in the event that a Customer relocates and/or
discontinues services at the Point of Delivery associated with the Exporting System. Any
unused credits will expire at the time the final bill is prepared.

2. Aggregation of meters for the annual transfer of unused credits:

a. If a balance of credits exists at a Designated Meter, the Customer may request to
transfer the unused credits to eligible meters. A meter is eligible for aggregation if it meets the
following criteria:

i. The account subject to offset is held by the Customer, and

ii. The electricity recorded by the meter is for the Customer’s requirements.

b. Customers may submit requests to transfer a stated percentage of available
credits between December 1 and January 31 of each year. All requests must be received by
Idaho Power by midnight, Mountain Standard Time, on January 31. If a Customer does not
request to transfer credits by the January 31 submission deadline credits will carry forward at the
Designated Meter until they become eligible for transfer the following year.

c. Requests to transfer credits must be executed by the Company no later than
March 31. Transfers will be based on the balance of credits available at the time the transfer is
made.

d. A meter aggregation fee of $10.00 will be assessed per aggregated meter per
annual transfer transaction.

NET ENERGY METERING & NET BILLING – GENERAL CONDITIONS

31. The Customer shall never deliver or attempt to deliver energy to the Company’s system
when the Company’s system serving the Customer’s Generation FacilityDER is de-energized for any
reason.

42. The Company shall not be liable directly or indirectly for permitting or continuing to allow
an attachment of an Exporting System to the Company’s system, or for the acts or omissions of the
Customer that cause loss or injury, including death, to any third party.
Idaho Power Company Sixth Seventh Revised Sheet No. 6-6
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Fifth Sixth Revised Sheet No. 6-6
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 35452 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – June 28, 2022 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

Idaho Power Company Sixth Revised Sheet No. 6-6
Cancels

I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Fifth OriginalRevised Sheet No. 6-67
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 35452 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – June 28, 2022 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 6
RESIDENTIAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

NET ENERGY METERING & NET BILLING – GENERAL CONDITIONS (Continued)

53. The Customer is responsible for all costs associated with the Generation FacilityDER and
Interconnection Facilities. The Customer is also responsible for all costs associated with any Company
additions, modifications, or upgrades to any Company facilities that the Company determines are
necessary as a result of the installation of the Generation FacilityDER in order to maintain a safe, reliable
electrical system.

64. The Company shall not be obligated to accept, and the Company may require the
Customer to curtail, interrupt or reduce deliveries of Energy if the Company, consistent with Prudent
Electrical Practices, determines that curtailment, interruption, or reduction is necessary because of line
construction or maintenance requirements, emergencies, or other critical operating conditions on its
system.

75. If the Company is required by the Commission to institute curtailment of deliveries of
electricity to its customers, the Company may require the Customer to curtail its consumption of electricity
in the same manner and to the same degree as other Customers on the Company’s standard service
schedules.

86. The Customer shall grant to the Company all access to all Company equipment and
facilities including adequate and continuing access rights to the property of the Customer for the purpose
of installation, operation, maintenance, replacement, or any other service required of said equipment, as
well as all necessary access for inspection, switching, and any other operational requirements of the
Customer’s Interconnections Facilities.

97. The Customer shall notify the Company immediately if an Exporting System is
permanently removed or disabled. Permanent removal or disablement for the purposes of this Schedule
is any removal or disablement of an Exporting System lasting longer than six (6) months. Customers
with permanently removed or disabled systems will be removed from service under this schedule and
placed on the appropriate standard service schedule.

SUMMER AND NON-SUMMER SEASONS

TheFor Monthly Charges, the summer season begins on June 1 of each year and ends on August
31 of each year. The For Monthly Charges, the non-summer season begins on September 1 of each year
and ends on May 31 of each year.

For the Export Credit Rate, the summer season begins on June 15 of each year and ends on
September 15 of each year. For the Export Credit Rate, the non-summer season begins on September 16
of each year and ends on June 14 of each year.

TIME PERIODS

The time periods for the Export Credit Rate are defined as follows. All times are stated in Mountain
Time.
Idaho Power Company Sixth Revised Sheet No. 6-6
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Fifth OriginalRevised Sheet No. 6-68
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 35452 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – June 28, 2022 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 6
RESIDENTIAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

TIME PERIODS (Continued)

Summer Season
On-Peak: 3:00 p.m. to 11:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, except holidays
Off-Peak: 11:00 p.m. to 3:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday and all hours on Sunday and
holidays

Non-summer Season
Off-peak: All hours Monday through Sunday

Holidays are New Year's Day (January 1), Memorial Day (last Monday in May), Independence
Day (July 4), Labor Day (first Monday in September), Thanksgiving Day (fourth Thursday in November),
and Christmas Day (December 25). If New Year’s Day, Independence Day, or Christmas Day falls on
Sunday, the following Monday will be designated a holiday.

MONTHLY CHARGE

The Monthly Charge is the sum of the following charges, and may also include charges as set forth
in Schedule 54 (Fixed Cost Adjustment), Schedule 55 (Power Cost Adjustment), Schedule 91 (Energy
Efficiency Rider), Schedule 95 (Adjustment for Municipal Franchise Fees), Schedule 96 (Blaine County
Surcharge to Fund the Undergrounding of Certain Facilities), and Schedule 98 (Residential and Small Farm
Energy Credit).

The following rate structure and charges are subject to change upon Commission approval:

Summer Non-summer

Service Charge, per month $5.00 $5.00

Energy Charge, per kWh
First 800 kWh 8.6518¢ 8.0390¢
801-2000 kWh 10.4033¢ 8.8627¢
All Additional kWh Over 2000 12.3585¢ 9.8154¢

EXPORT CREDIT RATE

The following rate structure and credits are subject to change upon Commission approval:

Summer Non-summer

Export Credit Rate, per kWh
On-Peak 20.4221¢ n/a
Off-Peak 4.9100¢ 4.9100¢

Idaho Power Company Sixth Revised Sheet No. 6-6
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Fifth OriginalRevised Sheet No. 6-68
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 35452 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – June 28, 2022 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho
PAYMENT

The monthly bill rendered for service supplied hereunder is payable upon receipt, and becomes
past due 15 days from the date on which rendered.

Idaho Power Company Second Third Revised Sheet No. 8-1
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 First Second Revised Sheet No. 8-1
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 8
SMALL GENERAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION

AVAILABILITY

Service under this schedule is available at points on the Company's interconnected system within
the State of Idaho where existing facilities of adequate capacity and desired phase and voltage are
adjacent to the location where Small General Service, On-Site Generation is desired, and where
additional investment by the Company for new transmission, substation or terminal facilities is not
necessary to supply the desired service. This service is available to Customers intending to operate
Exporting Systems under this schedule to generate electricity to reduce all or part of their monthly energy
usage.

Effective December 21, 2019, Schedule 8 is closed to new applications for Net Energy
Metering.

APPLICABILITY

Effective until a final order is issued that addresses metering configuration for Schedule 84
customers, and any appeal period has passed or the order has been upheld on appeal, existing
Schedule 8 customers who no longer meet the energy usage requirement of Schedule 8 that
‘energy usage is 2,000 kWh, or less, per Billing Period for ten or more Billing Periods during the
most recent 12 consecutive Billing Periods[,]’ can elect Schedule 8.

Service under this schedule is applicable to Electric Service supplied to a Customer at one Point
of Delivery and measured through one meter. This schedule is applicable to Customers whose metered
energy usage is 2,000 kWh, or less, per Billing Period for ten or more Billing Periods during the most
recent 12 consecutive Billing Periods. When the Customer’s Billing Period is less than 27 days or greater
than 36 days, the energy usage will be prorated to 30 days for purposes of determining eligibility under
this schedule. Customers whose metered energy usage exceeds 2,000 kWh per Billing Period on an
actual or prorated basis three times during the most recent 12 consecutive Billing Periods are not eligible
for service under this schedule and will be automatically transferred to the applicable schedule effective
with the next Billing Period. New customers may initially be placed on this schedule based on estimated
usage.

This schedule is also applicable to non-profit or tax supported ball fields, fairgrounds or rodeo
grounds with high demands and intermittent use exceeding 2,000 kWh per month. This schedule is not
applicable to standby service, service for resale, shared service, to individual or multiple family dwellings
first served through one meter after February 9, 1982, or to agricultural irrigation service after October
31, 2004.

Service under this schedule is also subject to the following conditions:

1. Customer owns/and or operates a Generation Facility fueled by solar, wind, biomass,
geothermal, hydropower or represents fuel cell technology, with a total nameplate capacity rating of 25
kilowatts (kW) or less, that is connected in Parallel with the Idaho Power System. The capacity of an
Energy Storage Device shall not be used to calculate the capacity limits in this schedule.

Idaho Power Company Second Third Revised Sheet No. 8-1
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 First Second Revised Sheet No. 8-1
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho
2. The Generation Facility is interconnected to the Customer’s individual electric system on
the Customer’s side of the Point of Delivery, thus all energy received and delivered by the Company is
through the Company’s existing watt-hour retail meter.

3. Customer meets all applicable requirements detailed in the Company’s Schedule 68,
Interconnections to Customer Distributed Energy Resources.
Idaho Power Company Second Third Revised Sheet No. 8-1
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 First Second Revised Sheet No. 8-1
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

Idaho Power Company First Second Revised Sheet No. 8-2
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original First Revised Sheet No. 8-2
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 8
SMALL GENERAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)
APPLICABILITY (Continued)

4. Legacy Status for eligible Exporting Systems will terminate December 2045.

5. The Legacy Status of the Exporting System is transferable to a subsequent Customer at the
premises for which a valid on-site generation service is in effect. Each Customer of a Legacy System taking
service under Schedule 8 will be responsible for complying with the terms and conditions of the on-site
generation service in effect for that premises.

6. A Legacy System that is offline for over six (6) months or that is moved to a different site
shall forfeit Legacy Status of the Exporting System.

7. To remain eligible for Legacy Status, a Customer may increase the capacity of a Legacy
System by no more than 10 percent of the originally installed nameplate capacity, or 1 kW, whichever is
greater, to allow for the replacement of broken or degraded components. If a Customer expands a Legacy
System beyond these limits, the new portion of the DER shall be separately metered and would not qualify
for Legacy Status.

DEFINITIONS

Designated Meter is the retail meter physically connected to the Exporting System.

Distributed Energy Resource(s) (DER(s)) is a source of electric power that is not directly
connected to the bulk power system. Any combination of Generation Facilities and/or Energy Storage
Devices connected in Parallel is considered a DER.

Energy Storage Device is a device that captures energy produced at a point in time and stores
the energy for use as electricity at a future point in time. An Energy Storage Device is a DER.

Excess Net Energy means the positive difference between the kilowatt-hours (kWh) generated
by a Customer and the kWh supplied by the Company over the applicable Billing Period.

Exported Energy means the kWh generated by a Customer in excess of the Customer’s on-site
consumption that is exported to the Company’s system.

Exporting System is a Customer-owned DER under the terms of Schedules 6, 8, or 84, which is
designed to provide for the transfer of electricity energy to the Company. An Exporting System is
interconnected to the Company’s system under the applicable terms of Schedule 68.

Generation Facility means all equipment used to generate electric energy where the resulting
energy is either delivered to the Company via a single meter at the Point of Delivery or is consumed by the
Customer. A Generation Facility is a DER

Interconnection Facilities are all facilities reasonably required by Prudent Electrical Practices and
the applicable electric and safety codes to interconnect and safely deliver energy from the Generation
FacilityDER to the Point of Delivery.

Idaho Power Company First Second Revised Sheet No. 8-2
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original First Revised Sheet No. 8-2
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho
.
Idaho Power Company First Second Revised Sheet No. 8-3
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original First Revised Sheet No. 8-3
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 8
SMALL GENERAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

DEFINITIONS (Continued)

Legacy Status refers to the ability for a system to receive Net Energy Metering, including net monthly
one-for-one kWh credit compensation for Excess Net Energy.

Legacy System means for any system that meets the applicable criteria as described in Order No.
34509 and 34546.

Net Billing is the compensation structure applicable to all systems that do not meet the criteria of a
Legacy System. Net Billing will be effective with each eligible customer’s first billing cycle after January 1,
2024.

Net Energy Metering is the compensation structure applicable to all Legacy Systems.

Parallel connection means generating electricity from an on-site generation system that is
connected to and receives voltage from Idaho Power’s system.

Point of Delivery is the retail metering point where the Company's and the Customer’s electrical
facilities are interconnected to allow the Customer to take retail electric service from the Company.

Prudent Electrical Practices are those practices, methods, and equipment that are commonly used
in prudent electrical engineering and operations to operate electric equipment lawfully and with safety,
dependability, efficiency and economy.

Schedule 68 is the Company’s service schedule which provides for interconnection to customer
generationDERs or its successor schedule(s) as approved by the Commission.

TYPE OF SERVICE

The type of service provided under this schedule is single and/or three-phase alternating current,
at approximately 60 cycles and at the standard service voltage available at the Premises to be served.

NET ENERGY METERING - CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE

The conditions listed below shall apply to all transactions for Net Energy Metering under this
schedule.

1. Balances of generation and usage by the Customer:

Idaho Power Company First Second Revised Sheet No. 8-3
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original First Revised Sheet No. 8-3
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho
a. If electricity supplied by the Company during the Billing Period exceeds the
electricity generated by the Customer and delivered to the Company during the Billing Period, the
Customer shall be billed for the net electricity supplied by the Company at the rates contained
within this schedule, in accordance with normal metering practices.

b. If electricity generated by the Customer and delivered to the Company during the
Billing Period exceeds the electricity supplied by the Company during the Billing Period, the Excess

Idaho Power Company First Second Revised Sheet No. 8-4
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original First Revised Sheet No. 8-4
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 8
SMALL GENERAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

NET ENERGY METERING - CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE (Continued)

Net Energy shall be carried forward as a kWh credit to offset energy usage in a subsequent Billing
Period. Excess Net Energy credits are subject to the following provisions:

i. Credits can only be used to offset billed kWh consumption. Customers shall
be billed for all applicable non-energy charges for the Billing Period according to the
applicable standard service schedule.

ii. Credits shall carry forward provided the Customer maintains electric service
at the same Point of Delivery.

iii. Credits are non-transferrable in the event that a Customer relocates and/or
discontinues service at the Point of Delivery associated with the Exporting System. Any
unused credits will expire at the time the final bill is prepared.

c. Compensation for the balance of generation and usage by the Customer is subject
to change upon Commission approval.

2. Aggregation of meters for the annual transfer of unused Excess Net Energy credits:

a. If a balance of Excess Net Energy credits exists at a Designated Meter, at the end
of the Customer’s December Billing Period the Customer may request to transfer the unused credits
to offset energy consumption at eligible meters. A meter is eligible for aggregation if it meets all of
the following criteria:

i. The account subject to offset is held by the Customer; and

ii. The meter is located on, or contiguous to, the property on which the
Designated Meter is located. For the purposes of this tariff, contiguous property includes
property that is separated from the Premises of the Designated Meter by public or railroad
rights of way; and

iii. The meter is served by the same primary feeder as the Designated Meter at
the time the Customer files the application for the Exporting System; and

iv. The electricity recorded by the meter is for the Customer’s requirements; and

v. Credits may only be transferred to meters taking service under Schedule 1,
Schedule 6, Schedule 7, or Schedule 8.

b. Customers may submit requests to transfer Excess Net Energy credits between
January December 1 and January 31 of each year. All requests must be received by Idaho Power
by midnight, Mountain Standard Time, on January 31. If a Customer does not request to transfer
Excess Net Energy credits by the January 31 submission deadline Excess Net Energy credits will
Idaho Power Company First Second Revised Sheet No. 8-4
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original First Revised Sheet No. 8-4
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho
carry forward to offset consumption at the Designated Meter until they become eligible for transfer
on January 1 of the following year.
Idaho Power Company Sixth Seventh Revised Sheet No. 8-5
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Fifth Sixth Revised Sheet No. 8-5
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 35452 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – June 28, 2022 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 8
SMALL GENERAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

NET ENERGY METERING - CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE (Continued)

c. Requests to transfer Excess Net Energy credits must be executed by the Company
no later than March 31. Transfers will be based on the balance of Excess Net Energy credits
available at the time the transfer is made.

d. If multiple meters are eligible for aggregation, Excess Net Energy credits must first
be applied to the Designated Meter, then to eligible meters on the same rate schedule as the
Designated Meter. Remaining Excess Net Energy credits may then be applied to offset
consumption at eligible meters on differing rate schedules in accordance with Section 2a(v) above.

e. A meter aggregation fee of $10.00 will be assessed per aggregated meter per
annual transfer transaction.

NET BILLING – CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE

The conditions listed below shall apply to all transactions for Net Billing under the Schedule.

1. Balances of usage and exports by the Customer.

a. The Customer shall be billed for the electricity supplied by the Company at the rates
contained within this schedule, in accordance with normal metering practices.

b. The Customer shall be credited for Exported Energy at the applicable Export Credit
Rate contained within this schedule as a credit in dollars to only offset Monthly Charges. Exported
Energy credits are subject to the following provisions:

i. Credits shall carry forward provided the Customer maintains electric service at
the same Point of Delivery.
ii. Credits are non-transferrable in the event that a Customer relocates and/or
discontinues service at the Point of Delivery associated with the Exporting
System. Any unused credits will expire at the time the final bill is prepared.

2. Aggregation of meters for the annual transfer of unused credits:

a. If a balance of credits exists at a Designated Meter, the Customer may request to
transfer the unused credits to eligible meters. A meter is eligible for aggregation if it meets the
following criteria:

i. The account subject to offset is held by the Customer, and

i.ii. The electricity recorded by the meter is for the Customer’s requirements.

b. Customers may submit requests to transfer a stated percentage of available credits
between December 1 and January 31 of each year. All requests must be received by Idaho Power
by midnight, Mountain Standard Time, on January 31. If a Customer does not request to transfer
Idaho Power Company Sixth Seventh Revised Sheet No. 8-5
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Fifth Sixth Revised Sheet No. 8-5
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 35452 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – June 28, 2022 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho
credits by the January 31 submission deadline credits will carry forward at the Designated Meter
until they become eligible for transfer the following year.
Idaho Power Company Sixth

I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Fifth Original Sheet No. 8-6
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 35452 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – June 28, 2022 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 8
SMALL GENERAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

NET BILLING – CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE (Continued)

c. Requests to transfer credits must be executed by the Company no later than
March 31. Transfers will be based on the balance of credits available at the time the transfer is
made.

d. A meter aggregation fee of $10.00 will be assessed per aggregated meter per annual
transfer transaction.

NET ENERGY METERING & NET BILLING – GENERAL CONDITONS

31. The Customer shall never deliver or attempt to deliver energy to the Company’s system
when the Company’s system serving the Customer’s Generation FacilityDER is de-energized for any
reason.

42. The Company shall not be liable directly or indirectly for permitting or continuing to allow
an attachment of an Exporting System to the Company’s system, or for the acts or omissions of the
Customer that cause loss or injury, including death, to any third party.

53. The Customer is responsible for all costs associated with the Generation FacilityDER and
Interconnection Facilities. The Customer is also responsible for all costs associated with any Company
additions, modifications, or upgrades to any Company facilities that the Company determines are
necessary as a result of the installation of the Generation FacilityDER in order to maintain a safe, reliable
electrical system.

64. The Company shall not be obligated to accept, and the Company may require the
Customer to curtail, interrupt, or reduce deliveries of energy if the Company, consistent with Prudent
Electrical Practices, determines that curtailment, interruption, or reduction is necessary because of line
construction or maintenance requirements, emergencies, or other critical operating conditions on its
system.

75. If the Company is required by the Commission to institute curtailment of deliveries of
electricity to its customers, the Company may require the Customer to curtail its consumption of electricity
in the same manner and to the same degree as other Customers on the Company’s standard service
schedules.

86. The Customer shall grant to the Company all access to all Company equipment and
facilities including adequate and continuing access rights to the property of the Customer for the purpose
of installation, operation, maintenance, replacement, or any other service required of said equipment as
well as all necessary access for inspection, switching, and any other operational requirements of the
Customer’s Interconnections Facilities.

97. The Customer shall notify the Company immediately if an Exporting System is
permanently removed or disabled. Permanent removal or disablement for the purposes of this Schedule
is any removal or disablement of an Exporting System lasting longer than six (6) months. Customers
with permanently removed or disabled systems will be removed from service under this schedule and
placed on the appropriate standard service schedule.
Idaho Power Company

I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 8-7
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 35452 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – June 28, 2022 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 8
SMALL GENERAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

SUMMER AND NON-SUMMER SEASONS

The For Monthly Charges, the summer season begins on June 1 of each year and ends on August
31 of each year. The For Monthly Charges, the non-summer season begins on September 1 of each year
and ends on May 31 of each year.

For the Export Credit Rate, the summer season begins on June 15 of each year and ends on
September 15 of each year. For the Export Credit Rate, the non-summer season begins on September 16
of each year and ends on June 14 of each year.

TIME PERIODS

The time periods for the Export Credit Rate are defined as follows. All times are stated in Mountain
Time.

Summer Season
On-Peak: 3:00 p.m. to 11:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, except holidays

Off-Peak: 11:00 p.m. to 3:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday and all hours on Sunday
and holidays

Non-summer Season
Off-Peak: All hours Monday through Sunday

Holidays are New Year's Day (January 1), Memorial Day (last Monday in May), Independence
Day (July 4), Labor Day (first Monday in September), Thanksgiving Day (fourth Thursday in November),
and Christmas Day (December 25). If New Year’s Day, Independence Day, or Christmas Day falls on
Sunday, the following Monday will be designated a holiday.

MONTHLY CHARGE

The Monthly Charge is the sum of the following charges, and may also include charges as set forth
in Schedule 54 (Fixed Cost Adjustment), Schedule 55 (Power Cost Adjustment), Schedule 91 (Energy
Efficiency Rider), Schedule 95 (Adjustment for Municipal Franchise Fees), Schedule 96 (Blaine County
Surcharge to Fund the Undergrounding of Certain Facilities), and Schedule 98 (Residential and Small Farm
Energy Credit).

The following charges are subject to change upon Commission approval:

Summer Non-summer

Service Charge, per month $5.00 $5.00

Energy Charge, per kWh
First 300 kWh 9.8633¢ 9.8633¢
All Additional kWh 11.7472¢ 10.3486¢

Idaho Power Company

I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 8-8
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 35452 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – June 28, 2022 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 8
SMALL GENERAL SERVICE
ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

EXPORT CREDIT RATE

The following rate structure and credits are subject to change upon Commission approval:

Summer Non-summer
Export Credit Rate, per kWh
On-Peak 20.4221¢ n/a
Off-Peak 4.9100¢ 4.9100¢

PAYMENT

The monthly bill rendered for service supplied hereunder is payable upon receipt, and becomes
past due 15 days from the date on which rendered.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-1
Cancels

I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-1
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES

AVAILABILITY

Service under this schedule is available throughout the Company’s service area within the State
of Idaho to all Customer Generators owning or operating DERs, in Parallel with the Company’s system,
that qualify for Schedule 6, Schedule 8, Schedule 84, or Non-Export as defined in this schedule. Non-
Exporting Systems DERs with Total Nameplate Capacity of 3 MVA or greater are required to sign a
Uniform Customer Generator Interconnection Agreement.

APPLICABILITY

Service under this schedule applies to construction, operation, and maintenance of a Customer
Generator System interconnected in Parallel with the Company’s system.

DEFINITIONS

Company is the Idaho Power Company.

Company-Furnished Facilities are those portions of the Interconnection Facilities funded by the
Customer Generator and provided by the Company.

Customer Generator is a Customer applying to operate or operating a DER in Parallel with the
Company’s system.

Customer Generator-Furnished Facilities are those portions of the Interconnection Facilities
provided by the Customer Generator.

Customer Generator Interconnection Process is the Company’s DER interconnection application,
engineering review, construction, and inspection process for Customer Generator Systems. The
Customer Generator Interconnection Process intends to ensure a safe and reliable generation
interconnection in compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements, good utility practices, and
national safety standards.

Customer Generator System is an Exporting System or a Non-Exporting System.

Disconnection Equipment is any device or combination of devices by which the Company can
manually and/or automatically interrupt the flow of energy from the Customer Generator to the Company’s
system, including enclosures or other equipment as may be required to ensure that only the Company
will have access to the devices.

Idaho Power Company

I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-2
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

DEFINITIONS (Continued)

Distributed Energy Resource(s) (DER(s)) is a source of electric power that is not directly
connected to the bulk power system. Any combination of Generation Facilities and/or Energy Storage
Devices connected in Parallel is considered a DER.

Energy Storage Device is a device that captures energy produced at a point in time and stores
the energy for use as electricity at a future point in time. An Energy Storage Device is a DER.

Exporting System is a Customer-owned DER under the terms of Schedules 6, 8, or 84, which is
designed to provide for the transfer of electric energy to the Company.

Feasibility Review is the Company’s standard engineering review of a proposed Customer
Generator System and is intended to ensure the Company’s system is equipped to incorporate the
proposed Customer Generator-Furnished Facilities in a manner that conforms with good utility practices
and the National Electric Safety Code.

Feasibility Study is the Company’s more detailed engineering assessment for DERs as
determined by the Feasibility Review. This study is intended to ensure that the Company’s system is
sufficiently equipped to incorporate proposed DERs in a manner that conforms with good utility practices
and the National Electric Safety Code, including protection coordination and system voltage
management.

Generation Facility means equipment used to produce electric energy at a specific physical
location and service point that qualifies for Schedules 6, 8, 84, or Non-Export. A Generation Facility is a
DER.

Inadvertent Export is the unplanned, unscheduled, and uncompensated transfer of electrical
energy from a Customer’s Non-Exporting System to the Company’s system across the Interconnection
Point.

Interconnection Facilities are all facilities which are reasonably required by good utility practices
and the National Electric Safety Code to interconnect and to allow for Parallel operations of the DER with
the Company’s system, including, but not limited to, Special Facilities, Disconnection Equipment, and
Metering Equipment.

Interconnection Point is the point where the Customer Generator’s conductors connect to the
facilities owned by the Company.

Metering Equipment is the Company owned equipment required to measure, record or telemeter
power flows between the Customer Generator and the Company’s system.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-3
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-3
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

DEFINITIONS (Continued)

Non-Exporting System is a Customer-owned DER that limits or prevents electrical energy from
transferring to the Company’s system.

Parallel connection means operating a DER that is connected to and receives voltage from Idaho
Power’s system.

Protection Equipment is the equipment, hardware, and/or software necessary to ensure the
protection of the Company’s system and could include a circuit-interrupting device, protective relaying,
instrument transformers, and associated wiring.

Relocation is a change in the location of existing Company-owned transmission and/or distribution
lines, poles, or equipment.

Smart Inverter is an inverter that conforms to the latest IEEE 1547 standards and is certified by
the UL 1741 standard, which complies with the latest IEEE 1547 standards.

Special Facilities are additions to or alterations of transmission and/or distribution lines and
transformers, including, but not limited to, Upgrades and Relocation, to safely interconnect the
Customer’s DER to the Company’s system.

System Verification Form is the form that a Customer must provide to the Company prior to the
connection of the Customer Generator System as described in this schedule.

Total Nameplate Capacity is the total of the gross capacity of a DER as designated by the
manufacturer(s) maximum continuous operating rating of the DER in Alternating Current (AC), or as
determined by Idaho Power based on information provided on the application and System Verification
Form.

Upgrades are those improvements to the Company’s existing system, which are reasonably
required by good practices and the National Electric Safety Code to interconnect the Customer Generator
System safely. Such improvements include, but are not limited to, additional or larger conductors,
transformers, poles, and related equipment.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-4
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-4
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 1: GENERAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS

The following provisions apply to all Customer Generators requesting interconnection to the
Company’s system.

CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION OF INTERCONNECTION FACILITIES

All Customer Generator-Furnished Interconnection Facilities will be constructed and maintained
in a manner as determined by the Company to be in full compliance with all good utility practices, National
Electric Safety Code, conforms to the IEEE 1547 standards, and all other applicable federal, state, and
local safety and electrical codes and standards at all times.

The Customer Generator shall:

1. Upon request, submit proof to the Company that all licenses, permits, inspections, and
approvals necessary for the construction and operation of the Customer’s DER and Interconnection
Facilities under this schedule have been obtained from applicable federal, state, or local authorities.

2. Upon request, submit the designs, plans, specifications, settings, and performance data
for the DER and Customer Generator-Furnished Facilities to the Company for review. The Company’s
acceptance shall not be construed as confirming or endorsing the design, or as a warranty of safety,
durability, or reliability of the DER or Customer Generator-Furnished Facilities. The Company will retain
the right to inspect this equipment at its discretion.

3. Demonstrate to the Company’s satisfaction that the Customer’s DER and Customer
Generator-Furnished Facilities have been completed, and that all features and equipment of the
Customer’s DER and Customer Generator-Furnished Facilities are capable of operating safely to
commence deliveries of energy into the Company’s system.

4. Provide and maintain adequate Protection Equipment sufficient to prevent damage to the
DER, Customer Generator-Furnished Facilities, and any other Customer Generator-owned facilities in
conformance with all applicable electrical and safety codes and requirements.

5. Provide and maintain Disconnection Equipment in accordance with all applicable electrical
and safety codes and requirements as described within this Schedule.

6. Upon request, provide a 24-hour telephone contact(s). This contact will be used by the
Company to arrange for repairs and inspections or in case of an emergency. The Company will make its
best effort to arrange repairs and inspections during normal business hours and to notify the Customer
Generator of such arrangements in advance. The Company will provide a telephone number to the
Customer Generator so that the Customer Generator can obtain information about Company activity
impacting the Customer’s DER.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-5
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-5
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 1: GENERAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

DISCONNECTION EQUIPMENT

Disconnection Equipment is required for all Customer DERs. The Disconnection Equipment shall
be installed at an electrical location to allow complete isolation of Customer’s DER and Interconnection
Facilities from the Company’s system. Disconnection Equipment will be installed at an electrical location
on the Customer Generator’s side of the Company’s retail metering point to allow complete isolation of
the Customer’s DER and Interconnection Facilities from the Customer Generator’s other electrical load
and service.

The Disconnection Equipment’s operating device shall be:

1. Readily accessible by the Company at all times.

2. Clearly marked “Generation Disconnect Switch” or similar language, as approved by Idaho
Power, with permanent 3/8 inch or larger letters.

3. Physically installed and visible within 10 feet of the Interconnection Point or permanently-
posted instructions at the Interconnection Point indicating the exact location of the Disconnection
Equipment’s operating device. Instructions with lamination or in plastic sleeves do not satisfy this
requirement.

4. Of a design manually operated and lockable in the open position with a standard Company
padlock.

5. Equipped with a visual disconnect that enables the Company to visually confirm that the
Customer’s and Company’s conductors are physically disconnected. This requires the ability to inspect
the actual conductors visually. Circuit breakers do not satisfy this requirement.

Operation of Disconnection Equipment. If, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, the
Customer Generator’s operation or maintenance of the DER or Interconnection Facilities is unsafe, not
in compliance with this schedule, or may otherwise adversely affect the Company’s equipment,
personnel, or service to its customers, the Company may physically disconnect the Customer’s DER or
Interconnection Facilities by operation of the disconnection device or by any other means the Company
deems necessary to adequately disconnect the Customer’s DER and Interconnection Facilities from the
Company’s system. At such time as the unsafe condition is remedied or other condition adversely
affecting the Company is resolved to the Company’s satisfaction, the interconnection will be restored.

The Company will disconnect the Customer’s DER and Interconnection Facilities in the event of
any planned or unplanned maintenance or repair of the Company’s system connected to the Customer’s
DER and Interconnection Facilities. In the event of unplanned maintenance or repairs, no prior notice
will be provided. In the event of planned repairs, the Company will attempt to notify the Customer
Generator of the time and duration of the planned outage.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-6
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-6
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 1: GENERAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

DISCONNECTION EQUIPMENT (Continued)

The Company will disconnect the Customer’s DER and Interconnection Facilities in the event that
any terms and conditions of any applicable Company tariff or contract enabling the interconnection of the
Customer’s Generation FacilityDER are deemed by the Company to be in default or delinquent.

Customer Generators will be subject to disconnection and reconnection charges if the expenses
are incurred as the result of a DER and/or a Customer’s failure to abide by the provisions of Schedule
68.

Disconnection of the service may be necessary. The disconnection may result in the interruption
of both energy deliveries from the Customer Generator System to the Company as well as the interruption
of energy deliveries from the Company to the Customer Generator. Disconnection provisions specific to
Customer Generator SystemsDERs less than 3 MVA are described further in Section 2 of this
tariffschedule. Disconnection provisions specific to Non-Exporting Systems greater than DERs 3 MVA
or greater are described further in Section 4 of this tariffschedule.

The Company will establish the settings of Protection Equipment to disconnect the Customer’s
DER and Interconnection Facilities for the protection of the Company’s system and personnel consistent
with good utility practices. If the Customer Generator attempts to modify, adjust or otherwise interfere
with the Protection Equipment or its settings as established by the Company, such action may be grounds
for the Company’s refusal to continue interconnection of the Customer’s DER and Interconnection
Facilities to the Company’s system.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF CUSTOMER GENERATOR SYSTEMS

1. The Company will construct, own, operate and maintain all equipment, Upgrades, and
Relocations on the Company’s electrical side of the Interconnection Point.

2. The Company will clearly mark the Metering Equipment and any other Company
equipment associated with the Customer’s DER and/or Interconnection Facilities designating the
existence of the Customer’s DER as required by good utility practices.

3. The Customer Generator will be required to submit all specific designs, equipment
specifications/settings, and test results of the Customer Generator-Furnished Facilities to the Company
for review upon request by the Company. Upon receipt of the design and equipment specifications, the
Company will review the design and equipment specifications for conformance with applicable electrical
and safety codes and standards.

4. Customer Generator-Furnished Facilities will be operated and maintained by the
Customer Generator at the Customer Generator’s sole risk and expense.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-7
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-7
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 1: GENERAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

INVERTER REQUIREMENTS

All inverter-based Customer Generator Systems must use a Smart Inverter programmed with the
required settings described in the following section.

INVERTER SETTINGS

All inverter-based Customer Generator System Smart Inverters will be set for normal operating
performance Category B as defined in IEEE 1547, with the default reactive power control mode set for
the Voltage-reactive power mode and the parameters listed in Table 1. All inverter-based Customer
Generator System Smart Inverters will be set for abnormal voltage and ride through operating
performance Category III as defined in IEEE 1547 using the default settings. The remaining Smart
Inverter settings will be set to the default values specified in IEEE 1547. Inverter setting documentation
will be required for all DERs with a Total Nameplate Capacity of 100 kVA or greater.

Table 1: VOLTAGE-REACTIVE POWER SETTINGS FOR SMART INVERTERS
Voltage-reactive power parameters Default Settings
V1 0.92 per unit of nominal voltage
Q1 44% of nameplate apparent power rating, injecting
V2 0.98 per unit of nominal voltage
Q2 0
V3 1.03 per unit of nominal voltage
Q3 0
V4 1.06 per unit of nominal voltage
Q4 44% of nameplate apparent power rating, absorption
Open-loop response time 5 seconds

ENERGY STORAGE DEVICE

Energy Storage Devices may share an inverter with a Generation Facility (“DC Coupled”), or
Energy Storage Devices may have a stand-alone inverter (“AC Coupled”). Energy Storage Devices that
are not coupled with a Generation Facility taking service under Schedules 6, 8, or 84 may not export
energy onto Idaho Power’s system. The Total Nameplate Capacity is determined as follows:

1. DC Coupled: For Energy Storage Devices that are DC Coupled with a Generation Facility,
the Total Nameplate Capacity of the Customer Generator System is defined by the inverter (kVA). A DC
coupled system can be an Exporting or Non-Exporting system.
Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-8
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-8
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 1: GENERAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

ENERGY STORAGE DEVICE (Continued)

2. AC Coupled:

i. AC Coupled with an Exporting System: For an Energy Storage Device coupled
with an Exporting System taking service under Schedules 6, 8, or 84, the Total Nameplate
Capacity is the aggregate Total Nameplate Capacity of all DERs on the Customer’s side of the
Interconnection Point.

ii. AC Coupled with a Non-Exporting System: An Energy Storage Device coupled
with a Non-Exporting System is subject to the provisions of Section 3 of this Schedule. The Total
Nameplate Capacity of the Energy Storage Device shall be considered 0 kVA.

APPLICATION EXPIRATION

Applications that are not completed within one year of the initial Feasibility Review are considered
expired. Customers requesting connection or approval of expired applications are required to resubmit
a completed application form and $100 application fee and are subject to the full application process
described in Section 2.

RECERTIFICATION

1. The Company may perform full recertification inspections of Customer Generator Systems
at the Company’s discretion and at no charge to the Customer Generator. The Company will provide the
Customer Generator with written notice at least fourteen (14) calendar days prior to performing a
recertification inspection. Recertification inspections will be performed in the same manner as new
Customer Generator System inspections described in Section 2. Customers may choose to verify the
results of the Company’s inspection through an independent inspection performed by a certified third-
party at the Customer Generator’s expense.

2. If in the reasonable opinion of the Company, the Customer Generator’s operation or
maintenance of the DER or Interconnection Facilities is unsafe, not in compliance with this schedule, or
may otherwise adversely affect the Company’s equipment, personnel, or service to its customers, the
Company reserves the right to inspect any Customer Generator System at any time, and without prior
notice.

SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS

1. Any modifications to Customer Generator Systems that increase the Total Nameplate
Capacity of the system or modify the system in any way (including inverter replacements) that may impact
the safety or reliability of the Company’s electrical system are considered system modifications for the
purposes of this tariffschedule.
Idaho Power Company

I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-9
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 1: GENERAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS (Continued)

2. Customer Generators planning to make system modifications must submit an application,
$100 fee, and complete the application process according to the procedures required for new
interconnection.

3. System modifications without gaining prior Company approval are considered
unauthorized installations subject to the provisions of this schedule as described in Unauthorized
Installations and Expansions.

UNAUTHORIZED INSTALLATIONS AND EXPANSIONS

1. Customer Generator Systems that have been interconnected to the Company’s system
without Company approval are considered unauthorized installations that jeopardize the reliability of
Idaho Power’s system and the safety of its employees. This includes, but is not limited to, newly installed
systems and unapproved expansions or other modifications of approved systems. The process
described herein provides the Company with the ability to offer Customer Generation in an efficient, safe,
and reliable manner.

2. Unauthorized installations are subject to immediate Company inspection and
disconnection without notice. The Company will provide the reason for the disconnection of the
Customer’s DER. The Customer will be called and written, or electronic notification will be sent. The
Customer will have twelve (12) months from the notification date to notify the Company and complete
one of the options listed under 5(a) and 5(b).

3. If proper disconnection equipment is present, the Company will open the disconnect or
notify the Customer to open the disconnect immediately.

4. If proper disconnection equipment is not present, the Customer Generator must
disconnect the DER from operating in Parallel with the Company’s system immediately by turning off the
breaker or by other means necessary.

5. The Customer must complete and notify the Company of one of the below options within
twelve (12) months from the notification date:

a. Option 1: Complete the full Customer Generator Interconnection Process
described in Section 2, and the system will be re-energized.

b. Option 2: Permanently disable the DER from Parallel operations with the
Company system. Permanent disablement of the DER requires an inspection to be scheduled
with the Company within twelve (12) months from the postmarked notification date. Customers
that do not schedule within this time period will be subject to termination of service.
Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-10
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-10
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 1: GENERAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

UNAUTHORIZED INSTALLATIONS AND EXPANSIONS (Continued)

6. If it is determined, at the sole discretion of the Company, that an unauthorized Customer
Generation System, expansion, or other system modification results in damage to equipment on the
Company’s system, the Customer will be responsible for all costs associated with replacing the
Company’s damaged equipment and defend, indemnify, and reimburse the Company for liabilities or
damages incurred by the Company for third-party claims arising out of the Customer Generator’s
unauthorized connection.

SECTION 2: INTERCONNECTION PROCESS REQUIREMENTS FOR DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES LESS THAN 3 MVA

The following section is applicable to all Customer GeneratorsDERs with Total Nameplate
Capacity less than 3 MVA.

APPLICATION PROCESS

Customers requesting to interconnect a DER less than 3 MVA are required to complete the
following application process prior to interconnection:

1. Customers must submit a completed application form and a $100 application fee to the
Company. Applications are available on the Company’s website or will be provided to the Customer
upon request.

2. Upon receipt of a completed application and $100 fee, the Company will provide the
Customer with a written or electronic notification that the application has been received and all necessary
information has been provided.

3. The Company will perform within seven (7) business days, unless it is determined that
additional studies are necessary, the Feasibility Review based on Total Nameplate Capacity and other
project information provided in the application. The Feasibility Review determines the capability of the
Company’s electrical system to incorporate the proposed Customer Generator System and determines
if Upgrades are necessary.

a. If the results of the Feasibility Review indicate satisfactory system capability, the
Company will provide the Customer with an official “Approval to Proceed” notification.

b. If the results of the Feasibility Review indicate that Upgrades are necessary to
accommodate the proposed project, the Company will notify the Customer through written or
electronic notification of such Upgrades. Funding, construction, installation, and maintenance of
required Upgrades will be subject to the Company’s standard Rule H regarding New Service
Attachments and Distribution Line Installations or Alterations.
Idaho Power Company

I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-11
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 2: INTERCONNECTION PROCESS REQUIREMENTS FOR DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES LESS THAN 3 MVA (Continued)

APPLICATION PROCESS (Continued)

c. If the Company determines that additional time is necessary to determine
satisfactory system capability or that Upgrades are necessary to accommodate the proposed
project, the Company will notify the Customer. The Company will perform within fifteen (15)
business days the additional studies to complete the Feasibility Review.

4. If the results of the Feasibility Review require the need for a Feasibility Study, the
Company will perform the Feasibility Study within 15 business days. If the results of the Feasibility Study
indicate that Upgrades or Protection Equipment are necessary to accommodate the proposed project,
the Company will notify the Customer of such Upgrades or Protection Equipment.

a. Installation and funding of the construction, installation, and maintenance of
required Protection Equipment will be subject to the following provisions:

i. Protection Equipment Requirements (Rotating Machines): Generation
Facilities up to 500 kVA Total Nameplate Capacity may not require additional Protection
Equipment but will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Generation Facilities greater
than 500 kVA Total Nameplate Capacity will require additional Company-Furnished
Protection Equipment.

ii. Protection Equipment Requirements (Other DER): DER up to 3 MVA Total
Nameplate Capacity may not require additional Protection Equipment but will be evaluated
on a case-by-case basis.

iii. When it is determined Company-owned Protection Equipment is required,
the Customer shall pay the actual costs of all required Protection Equipment prior to the
start of Parallel operations. The Customer will also pay a Maintenance Charge of 0.59
percent per month times the investment in the Protection Equipment.

5. Following receipt of “Approval to Proceed,” the Customer is responsible for completing the
installation of the Customer Generator System and fulfilling all applicable federal, state, and local
inspection requirements. Customers must also provide the Company with a completed System
Verification Form detailing the specifications of all installed components of the completed Customer
Generator System. System Verification Forms can be found on the Company’s website or will be
provided upon request. Upon completion, the Company reserves the right to request the Customer to
provide forms of documentation outlined in Section 1, verifying that all federal, state, and local
requirements have been met.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-12
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-12
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 2: INTERCONNECTION PROCESS REQUIREMENTS FOR DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES LESS THAN 3 MVA (Continued)

APPLICATION PROCESS (Continued)

6. Once all required documentation has been submitted and the Company has verified that
all applicable federal, state, local, and Customer Generation Interconnection Process requirements have
been met, the Company will complete, barring conditions beyond the Company’s control, an on-site
inspection within ten (10) business days for DER with Total Nameplate Capacity of 100 kVA or less and
within twenty (20) business days for DER with Total Nameplate Capacity of greater than 100 kVA.
Company on-site inspections will not be performed until the system has passed all applicable federal,
state, and local inspection requirements. The Company on-site inspection may include the following:

a. Verification that actual installed components correspond to the information
provided on the initial application and the System Verification Form.
b. Verification that the disconnect is functional and reconnection time complies with
IEEE 1547.
c. Verification of the proximity and visibility of the disconnect or a sign indicating the
location of the disconnect.
d. Photographic documentation of the installation.
e. Posting of appropriate Company signage.
f. Documentation of the meter number and system configuration.
g. Verification of Smart Inverters, including the settings for all inverter-based DERs
100 kVA and greater.
h. Verification of Total Nameplate Capacity.
j. Verification of plant controller for all DERs 500 kVA and greater.

7. A return trip charge of $61.00 will be billed to the Customer each time Company personnel
are dispatched to the job site but are unable to conduct the on-site inspection due to one or more of the
conditions not being met that had been certified as complete by the Customer or installer on the System
Verification Form.

8. Successful completion of the Company on-site inspection constitutes the conclusion of the
application process. The Company must make a reasonable effort to move an Exporting Customer
Generator to the appropriate rate schedule within five (5) business days. Under no circumstances will
the rate change occur more than fifteen (15) business days from the date of the successfully completed
inspection. Upon completion of this process, the Customer will receive confirmation that the application
process has been successfully completed.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-13
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-13
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)
SECTION 2: INTERCONNECTION PROCESS REQUIREMENTS FOR DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES LESS THAN 3 MVA (Continued)

APPLICATION PROCESS (Continued)

9. It is within Idaho Power’s sole discretion to disconnect, or refuse to connect, any Customer
Generator System that does not pass inspection, poses a threat to public safety, or has unanticipated
impacts to Idaho Power’s system. In these situations, a Company representative will send a written
communication to the Customer Generator regarding Idaho Power’s inability to connect/reconnect the
Customer Generator System until the issue(s) is resolved. Idaho Power will continue working with the
Customer to resolve the issue(s) required to connect the Customer’s System. Idaho Power will re-inspect
the System upon receiving written notice from the Customer indicating Customer’s Generation System
meets all applicable federal, state, and local requirements and is suitable for connection.

SECTION 3: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF NON-EXPORTING
SYSTEMS

In addition to the requirements of Section 1, the following section is applicable to all Customer
Generators electing to establish their system as Non-Export.

NON-EXPORT TOTAL NAMEPLATE CAPACITY LIMIT

For customers taking service under Schedule 1 or Schedule 7 that own and/or operate a
Generation Facility, service is subject to an aggregate DER Total Nameplate Capacity of 25 kVA or less,
that is operated in Parallel with the Idaho Power System.The capacity of an Energy Storage Device shall
not be used to calculate the 25 kVA capacity limit but will be used to calculate Total Nameplate Capacity
for the Feasbility Review.

NON-EXPORT CONTROL SYSTEM

1. Non-Export Systems must incorporate one of the following three options:

a. Option 1: (“Advanced Functionality”): The use of an internal transfer relay, Energy
Management System, or other customer facility hardware or software system(s) may be used to
ensure power is never exported across the Interconnection Point. To ensure that Inadvertent
Export of power is limited to acceptable levels, all of the following conditions must be met: (a)
inverter-based DERs must utilize a Smart Inverter; (b) the DER must monitor the total Inadvertent
Export; (c) the DER must disconnect from the Company’s distribution system or halt energy
production within two seconds after the period of continuous Inadvertent Export exceeds 30
seconds; (d) the DER must enter a safe operating mode where Inadvertent Export will not occur
as a result of a failure of the control or Smart Inverter system for more than 30 seconds, which
results in loss of control signal, loss of control power or single component failure or related control
sensing of the control circuitry.

.
Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-14
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-14
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 3: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF NON-EXPORTING
SYSTEMS
(Continued)

NON-EXPORT CONTROL SYSTEM (Continued)

b. Option 2: (“Reverse Power Protection”): To ensure power is never exported, a
reverse power relay protective function must be implemented at the Interconnection Point. The
default setting for this Protection Equipment, when used, shall be 0.1% (export) of the DERs Total
Nameplate Capacity, with a maximum 2.0 second time delay.

c. Option 3: (“Minimum Power Protection”): To ensure at least a minimum amount of
power is imported at all times (and, therefore, that power is not exported), an under-power
protective function may be implemented at the Interconnection Point. The default setting for this
non-export control system, when used, shall be 5% (import) of the DERs Total Nameplate
Capacity, with a maximum two (2) second time delay.

2. Control System Failure: Where applicable, any failure of the Customer’s DER control system
for 30 seconds or more, which includes, but is not limited to; the internal transfer relay, energy
management system, or other Customer facility hardware or software system(s) intended to prevent the
reverse power flow, shall cause the Customer’s DER to enter a safe operating mode whereby the
production of energy from the Non-Export DER is autonomously limited to an amount that shall not
cause Inadvertent Export to occur until such time that the Customer has reestablished real power
output control of the non-export control system

UNAUTHORIZED INADVERTENT EXPORT

Inadvertent Export exceeding three hours of the DER Total Nameplate Capacity in any 30-day
period will be defined as unauthorized Inadvertent Export, and the following steps will be followed for
Customers with Non-Exporting Systems:

1. The Company will notify the Non-Export Customer Generator that their Customer
Generator System has exceeded the Inadvertent Export limit.

2. After notification of Inadvertent Export, the following will occur:

a. For Schedule 1, Residential and Schedule 7, Small General Non-Exporting
Systems, the Customer Generator must rectify Inadvertent Export within 30 days after receipt of
the notification by Idaho Power that the Non-Exporting System has exceeded the Inadvertent
Export limit. If the Customer Generator has not rectified Inadvertent Export after 30 days, at the
Customer’s election, one of the following actions will occur:

i. The Customer Generator System disconnect will be placed in the open (off)
position until the issue that caused the export is remedied. A Company inspection will be
required before the Non-Exporting System can interconnect to the Company’s system; or,

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-14
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-14
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-15
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-15
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 3: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF NON-EXPORTING
SYSTEMS (Continued)

UNAUTHORIZED INADVERTENT EXPORT (Continued)

ii. If the Customer does not elect to open the disconnect, the Customer
Generator will be placed on Schedule 6 or Schedule 8, as appropriate, and subject to
applicable provisions of Section 2. If the Customer elects to be placed on Schedule 6 or
Schedule 8, the Customer will be given the option to submit an additional application and
be moved back to Schedule 1 or Schedule 7, as appropriate, after 180 days.

b. For Schedules other than Schedule 1 or Schedule 7:

i. Upon receipt of the notification by Idaho Power that the Customer
Generator’s Non-Exporting System has exceeded the Inadvertent Export limit, the
Customer Generator System disconnect will be placed in the open position until the issue
that caused the export is remedied. A Company inspection will be required before the
Non-Exporting System can interconnect to the Company’s system.

3. If it is determined, at the sole discretion of the Company, that unauthorized Inadvertent
Export results in damage to equipment on the Company’s system, the Customer Generator will be
responsible for all costs associated with replacing the Company’s damaged equipment and defend,
indemnify, and reimburse the Company for liabilities or damages incurred by the Company for third-party
claims arising out of the Customer Generator’s unauthorized Inadvertent Export.

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES NON-EXPORTING SYSTEMS 3 MVA OR GREATER

In addition to Section 1 and 3, tThe following section is applicable to all Customers requesting
interconnection of DERsNon-Exporting Systems with Total Nameplate Capacity of 3 MVA or greater.

CUSTOMER GENERATOR INTERCONNECTION PROCESS

1. Customer Generator shall pay the actual costs of all required interconnection studies. Any
difference between the deposit (if required) and the actual cost of the study shall be paid by or refunded
to Customer Generator, as appropriate. If, during the course of preparing a study, the Company incurs
costs in excess of the deposit amount, the Company may require that the deposit amount be replenished
in an amount equal to the festimated costs for completion of the study. If a deposit amount sufficient to
pay for completion of the study is not maintained, the Company may suspend work on the study.

2. Unless modified by the provisions of this schedule, the FERC-approved Large Generator
Interconnection Procedures and Small Generator Interconnection Procedures posted on the Company’s
website will apply to the Customer Generator Interconnection Process.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-16
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-16
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCESNON-EXPORTING SYSTEMS 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

CUSTOMER GENERATOR INTERCONNECTION PROCESS (Continued)

3. Application. The Customer Generator will submit a completed interconnection application
in the form posted on the Company’s website. The application form includes a general description of the
DER and its location. The application includes payment of an application fee to be applied against costs
the Company incurs to perform the Feasibility Study described below. The amount of the application fee
is $1,000.

4. Study Agreements. Subsequent to the Customer Generator submitting an Application,
the Customer Generator will be offered a series of study agreements. The individual study agreements
establish the time to perform the study, and the deposit the Customer Generator is to provide prior to
commencement of the study. The studies consist of:

a. The Feasibility Study: The Feasibility Study is intended to ensure that the
Company’s system is sufficiently equipped to incorporate proposed DER in a manner that
conforms with good utility practices and the National Electric Safety Code. The Feasibility Study
Agreement states that no deposit is required because the application fee covers the deposit.

b. The System Impact Study: For higher complexity projects, the System Impact
Study provides a detailed assessment of the distribution and/or transmission system adequacy to
accommodate the DER through the evaluation of equipment capabilities and electrical
performance requirements. This step may not be necessary for some projects depending on the
size and location of the project. The System Impact Study Agreement includes a deposit of
$2,000 for a distribution system impact study or a $10,000 deposit for a transmission system
impact study.

c. The Facility Study: The Facility Study includes the engineering to determine the
design specifications of the project. The Facility Study Agreement includes a deposit of 5% of
the total project costs that were determined in the System Impact Study Report (“SISR”) or the
Feasibility Study Report if a SISR is not required, capped at $30,000.

At the end of each stage of the three-step study process, the Company will provide the Customer
Generator with an increasingly more refined and detailed report that, among other things, will present a
list of required Interconnection Facilities and a non-binding, good faith estimate of Customer Generator’s
cost responsibility for the Interconnection Facilities. If long-lead-time equipment items need to be ordered
to meet Customer Generator’s construction schedule, the Company will request advance funding by the
Customer Generator to cover these equipment costs.

5. Customer Generator Interconnection Agreement. The Customer Generator
Interconnection Agreement (“CGIA”), will be offered to the Customer Generator following completion of
the Study Phase. The CGIA will utilize the Uniform Customer Generator Interconnection Agreement
template included in this schedule.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-17
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-17
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES NON-EXPORTING SYSTEMS 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

INTERCONNECTION FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS

DER greater than 3 MVA or greater Total Nameplate Capacity will require additional Company-
Furnished Protection, Metering, and communications Equipment. This equipment will be further defined
in the CGIA Attachment 1.

COST OF INTERCONNECTION FACILITIES

The Customer Generator will pay all costs of interconnecting a Generation FacilityDER to the
Company’s system. Costs of interconnection include the costs of furnishing and constructing required
Upgrades, which will be determined pursuant to Rule H. To the extent that additional facilities not
provided for under Rule H, including transmission and/or substation facilities, are required to interconnect
the requested Generation Facility, special arrangements will be made in a separate agreement between
the Customer Generator and the Company.

Each request for interconnection will go through the Customer Generator Interconnection
Process. Throughout the Customer Generator Interconnection Process, the Company will periodically
bill the Customer Generator for engineering costs incurred or obligated. Failure to pay an invoice within
the time specified in the invoice will result in the suspension of work on the interconnection. Customer
Generator can end the Customer Generator Interconnection Process at any time. If Customer Generator
decides to end the Customer Generator Interconnection Process prior to completion, the Company will
either refund any monies held for security that have not been spent or obligated, or issue an invoice to
Customer Generator for costs incurred prior to cancellation.

SYSTEM PROTECTION, DER METERING, AND DER COMMUNICATION MAINTENANCE CHARGE

The Customer shall pay the actual costs of System Protection, DER metering, and DER
communication equipment, as identified in the study process, prior to the start of Parallel operations. The
Customer will pay a Maintenance Charge of 0.59 percent per month times the investment in the System
Protection, DER metering, and DER communication equipment. The Customer Generator will also be
responsible for any applicable monthly charges as outlined in Attachment 1 of the CGIA.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-18
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-18
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES NON-EXPORTING SYSTEMS 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

IDAHO POWER COMPANY
UNIFORM CUSTOMER GENERATOR
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT

This Uniform Customer Generator Interconnection Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered to be
effective as of the ____ day of __________, 20___ (“Effective Date”), between
____________________________, (“Customer Generator”) and Idaho Power Company (the
“Company”). Customer Generator and the Company may also be referred to individually as a “Party” or
collectively as the “Parties.” Unless explicitly noted otherwise, the term “days” refers to calendar days.

RECITALS

A. Customer Generator owns or operates a Customer Generator System that qualifies for
service under Idaho Power’s Commission-approved Schedule 68 which is subject to change from time
to time pursuant to Commission order.

B. The Customer Generator System to be interconnected and operate in Parallel with the
Company’s system pursuant to this Agreement is more particularly described in Attachment 1.

AGREEMENT

For and in consideration of the mutual covenants and provisions set forth in this Agreement, and
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties
intending to be legally bound agree as follows:

1. Recitals. The Parties acknowledge and agree as to the accuracy of the Recitals set forth
above, and such Recitals are incorporated herein by this reference.

2. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning
given to them in Schedule 68.

3. Schedule 68. Schedule 68 is incorporated into this Agreement by this reference and this
Agreement shall be interpreted in conjunction with Schedule 68; in the event of a conflict between
Schedule 68 and this Agreement, Schedule 68 shall prevail. This Agreement and Schedule 68 provide
terms and conditions under which the Customer Generator System will interconnect and operate in
Parallel with the Company’s transmission/distribution system.

4. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, in conjunction with Schedule 68, constitutes the full
and entire understanding and agreement between the Parties regarding the subjects set forth herein and
supersede all prior agreements and understandings related thereto. Nothing in this Agreement is
intended to affect any other agreement between the Company and Customer Generator regarding
subjects outside the terms of this Agreement and Schedule 68.
Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-19
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-19
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES NON-EXPORTING SYSTEMS 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

IDAHO POWER COMPANY
UNIFORM CUSTOMER GENERATOR
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
(Continued)

AGREEMENT (Continued)

5. Attachments. The following Attachments 1 – 6 are attached hereto and incorporated by
this reference:

Attachment 1 – Description and Costs of the Customer Generator System, Interconnection
Facilities, and Metering Equipment.

Attachment 2 – One-line Diagram Depicting the Customer Generator System,
Interconnection Facilities, Metering Equipment and Upgrades.

Attachment 3 – Milestones for Interconnecting the Customer Generator System.

Attachment 4 – Additional Operating Requirements for the Company’s Transmission
System Needed to Support the Customer Generator System.

Attachment 5 – Reactive Power.

Attachment 6 – Description of Upgrades required to integrate the Customer Generator
System and Best Estimate of Upgrade Costs.

6. Effective Date, Term, Termination and Disconnection.

6.1 Term of Agreement. Unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms hereof, this
Agreement shall remain in effect from the Effective Date for as long as Customer Generator
System is eligible for service under Schedule 68.

6.2 Termination for Cause. If either Party materially breaches this Agreement and the
material breach is not cured within 10 days after the non-breaching Party gives the breaching
Party written notice thereof, the non-breaching Party may elect to terminate this Agreement by
giving the breaching Party notice of the termination; provided, however, that if the nature of the
breach is such that it could not reasonably be cured within the 10 day period, then the non-
breaching Party may terminate this Agreement immediately upon providing written notice to the
breaching Party. If the Company terminates this Agreement for breach by the Customer
Generator and it is later determined that Customer Generator did not breach the Agreement, or
the breach was excusable, the rights and obligations of the Parties will be the same as if the
termination has been issued for the convenience of the Company pursuant to Section 6.3 below.
Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-20
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-20
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES NON-EXPORTING SYSTEMS 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

IDAHO POWER COMPANY
UNIFORM CUSTOMER GENERATOR
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
(Continued)

AGREEMENT (Continued)

6.3 Termination for Convenience. The Company may terminate or suspend this
Agreement at any time without cause and without penalty, on 10 days’ written notice to the
Customer Generator. The Customer Generator may terminate or suspend this Agreement at any
time without cause and without penalty by discontinuing Parallel operation of Customer’s
Generator System, or discontinuing taking electric service from the Company, and providing the
Company with 10 days’ written notice of the same.

6.4. Effect of Termination. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement pursuant
to this Section 6, Idaho Power will disconnect the Customer Generator System from the
Company’s transmission/distribution system. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement,
all obligations of the Parties (other than those obligations that expressly or by nature survive
termination) shall terminate.

7. Land Rights. Customer Generator hereby grants to Idaho Power for the term of this
Agreement all necessary rights-of-way and easements to install, operate, maintain, replace, and remove
Idaho Power’s Metering Equipment, Interconnection Equipment, Disconnection Equipment, Protection
Equipment and other Special Facilities necessary or useful to this Agreement, including adequate and
continuing access rights on the property of Customer Generator. Customer Generator warrants that it
has procured sufficient easements and rights-of-way from third parties so as to provide Idaho Power with
the access described above. All documents granting such easements or rights-of-way shall be subject
to Idaho Power’s approval and in recordable form.

8. Assignment.

8.1 This Agreement may be assigned by either Party upon twenty-one (21) calendar
days prior written notice and opportunity to object by the other Party; provided that:

8.2 Either Party may assign this Agreement without the consent of the other Party to
any affiliate of the assigning Party with an equal or greater credit rating and with the legal authority
and operational ability to satisfy the obligations of the assigning Party under this Agreement.

8.3 The Customer Generator has the right to contingently assign this Agreement,
without the consent of the Company, for collateral security purposes to aid in providing financing
for the Generation Facility, provided that the Customer Generator will promptly notify the
Company of any such contingent assignment.
Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-21
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-21
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES NON-EXPORTING SYSTEMS 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

IDAHO POWER COMPANY
UNIFORM CUSTOMER GENERATOR
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
(Continued)

AGREEMENT (Continued)

8.4 Any attempted assignment that violates this Section 6 is void and ineffective.
Assignment shall not relieve a Party of its obligations, nor shall the non-assigning Party’s
obligations be enlarged, in whole or in part, by reason thereof. An assignee is responsible for
meeting the same financial, credit, and insurance obligations as the Customer Generator. Where
required, consent to assignment will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

9. Indemnity. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Customer Generator shall indemnify,
defend, reimburse, and hold harmless the Company and its successors and their respective directors,
officers, members, employees, representatives, and agents (collectively, the “Indemnitees”), from, for,
and against any and all third-party allegations, claims, liens, liabilities, losses, demands, damages,
expenses, suits, actions, proceedings, judgments, and costs of any kind whatsoever, including, without
limitation, settlement costs, court costs, and attorneys’ and expert witness fees and expenses
(collectively, “Damages”), whether actual or merely alleged, and whether directly incurred or incurred by
a third party, arising out of, or relating to a) the negligent acts, omissions, or willful misconduct of
Customer Generator, b) a violation of federal or state law, regulation, statute, or ordinance, or c)
Customer Generator’s material breach of this Agreement. If the Company seeks indemnification from
the Customer Generator, the Company shall: (i) notify Customer Generator of the assertion of any claim;
(ii) provide reasonable assistance (at Customer Generator’s expense) in connection with the defense;
and (iii) be entitled to pre-approve any settlement.

9.1 The Parties shall at all times indemnify, defend, and hold the other Party harmless
from, any and all damages, losses, claims, including claims and actions relating to injury to or
death of any person or damage to property, demand, suits, recoveries, costs and expenses, court
costs, attorney fees, and all other obligations by or to third parties, arising out of or resulting from
the other Party’s action or failure to meet its obligations under this Agreement on behalf of the
indemnifying Party, except in cases of gross negligence or intentional wrongdoing by the
indemnified Party.

9.2 If an indemnified person is entitled to indemnification under this article as a result
of a claim by a third party, and the indemnifying Party fails, after notice and reasonable opportunity
to proceed under this article, to assume the defense of such claim, such indemnified person may
at the expense of the indemnifying Party contest, settle or consent to the entry of any judgment
with respect to, or pay in full, such claim. Failure to defend is a Material Breach.
Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-22
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-22
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES NON-EXPORTING SYSTEMS 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

IDAHO POWER COMPANY
UNIFORM CUSTOMER GENERATOR
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
(Continued)

AGREEMENT (Continued)

9.3 If an indemnifying party is obligated to indemnify and hold any indemnified person
harmless under this article, the amount owing to the indemnified person shall be the amount of
such indemnified person’s actual loss, net of any insurance or other recovery.

10. Force Majeure Event. Neither Party shall be liable for any breach, default, or delay in
the performance of the obligations under this Agreement if and to the extent such default or delay is
caused by fire, flood, earthquake, elements of nature or acts of God, riots, civil disorder, rebellions or
revolutions, strikes, lockouts or other industrial disturbances, unanticipated changes in governmental
laws and regulations, or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of such Party (a “Force Majeure
Event”); provided the non-performing Party is without fault in causing such breach, default, or delay, and
such breach, default or delay could not have been prevented by reasonable precautions and cannot
reasonably be circumvented by the non-performing Party through the use of alternate sources, work-
around plans, or other means. The Party claiming a Force Majeure Event must give the other Party
immediate written notice, no later than five (5) calendar days of the Party’s discovery of the Force Majeure
Event, and the time for resumption of performance (if applicable) by that Party. The suspension of
performance shall be of no greater scope and of no longer duration than is required by the Force Majeure
Event.

11. Insurance. During the term of this Agreement, Customer Generator shall secure and
continuously carry the following insurance coverage Comprehensive General Liability Insurance for both
bodily injury and property damage with limits equal to $1,000,000, each occurrence, combined single
limit. The deductible for such insurance shall be consistent with current Insurance Industry Utility
practices for similar property. Such insurance coverage shall be placed with an insurance company with
an A.M. Best Company rating of A- or better and shall include:

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-23
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-23
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCESNON-EXPORTING SYSTEMS 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

IDAHO POWER COMPANY
UNIFORM CUSTOMER GENERATOR
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
(Continued)

AGREEMENT (Continued)

11.1 An endorsement naming Idaho Power as an additional insured and loss payee as
applicable; and

11.2 A provision stating that such policy shall not be canceled, or the limits of liability
reduced without sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to Idaho Power.

11.1 Customer Generator to Provide Certificate of Insurance. As required in
Paragraph 11 herein and annually thereafter, Customer Generator shall furnish the Company a
certificate of insurance, together with the endorsements required therein, evidencing the coverage
as set forth above.

11.2 Customer Generator to Notify Idaho Power of Loss of Coverage. If the insurance
coverage required by Paragraph 11.1 shall lapse for any reason, Customer Generator will
immediately notify Idaho Power in writing. The notice will advise Idaho Power of the specific
reason for the lapse and the steps Customer Generator is taking to reinstate the coverage.
Failure to provide this notice and to expeditiously reinstate or replace the coverage will constitute
grounds for a temporary disconnection under Section 9.2 and will be a Material Breach.

12. Miscellaneous.

12.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be interpreted, applied and enforced in
accordance with the laws of the State of Idaho without regard to its conflicts of law principles.

12.2 Net Salvage Value. If removal of the Interconnection Facilities is required, within
sixty (60) days after the termination or expiration of this Agreement, Idaho Power will provide
Customer Generator an estimate of the remaining value of the Company-Furnished
Interconnection Facilities required under Schedule 68 and/or described in this Agreement, less
the cost of removal and transfer to Idaho Power’s warehouse (“Net Salvage Value”). If Customer
Generator elects not to purchase the Interconnection Facilities from the Company, Idaho Power
will reimburse the Customer Generator the Net Salvage Value as estimated by Idaho Power.
Customer Generator shall invoice Idaho Power for the same and Customer Generator shall have
the right to offset the invoice amount with amounts due to Idaho Power from Customer Generator.

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-24
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-24
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCESNON-EXPORTING SYSTEMS 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

IDAHO POWER COMPANY
UNIFORM CUSTOMER GENERATOR
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
(Continued)

AGREEMENT (Continued)

13. Notices. Any changes to the below contacts must be made via written notice pursuant to
Section 13.1.

13.1 Written Notice. Where required herein, written notice shall be deemed to have
been duly served when (i) delivered in person, or (ii) sent by mail or courier, return receipt
requested, at the address for each Party as follows:

If to the Customer Generator:
Customer Generator:
Attention:
Address:
City: State: Zip:

If to the Company:
Company:
Attention:
Address:
City: State: Zip:

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-25
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-25
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCESNON-EXPORTING SYSTEMS 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

IDAHO POWER COMPANY
UNIFORM CUSTOMER GENERATOR
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
(Continued)

AGREEMENT (Continued)

13.2 Designated Operating Representative. The Parties may also designate an
operating representative to communicate regarding administration of this Agreement, as well as
operations and maintenance of such Party’s facilities; provided that, any “written notice” required
by this Agreement must be made as set forth in the above Section 13.1.

Customer Generator’s Operating Representative:
Customer Generator:
Attention:
Address:
City: State: Zip:
Phone: Email:

Company’s Operating Representative:
Company:
Attention:
Address:
City: State: Zip:
Phone: Email:

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto enter this Uniform Customer Generator Agreement
to be effective as of the Effective Date.

Idaho Power Company
Print:
Sign:
Title:
Date:

Customer Generator
Print:
Sign:
Title:
Date:
Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-26
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-26
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCESNON-EXPORTING SYSTEMS 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

IDAHO POWER COMPANY
UNIFORM CUSTOMER GENERATOR
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
(Continued)

Attachment 1

Description and Costs of the Customer Generator System, Interconnection Facilities and Metering
Equipment

In this attachment, the Customer Generator System and Interconnection Facilities, including
Special Facilities and upgrades, are itemized and identified as being owned by the Customer Generator
or the Company. As provided in Schedule 68, Cost of Interconnection Facilities, the Company will provide
a best estimate itemized cost of its Interconnection Facilities, including Special Facilities, upgrades and
Metering Equipment.

Attachment 2

One-line Diagram Depicting the Customer Generator System, Interconnection Facilities, Metering
Equipment and Upgrades

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-27
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-27
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF NON-EXPORTING
SYSTEMSDISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

IDAHO POWER COMPANY
UNIFORM CUSTOMER GENERATOR
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
(Continued)

Attachment 3

Milestones

In-Service Date: ___________________

Critical milestones and responsibility as agreed to by the Parties:

Milestone/Date Responsible Party

(1) _______________________________________ ______________________
(2) _______________________________________ ______________________
(3) _______________________________________ ______________________
(4) _______________________________________ ______________________
(5) _______________________________________ ______________________
(6) _______________________________________ ______________________
(7) _______________________________________ ______________________
(8) _______________________________________ ______________________
(9) _______________________________________ ______________________
(10) _______________________________________ ______________________

Agreed to by:

For the Company __________________________ Date______________

For the Customer Generator________________________ Date______________

Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 68-28
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Sheet No. 68-28
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 68
INTERCONNECTIONS TO CUSTOMER
DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES
(Continued)

SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF DISTRIBUTED ENERGY
RESOURCES NON-EXPORTING SYSTEMS 3 MVA OR GREATER (Continued)

IDAHO POWER COMPANY
UNIFORM CUSTOMER GENERATOR
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
(Continued)

Attachment 4

Additional Operating Requirements for the Company’s Transmission System and Affected
Systems Needed to Support the Customer Generator’s Needs

The Company shall also provide requirements that must be met by the Customer Generator prior
to initiating Parallel operation with the Company’s Transmission System.

Attachment 5

Reactive Power Requirements

Idaho Power will determine the reactive power required to be supplied by the Company to the
Customer Generator, based upon information provided by the Customer Generator. The Company will
specify the equipment required on the Company’s system to meet the Facility’s reactive power
requirements. These specifications will include but not be limited to equipment specifications, equipment
location, Company-provided equipment, Customer Generator provided equipment, and all costs
associated with the equipment, design and installation of the Company-provided equipment. The
equipment specifications and requirements will become an integral part of this Agreement. The
Company-owned equipment will be maintained by the Company, with total cost of purchase, installation,
operation, and maintenance, including administrative cost to be reimbursed to the Company by the
Customer Generator. Payment of these costs will be in accordance with Schedule 68 and the total
reactive power cost will be included in the calculation of the monthly facilities charge.

Attachment 6

Company’s Description of Upgrades Required to Integrate the Generation Facility and Best
Estimate of Upgrade Costs

As provided in Schedule 68, this Attachment describes Upgrades, including best work upgrades,
and provides an itemized best estimate of the cost of the Upgrades.

Idaho Power Company Sixth Seventh Revised Sheet No. 84-1
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Fifth Sixth Revised Sheet No. 84-1
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 84
LARGE COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL, AND IRRIGATION CUSTOMER ENERGY PRODUCTION
NET METERINGON-SITE GENERATION SERVICE

AVAILABILITY

Service under this schedule is available throughout the Company’s service territory area within the
State of Idaho for Customers intending to operate Exporting Systems to generate electricity to reduce all
or part of their monthly energy usage.

Effective June 1, 2018, Schedule 84 is closed to service for Idaho residential and Idaho small
general service customers.

Effective December 2, 2020, Schedule 84 is closed to new applications with a two-meter
interconnection and for Net Energy Metering.

APPLICABILITY

Service under this schedule is applicable to any Customer that:

1. Does not take service under Schedule 4, Schedule 5, Schedule 6, or Schedule 8; and

2. Owns and/or operates a Generation Facility fueled by solar, wind, biomass, geothermal,
or hydropower, or represents fuel cell technology; and

3. Maintains its retail electric service account for the loads served at the Point of Delivery
adjacent to the Generation Interconnection Point as active and in good standing; and

4. Meets all requirements applicable to Exporting Systems detailed in the Company’s
Schedule 68, Interconnections to Customer Distributed Energy Resources; and

5. Takes retail electric service under:

a. Schedule 1 or Schedule 7; and

Owns and/or operates a Generation Facility with a total nameplate capacity rating of 25
kilowatts (kW) or smaller that is interconnected to the Customer’s individual electric system on
the Customer’s side of the Point of Delivery, thus all energy received and delivered by the
Company is through the Company’s existing watt-hour retail a single meter. The capacity of an
Energy Storage Device shall not be used to calculate the capacity limits in this schedule.

b. Schedule 9, Schedule 19, or Schedule 24; and

i. Two Meter Interconnection (Closed to new applicants effective December
2, 2020): Owns and/or operates a Generation Facility with a total nameplate capacity
rating of 100 kW or smaller that is interconnected at a Generation Interconnection Point
that, at the Company’s discretion, is located either adjacent to or on the Customer’s side
of the Point of Delivery and is metered through a meter that is separate from the retail
load metering at the Customer’s Point of Delivery. A separate meter from the existing
retail load metering at the Customer’s Point of Delivery is not required if the Customer
meets the criteria below. The capacity of an Energy Storage Device shall not be used to
calculate the capacity limits in this schedule. The One Meter Option is available if:

Idaho Power Company Sixth Seventh Revised Sheet No. 84-1
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Fifth Sixth Revised Sheet No. 84-1
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

Idaho Power Company Fifth Sixth Revised Sheet No. 84-2
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Fourth Fifth Revised Sheet No. 84-2
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. - February 17, 2022 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 21, 2022 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho
Advice No. 22-01

SCHEDULE 84
CUSTOMER ENERGY PRODUCTIONLARGE COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL AND IRRIGATION
NET METERING SERVICE ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

APPLICABILITY (Continued)

1. The Generation Facility has a total nameplate capacity rating of 25
kW or smaller; and

2. The Generation Facility has a total nameplate capacity rating that
is no more than 2% of the Customer’s Basic Load Capacity (BLC) or comparable
average maximum monthly Billing Demands.

ii. Single-Meter Interconnection (applicable to new applicants effective
December 2, 2020): Owns and/or operates a Generation Facility with a total nameplate
rating of 100 kW or smaller that is interconnected to the Customer’s individual electric
system on the Customer’s side of the Point of Delivery, thus all energy received and
delivered by the Company is through a single the Company’s existing watt-hour retail
meter. The Generation Facility must have a total nameplate rating equal to or less than the
greater of: (a) the greatest monthly Billing Demand established during the most recent 12-
month period which includes and ends with the current Billing Period, or (b) 100 kW. The
capacity of an Energy Storage Device shall not be used to calculate the capacity limits in
this schedule.

6. A Customer submitting a two-meter interconnection application for service under Schedule
84 must complete the interconnection pursuant to the terms of Schedule 68 by December 1, 2021.
Grandfather Legacy Status for eligible Exporting Systems will terminate on December 1, 2045.

7. The Grandfather Legacy Status of the two-meter Generation Facility Exporting System is
transferable to a subsequent Customer at the premises for which a valid Net Metering Service on-site
generation service is in effect. Each Customer of a Generation FacilityLegacy System taking service
under Schedule 84 will be responsible for complying with the terms and conditions of the on-site
generation service Net Metering Service in effect for that premises.

8. A two-meter Generation FacilityLegacy System that is offline for over six (6) months or
that is moved to a different site shall forfeit Grandfather Legacy Status of the Generation
FacilityExporting System.

9. To remain eligible for Grandfather Legacy Status, a Customer may increase the capacity
of a grandfathered Generation FacilityLegacy System by no more than 10 percent of the originally
installed nameplate capacity, or 1 kW, whichever is greater, to allow for the replacement of broken or
degraded components. If a Customer expands a grandfathered Generation FacilityLegacy System
beyond these limits, the new portion of the Generation FacilityDER would not qualify for Grandfather
Legacy Status.

10. A Customer that modifies a two-meter Generation Facility to a single-meter forfeits the
Grandfathered Legacy Status of the Generation Facility.

Idaho Power Company Fourth Fifth Revised Sheet No. 84-3
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Third Fourth Revised Sheet No. 84-3
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 84
CUSTOMER ENERGY PRODUCTION LARGE COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL AND IRRIGATION
NET METERING SERVICE ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

DEFINITIONS

Basic Load Capacity (BLC) is the average of the two greatest non-zero monthly Billing Demands
established during the 12-month period which includes and ends with the current Billing Period.Billing
Demand is the average kW supplied during the 15-consecutive-minute period of maximum use during the
Billing Period, adjusted for Power Factor.

Designated Meter is the retail meter physically connected to the Exporting System.

Distributed Energy Resource(s) (DER(s)) is a source of electric power that is not directly
connected to the bulk power system. Any combination of Generation Facilities and/or Energy Storage
Devices connected in Parallel is considered a DER.

Energy Storage Device is a device that captures energy produced at a point in time and stores
the energy for use as electricity at a future point in time. An Energy Storage Device is a DER.

Excess Net Energy means the positive difference between the kilowatt-hours (kWh) generated
by a Customer and the kWh supplied by the Company over the applicable Billing Period.

Exported Energy means all kWh generated by a Customer in excess of the Customer’s on-site
consumption that is exported to the Company’s system.

Exporting System is a Customer-owned DER under the terms of Schedules 6, 8, or 84, which is
designed to provide for the transfer of electric energy to the Company. An Exporting System is
interconnected to the Company’s system under the applicable terms of Schedule 68.

Generation Facility means all equipment used to generate electric energy where the resulting
energy is either delivered to the Company via a single meter at the Point of Delivery or Generation
Interconnection Point, or is consumed by the Customer.

Generation Interconnection Point is the point where the conductors installed to allow receipt of the
Customer’s generation connect to the Company’s facilities adjacent to the Customer’s Point of Delivery.

Grandfathered Status refers to the ability for a system to receive the compensation structure in
place on December 1, 2020. The compensation structure applicable to systems with a Grandfather
Status includes net monthly one-for-one kWh credit compensation for Excess Net Energy.

Interconnection Facilities are all facilities reasonably required by Prudent Electrical Practices and
the applicable electric and safety codes to interconnect and safely deliver energy from the Generation
FacilityDER to the Point of Delivery or Generation Interconnection Point.

Legacy Status refers to the ability for a system to receive Net Energy Metering, including net
monthly one-for-one kWh credit compensation for Excess Net Energy.

Legacy Systems means any system that meets the applicable criteria as described in Order Nos.
34509, 34546, 34854 and 34892.
Idaho Power Company Fourth Fifth Revised Sheet No. 84-3
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Third Fourth Revised Sheet No. 84-3
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

Net Billing is the compensation structure applicable to all systems that do not meet the criteria of a
Legacy System. Net Billing will be effective with each eligible customer’s first billing cycle after January 1,
2024.

Net Energy Metering is the compensation structure applicable to all Legacy Systems.
Idaho Power Company Fourth Fifth Revised Sheet No. 84-3
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Third Fourth Revised Sheet No. 84-3
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

Idaho Power Company Fourth Fifth Revised Sheet No. 84-4
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Third Fourth Revised Sheet No. 84-4
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 84
CUSTOMER ENERGY PRODUCTION LARGE COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL AND IRRIGATION
NET METERING SERVICE ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)
DEFINITIONS (Continued)

Parallel connection means generating electricity from an on-site generation system that is
connected to and receives voltage from Idaho Power’s system.

Point of Delivery is the retail metering point where the Company's and the Customer’s electrical
facilities are interconnected to allow the Customer to take retail electric service from the Company.

Prudent Electrical Practices are those practices, methods and equipment that are commonly used
in prudent electrical engineering and operations to operate electric equipment lawfully and with safety,
dependability, efficiency and economy.

Schedule 68 is the Company’s service schedule which provides for interconnection to customer
generationDERs or its successor schedule(s) as approved by the Commission.

MONTHLY BILLING

The Customer shall be billed in accordance with the Customer’s applicable standard service
schedule, including appropriate monthly charges, and the Export Credit Rate under this schedule.

NET ENERGY METERING - CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE

The conditions listed below shall apply to all transactions for Net Energy Metering under this
schedule.

1. Balances of generation and usage by the Customer:

a. If electricity supplied by the Company during the Billing Period exceeds the
electricity generated by the Customer and delivered to the Company during the Billing Period,
the Customer shall be billed for the net electricity supplied by the Company at the Customer’s
standard schedule retail rate, in accordance with normal metering practices.

b. Effective at the beginning of each Customer’s January 2014 Billing Period, iIf
electricity generated by the Customer and delivered to the Company during the Billing Period
exceeds the electricity supplied by the Company during the Billing Period, the Excess Net Energy
shall be carried forward as a kWh credit to offset energy usage in a subsequent Billing Period.
Excess Net Energy credits are subject to the following provisions:

i. Credits can only be used to offset billed kWh consumption. Customers
shall be billed for all applicable non-energy charges for the Billing Period according to the
applicable standard service schedule.

ii. Credits shall carry forward provided the Customer maintains electric
service at the same Point of Delivery.

Idaho Power Company Fourth Fifth Revised Sheet No. 84-4
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Third Fourth Revised Sheet No. 84-4
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho
iii. Credits are non-transferrable in the event that a Customer relocates and/or
discontinues service at the Point of Delivery associated with the Exporting System. Any
unused credits will expire at the time the final bill is prepared.
Idaho Power Company Second Third Revised Sheet No. 84-5
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 First Second Revised Sheet No. 84-5
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 84
CUSTOMER ENERGY PRODUCTION LARGE COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL AND IRRIGATION
NET METERING SERVICE ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

NET ENERGY METERING - CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE (Continued)

2. Aggregation of meters for the annual transfer of unused Excess Net Energy credits:

a. If a balance of Excess Net Energy credits exists at a Designated Meter, at the end
of the Customer’s December Billing Period the Customer may request to transfer the unused
credits to offset energy consumption at eligible meters. A meter is eligible for aggregation if it
meets all of the following criteria:

i. The account subject to offset is held by the Customer; and

ii. The meter is located on, or contiguous to, the property on which the
Designated Meter is located. For the purposes of this tariff, contiguous property includes
property that is separated from the Premises of the Designated Meter by public or railroad
rights of way; and

iii. The meter is served by the same primary feeder as the Designated Meter
at the time the Customer files the application for the Exporting System; and

iv. The electricity recorded by the meter is for the Customer’s requirements;
and

v. For Customers taking service under Schedule 1 or Schedule 7, credits may
only be transferred to meters taking service under Schedule 1 or Schedule 7. For
Customers taking service under Schedule 9, Schedule 19, or Schedule 24, credits may
only be transferred to meters taking service under Schedule 9, Schedule 19, or Schedule
24.

b. Customers may submit requests to transfer Excess Net Energy credits between
January December 1 and January 31 of each year. All requests must be received by Idaho
Power by midnight, Mountain Standard Time, on January 31. If a Customer does not request to
transfer Excess Net Energy credits by the January 31 submission deadline Excess Net Energy
credits will carry forward to offset consumption at the Designated Meter until they become eligible
for transfer on January 1 of the following year.

c. Requests to transfer Excess Net Energy credits must be executed by the
Company no later than March 31. Transfers will be based on the balance of Excess Net Energy
credits available at the time the transfer is made.

d. If multiple meters are eligible for aggregation, Excess Net Energy credits must first
be applied to the Designated Meter, then to eligible meters on the same rate schedule as the
Designated Meter. Remaining Excess Net Energy credits may then be applied to offset
consumption at eligible meters on differing rate schedules in accordance with Section 2a(v)
above.

Idaho Power Company Second Third Revised Sheet No. 84-5
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 First Second Revised Sheet No. 84-5
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho
e. A meter aggregation fee of $10.00 will be assessed per aggregated meter per
annual transfer transaction.
Idaho Power Company First Second Revised Sheet No. 84-6
Cancels
I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original First Revised Sheet No. 84-6
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 84
CUSTOMER ENERGY PRODUCTION LARGE COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL AND IRRIGATION
NET METERING SERVICE ON-SITE GENERATION
(Continued)

NET BILLING – CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE AND SALE

The conditions listed below shall apply to transactions for Net Billing under this schedule.

1. Balances of usage and exports by the Customer.

a. The Customer shall be billed for the electricity supplied by the Company at the
rates contained within the Customer’s applicable standard service schedule, in accordance with
normal metering practices.

b. The Customer shall be credited for Exported Energy at the applicable Export
Credit Rate contained within this schedule as a credit in dollars to only offset Monthly Charges.
Exported Energy credits are subject to the following provisions:

i. Credits shall carry forward provided the Customer maintains electric
service at the same Point of Delivery.

ii. Credits are non-transferrable in the event that a Customer relocates
and/or discontinues service at the Point of Delivery associated with the Exporting
System. Any unused credits will expire at the time the final bill is prepared.

2. Aggregation of meters for the annual transfer of unused credits:

a. If a balance of credits exists at a Designated Meter, the Customer may request to
transfer the unused credits to eligible meters. A meter is eligible for aggregation if it meets the
following criteria:

i. The account subject to offset is held by the Customer; and

ii. The electricity recorded by the meter is for the Customer’s requirements.

b. Customers may submit requests to transfer a stated percentage of available
credits between December 1 and January 31 of each year. All requests must be received by
Idaho Power by midnight, Mountain Standard Time, on January 31. If a Customer does not
request to transfer credits by the January 31 submission deadline credits will carry forward at
the Designated Meter until they become eligible for transfer the following year.

c. Requests to transfer credits must be executed by the Company no later than
March 31. Transfers will be based on the balance of credits available at the time the transfer is
made.

d. A meter aggregation fee of $10.00 will be assessed per aggregated meter per
annual transfer transaction.
Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 84-6
Cancels

I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Original Sheet No. 84-67
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 84
CUSTOMER ENERGY PRODUCTION
NET METERING SERVICE
(Continued)

NET ENERGY METERING & NET BILLING – GENERAL CONDITIONS

31. The Customer shall never deliver or attempt to deliver energy to the Company’s system
when the Company’s system serving the Customer’s DER is de-energized for any reason.

42. The Company shall not be liable directly or indirectly for permitting or continuing to allow
an attachment of a Exporting System to the Company’s system, or for the acts or omissions of the
Customer that cause loss or injury, including death, to any third party.

53. The Customer is responsible for all costs associated with the Generation FacilityDER
and Interconnection Facilities. The Customer is also responsible for all costs associated with any
Company additions, modifications, or upgrades to any Company facilities that the Company determines
are necessary as a result of the installation of the Generation FacilityDER in order to maintain a safe,
reliable electrical system.

64. The Company shall not be obligated to accept, and the Company may require the
Customer to curtail, interrupt or reduce deliveries of energy if the Company, consistent with Prudent
Electrical Practices, determines that curtailment, interruption or reduction is necessary because of line
construction or maintenance requirements, emergencies, or other critical operating conditions on its
system.

75. If the Company is required by the Commission to institute curtailment of deliveries of
electricity to its customers, the Company may require the Customer to curtail its consumption of
electricity in the same manner and to the same degree as other Customers on the Company’s standard
service schedules.

86. The Customer shall grant to the Company all access to all Company equipment and
facilities including adequate and continuing access rights to the property of the Customer for the
purpose of installation, operation, maintenance, replacement or any other service required of said
equipment, as well as all necessary access for inspection, switching and any other operational
requirements of the Customer’s Interconnection Facilities.

97. The Customer shall notify the Company immediately if an Exporting System is
permanently removed or disabled. Permanent removal or disablement for the purposes of this
schedule is any removal or disablement of an Exporting System lasting longer than six (6) months.
Customers with permanently removed systems will be removed from service under this schedule and
placed on the appropriate standard service schedule

.
Idaho Power Company First Revised Sheet No. 84-6
Cancels

I.P.U.C. No. 29, Tariff No. 101 Original Original Sheet No. 84-68
IDAHO Issued by IDAHO POWER COMPANY
Issued per Order No. 34955 Timothy E. Tatum, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Effective – March 23, 2021 1221 West Idaho Street, Boise, Idaho

SCHEDULE 84
CUSTOMER ENERGY PRODUCTION
NET METERING SERVICE
(Continued)

SUMMER AND NON-SUMMER SEASONS

For the Export Credit Rate, the summer season begins on June 15 of each year and ends on
September 15 of each year. For the Export Credit Rate, the non-summer season begins on September
16 of each year and ends on June 14 of each year.

TIME PERIODS

The time periods for the Export Credit Rate are defined as follows. All times are stated in
Mountain Time.

Summer Season
On-Peak: 3:00 p.m. to 11:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, except holidays
Off-Peak: 11:00 p.m. to 3:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday and all hours on
Sunday and holidays

Non-summer Season
Off-Peak: All hours Monday through Sunday

Holidays are New Year's Day (January 1), Memorial Day (last Monday in May), Independence
Day (July 4), Labor Day (first Monday in September), Thanksgiving Day (fourth Thursday in November),
and Christmas Day (December 25). If New Year’s Day, Independence Day, or Christmas Day falls on
Saturday, the preceding Friday will be designated a holiday. If New Year’s Day, Independence Day, or
Christmas Day falls on Sunday, the following Monday will be designated a holiday.

EXPORT CREDIT RATE

The following rate structure and credits are subject to change upon Commission approval:

Summer Non-summer

Export Credit Rate, per kWh
On-Peak 20.4221¢ n/a
Off-Peak 4.9100¢ 4.9100¢

BEFORE THE

IDAHO PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION

CASE NO. IPC-E-23-14

IDAHO POWER COMPANY

ATTACHMENT 3

Summary of Revenue Impact
(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)
Line Current Billing Current Current Proposed Billing Current Proposed Revenue Percent
No Description Determinants Rates Revenue Determinants Rates Revenue Difference Change
1 Service Charge 159,453 $5.00 $797,263 159,453 $5.00 $797,263 $0 0.00%
2 Minimum Charge 1,482 $2.00 $2,964 1,482 $2.00 $2,964 $0 0.00%
3 Energy Blocks
4 Summer
5 0-800 kWh 8,926,811 0.086518 $772,330 18,235,390 0.086518 $1,577,690 $805,360 104.28%
6 801-2000 kWh 3,540,934 0.104033 $368,374 7,041,132 0.104033 $732,510 $364,136 98.85%
7 Over 2000 kWh 1,382,661 0.123585 $170,876 2,840,881 0.123585 $351,090 $180,214 105.46%
8 Non-Summer
9 0-800 kWh 32,604,302 0.080390 $2,621,060 54,533,261 0.080390 $4,383,929 $1,762,869 67.26%
10 801-2000 kWh 15,605,040 0.088627 $1,383,028 24,135,393 0.088627 $2,139,047 $756,020 54.66%
11 Over 2000 kWh 10,972,843 0.098154 $1,077,028 16,126,439 0.098154 $1,582,874 $505,846 46.97%
12 Total Energy 73,032,591 $6,392,696 122,912,496 $10,767,141 $4,374,445 68.43%
13 Total Base Revenue $7,192,923 $11,567,368 $4,374,445 60.82%
14 Energy Efficiency Rider 3.10%$222,981 3.10%$358,588 $135,608 60.82%
15 PCA Revenue 0.013940 $1,018,074 0.013940 $1,713,400 $695,326 68.30%
16 FCA Revenue 0.006153 $449,370 0.006153 $756,281 $306,911 68.30%
17 Revenue Sharing (0.000047)($3,432)(0.000047)($5,776)($2,344)68.30%
18 Total Annual Adjustment Mechanism $1,464,011.81 $2,463,904.72 $999,893 68.30%
19 Total Billed Revenue $8,879,916 $14,389,861 $5,509,945 62.05%
Residential Service On-Site Generation
Schedule 6
Idaho Power Company
Calculation of Revenue Impact 2023
State of Idaho
IPC-E-23-14
Filed May 1, 2023
(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)
Line Current Billing Current Current Proposed Billing Current Proposed Revenue Percent
No Description Determinants Rates Revenue Determinants Rates Revenue Difference Change
1 Service Charge 1,050.0 $5.00 $5,250 1,050.0 $5.00 $5,250 $0 0.00%
2 Minimum Charge 6.0 $2.00 $12 6.0 $2.00 $12 $0 0.00%
3 Energy Charge
4 Summer
5 0-300 kWh 11,786 0.098633 $1,162 26,347 0.098633 $2,599 $1,436 123.54%
6 Over 300 kWh 30,159 0.117472 $3,543 56,107 0.117472 $6,591 $3,048 86.04%
7 Summer Energy 41,945 $4,705 82,454 $9,190 $4,484 95.30%
8 Non-Summer
9 0-300 kWh 61,541 0.098633 $6,070 117,296 0.098633 $11,569 $5,499 90.60%
10 Over 300 kWh 92,929 0.103486 $9,617 170,958 0.103486 $17,692 $8,075 83.97%
11 Non-Summer Energy 154,470 $15,687 288,254 $29,261 $13,574 86.53%
12 Total Energy 196,415 $20,392 370,708 $38,451 $18,059 88.56%
13 Total Base Revenue $25,654 $43,713 $18,059 70.39%
14 Energy Efficiency Rider 3.10%$795 3.10%$1,355 $560 70.39%
15 PCA Revenue 0.013940 $2,738 0.013940 $5,168 $2,430 88.74%
16 FCA Revenue 0.007788 $1,530 0.007788 $2,887 $1,357 88.74%
17 Revenue Sharing (0.000059)($12)(0.000059)($22)($10)88.74%
18 Total Annual Adjustment Mechanism $4,256.02 $8,032.69 $3,777 88.74%
19 Total Billed Revenue $30,705 $53,100 $22,395 72.93%
Small General Service On-Site Generation
Schedule 8
Idaho Power Company
Calculation of Revenue Impact 2023
State of Idaho
IPC-E-23-14
Filed May 1, 2023
(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)
Line Current Billing Current Current Proposed Billing Current Proposed Revenue Percent
No Description Determinants Rates Revenue Determinants Rates Revenue Difference Change
1 Service Charge 455,940.2 $16.00 $7,295,043 455,940.2 $16.00 $7,295,043 $0 0.00%
2 Minimum Charge 1,784.0 5.00 $8,920 1,784.0 5.00 $8,920 $0 0.00%
3 Basic Charge
4 Summer and Non-Summer
5 0-20 kW 6,494,112 0.00 $0 6,494,112 0.00 $0 $0 0.00%
6 Over 20 kW 8,516,555 1.03 $8,772,052 8,516,555 1.03 $8,772,052 $0 0.00%
7 Total Basic Charge 15,010,667 $8,772,052 15,010,667 $8,772,052 $0 0.00%
8 Demand Charge
9 0-20 kW
10 Summer and Non-Summer 5,349,195 $0.00 $0 5,349,195 $0.00 $0 $0 0.00%
11 Over 20 kW
12 Summer 1,562,250 6.06 $9,467,238 1,562,250 6.06 $9,467,238 $0 0.00%
13 Non-Summer 4,230,876 4.45 $18,827,398 4,230,876 4.45 $18,827,398 $0 0.00%
14 Total Demand 11,142,321 $28,294,636 11,142,321 $28,294,636 $0 0.00%
15 Energy Charge
16 Summer
17 0-2000 kWh 166,207,639 0.105250 $17,493,354 166,185,698 0.105250 $17,491,045 ($2,309)(0.01)%
18 Over 2000 kWh 705,845,803 0.048716 $34,385,984 705,756,622 0.048716 $34,381,640 ($4,345)(0.01)%
19 Non-Summer
20 0-2000 kWh 514,700,316 0.094742 $48,763,737 514,806,364 0.094742 $48,773,785 $10,047 0.02%
21 Over 2000 kWh 1,934,376,643 0.044196 $85,491,710 1,934,795,934 0.044196 $85,510,241 $18,531 0.02%
22 Total Energy 3,321,130,401 $186,134,786 3,321,544,618 $186,156,710 $21,924 0.01%
23 Total Base Revenue $230,505,437 $230,527,361 $21,924 0.01%
24 Energy Efficiency Rider 3.10%$7,145,669 3.10%$7,146,348 $680 0.01%
25 FCA Revenue 0.000000 $0 0.000000 $0 $0 0.00%
26 PCA Revenue 0.013940 $46,296,558 0.013940 $46,302,332 $5,774 0.01%
27 Revenue Sharing (0.000035)($117,303)(0.000035)($117,318)($15)0.01%
28 Total Annual Adjustment Mechanism $46,179,254.52 $46,185,014.08 $5,760 0.01%
29 Total Billed Revenue $283,830,360 $283,858,723 $28,364 0.01%
Large General Service
Schedule 9 Secondary Service
Idaho Power Company
Calculation of Revenue Impact 2023
State of Idaho
IPC-E-23-14
Filed May 1, 2023
(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)
Line Current Billing Current Current Proposed Billing Current Proposed Revenue Percent
No Description Determinants Rates Revenue Determinants Rates Revenue Difference Change
1 Bills-In Season 77,670.3 $22.00 $1,708,747 77,670.3 $22.00 $1,708,747 $0 0.00%
2 Bills-Out Season 152,476.5 3.50 $533,668 152,476.5 3.50 $533,668 $0 0.00%
3 Minimum Charge 378.5 1.50 $568 378.5 1.50 $568 $0 0.00%
4 Demand Charge
5 Total In-Season 4,065,427 7.06 $28,701,912 4,065,427 7.06 $28,701,912 $0 0.00%
6 Total Out-Season*0 0.00 $0 0 0.00 $0 $0 0.00%
7 Total kW 4,065,427 $28,701,912 4,065,427 $28,701,912 $0 0.00%
8 Energy Charge
9 First 164 kWh per kW 610,089,112 0.058436 $35,651,167 610,778,359 0.058436 $35,691,444 $40,277 0.11%
10 All Other kWh In-Season 896,853,940 0.055483 $49,760,147 897,748,435 0.055483 $49,809,776 $49,629 0.10%
11 Total Out-Season 355,718,773 0.067084 $23,863,038 355,995,978 0.067084 $23,881,634 $18,596 0.08%
12 Total Energy 1,862,661,825 $109,274,353 1,864,522,772 $109,382,855 $108,502 0.10%
13 Total Base Revenue $140,219,247 $140,327,749 $108,502 0.08%
14 Energy Efficiency Rider 3.10%$4,346,797 3.10%$4,350,160 $3,364 0.08%
15 FCA Revenue 0.000000 $0 0.000000 $0 $0 0.00%
16 PCA Revenue 0.013940 $25,965,506 0.013940 $25,991,447 $25,942 0.10%
17 Revenue Sharing (0.000038)($71,471)(0.000038)($71,543)($71)0.10%
18 Total Annual Adjustment Mechanism $25,894,034.69 $25,919,904.88 $25,870 0.10%
19 Total Billed Revenue $170,460,078 $170,597,814 $137,736 0.08%
Agricultural Irrigation Service
Schedule 24 Secondary
Idaho Power Company
Calculation of Revenue Impact 2023
State of Idaho
IPC-E-23-14
Filed May 1, 2023
(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)
Total Percent
Rate Current Current Proposed Adjustments Proposed Change
Line Sch.Energy Base Mills Energy to Base Base Mills Base to Base
No Tariff Description No.(kWh)Revenue Per kWh (kWh)Revenue Revenue Per kWh Revenue

Uniform Tariff Rates:

1 Residential Service 1 5,404,135,997 $499,860,983 92.50 5,404,135,997 $0 $499,860,983 92.50 0.00%
2 Master Metered Mobile Home Park 3 4,476,086 $390,879 87.33 4,476,086 $0 $390,879 87.33 0.00%
3 Residential Service Time-of-Day 5 16,947,350 $1,494,824 88.20 16,947,350 $0 $1,494,824 88.20 0.00%
4 Residential Service On-Site Generation 6 73,032,591 $7,192,923 98.49 122,912,496 $4,374,445 $11,567,368 94.11 60.82%
5 Small General Service 7 138,285,160 $16,113,854 116.53 138,285,160 $0 $16,113,854 116.53 0.00%
6 Small General Service On-Site Generation 8 196,415 $25,654 130.61 370,708 $18,059 $43,713 117.92 70.39%
7 Large General Service 9 3,922,829,583 $266,952,199 68.05 3,923,243,800 $21,924 $266,974,124 68.05 0.01%
8 Dusk to Dawn Lighting 15 5,267,423 $1,261,853 239.56 5,267,423 $0 $1,261,853 239.56 0.00%
9 Large Power Service 19 2,386,695,635 $125,836,758 52.72 2,386,695,635 $0 $125,836,758 52.72 0.00%
10 Agricultural Irrigation Service 24 1,862,661,825 $140,219,247 75.28 1,864,522,772 $108,502 $140,327,749 75.26 0.08%
11 Unmetered General Service 40 13,925,301 $1,144,288 82.17 13,925,301 $0 $1,144,288 82.17 0.00%
12 Street Lighting 41 23,760,014 $3,463,322 145.76 23,760,014 $0 $3,463,322 145.76 0.00%
13 Traffic Control Lighting 42 2,847,961 $165,609 58.15 2,847,961 $0 $165,609 58.15 0.00%
14 Total Uniform Tariffs 13,855,061,341 $1,064,122,393 76.80 13,907,390,703 $4,522,930 $1,068,645,322 76.84 0.43%

15 Total Special Contracts 1,102,113,577 $47,661,314 43.25 1,102,113,577 $0 $47,661,314 43.25 0.00%

16 Total Idaho Retail Sales 14,957,174,918 $1,111,783,707 74.33 15,009,504,280 $4,522,930 $1,116,306,636 74.37 0.41%
Summary of Revenue Impact
Current Base Revenue to Proposed Base Revenue
Idaho Power Company
Calculation of Revenue Impact 2023
State of Idaho
IPC-E-23-14
Filed May 1, 2023

(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)
Total Percent
Rate Current Current Proposed Adjustments Proposed Change
Line Sch.Energy Base Mills Energy to Base Base Mills Base to Base
No Tariff Description No.(kWh)Revenue Per kWh (kWh)Revenue Revenue Per kWh Revenue

Uniform Tariff Rates:

1 Large General Secondary 9S 3,321,130,401 $230,505,437 69.41 3,321,544,618 $21,924 $230,527,361 69.40 0.01%
2 Large General Primary 9P 598,142,039 $36,210,534 60.54 598,142,039 $0 $36,210,534 60.54 0.00%
3 Large General Transmission 9T 3,557,143 $236,229 66.41 3,557,143 $0 $236,229 66.41 0.00%
4 Total Schedule 9 3,922,829,583 $266,952,199 68.05 3,923,243,800 $21,924 $266,974,124 68.05 0.01%

6 Large Power Secondary 19S 6,534,628 $471,745 72.19 6,534,628 $0 $471,745 72.19 0.00%
7 Large Power Primary 19P 2,347,295,327 $123,734,911 52.71 2,347,295,327 $0 $123,734,911 52.71 0.00%
8 Large Power Transmission 19T 32,865,680 $1,630,102 49.60 32,865,680 $0 $1,630,102 49.60 0.00%
9 Total Schedule 19 2,386,695,635 $125,836,758 52.72 2,386,695,635 $0 $125,836,758 52.72 0.00%

11 Irrigation Secondary 24S 1,862,661,825 $140,219,247 75.28 1,864,522,772 $108,502 $140,327,749 75.26 0.08%
12 Irrigation Transmission 24T 0 $0 0.00 0 $0 $0 0.00 0.00%
13 Total Schedule 24 1,862,661,825 $140,219,247 75.28 1,864,522,772 $108,502 $140,327,749 75.26 0.08%
Filed May 1, 2023

Summary of Revenue Impact - Rates 9, 19, and 24 Distribution Level Detail
Current Base Revenue to Proposed Base Revenue
Idaho Power Company
Calculation of Revenue Impact 2023
State of Idaho
IPC-E-23-14
(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)
Total Percent
Rate Current Current Proposed Adjustments Proposed Change
Line Sch.Energy Billed Mills Energy to Billed Billed Mills Billed to Billed
No Tariff Description No.(kWh)Revenue Per kWh (kWh)Revenue Revenue Per kWh Revenue

Uniform Tariff Rates:

1 Residential Service 1 5,404,135,997 $623,688,020 115.41 5,404,135,997 $0 $623,688,020 115.41 0.00%
2 Master Metered Mobile Home Park 3 4,476,086 $492,735 110.08 4,476,086 $0 $492,735 110.08 0.00%
3 Residential Service Time-of-Day 5 16,947,350 $1,880,925 110.99 16,947,350 $0 $1,880,925 110.99 0.00%
4 Residential Service On-Site Generation 6 73,032,591 $8,879,916 121.59 122,912,496 $5,509,945 $14,389,861 117.07 62.05%
5 Small General Service 7 138,285,160 $19,609,819 141.81 138,285,160 $0 $19,609,819 141.81 0.00%
6 Small General Service On-Site Generation 8 196,415 $30,705 156.33 370,708 $22,395 $53,100 143.24 72.93%
7 Large General Service 9 3,922,829,583 $329,776,043 84.07 3,923,243,800 $28,364 $329,804,407 84.06 0.01%
8 Dusk to Dawn Lighting 15 5,267,423 $1,373,756 260.80 5,267,423 $0 $1,373,756 260.80 0.00%
9 Large Power Service 19 2,386,695,635 $162,944,208 68.27 2,386,695,635 $0 $162,944,208 68.27 0.00%
10 Agricultural Irrigation Service 24 1,862,661,825 $170,460,078 91.51 1,864,522,772 $137,736 $170,597,814 91.50 0.08%
11 Unmetered General Service 40 13,925,301 $1,373,296 98.62 13,925,301 $0 $1,373,296 98.62 0.00%
12 Street Lighting 41 23,760,014 $3,900,131 164.15 23,760,014 $0 $3,900,131 164.15 0.00%
13 Traffic Control Lighting 42 2,847,961 $210,359 73.86 2,847,961 $0 $210,359 73.86 0.00%
14 Total Uniform Tariffs 13,855,061,341 $1,324,619,991 95.61 13,907,390,703 $5,698,440 $1,330,318,430 95.66 0.43%

15 Total Special Contracts 1,102,113,577 $66,640,866 60.47 1,102,113,577 $0 $66,640,866 60.47 0.00%

16 Total Idaho Retail Sales 14,957,174,918 $1,391,260,856 93.02 15,009,504,280 $5,698,440 $1,396,959,296 93.07 0.41%
(1) Includes EE Rider, FCA, and PCA Rates as of May 1, 2023
Summary of Revenue Impact
Current Billed Revenue to Proposed Billed Revenue
Idaho Power Company
Calculation of Revenue Impact 2023
State of Idaho
IPC-E-23-14
Filed May 1, 2023

(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)
Total Percent
Rate Current Current Proposed Adjustments Proposed Change
Line Sch.Energy Billed Mills Energy to Billed Billed Mills Billed to Billed
No Tariff Description No.(kWh)Revenue Per kWh (kWh)Revenue Revenue Per kWh Revenue

Uniform Tariff Rates:

1 Large General Secondary 9S 3,321,130,401 $283,830,360 85.46 3,321,544,618 $28,364 $283,858,723 85.46 0.01%
2 Large General Primary 9P 598,142,039 $45,652,670 76.32 598,142,039 $0 $45,652,670 76.32 0.00%
3 Large General Transmission 9T 3,557,143 $293,014 82.37 3,557,143 $0 $293,014 82.37 0.00%
4 Total Schedule 9 3,922,829,583 $329,776,043 84.07 3,923,243,800 $28,364 $329,804,407 84.06 0.01%

6 Large Power Secondary 19S 6,534,628 $577,231 88.33 6,534,628 $0 $577,231 88.33 0.00%
7 Large Power Primary 19P 2,347,295,327 $160,229,024 68.26 2,347,295,327 $0 $160,229,024 68.26 0.00%
8 Large Power Transmission 19T 32,865,680 $2,137,953 65.05 32,865,680 $0 $2,137,953 65.05 0.00%
9 Total Schedule 19 2,386,695,635 $162,944,208 68.27 2,386,695,635 $0 $162,944,208 68.27 0.00%

11 Irrigation Secondary 24S 1,862,661,825 $170,460,078 91.51 1,864,522,772 $137,736 $170,597,814 91.50 0.08%
12 Irrigation Transmission 24T 0 $0 0.00 0 $0 $0 0.00 0.00%
13 Total Schedule 24 1,862,661,825 $170,460,078 91.51 1,864,522,772 $137,736 $170,597,814 91.50 0.08%
(1) Includes EE Rider, FCA, and PCA Rates as of May 1, 2023
Filed May 1, 2023

Summary of Revenue Impact - Rates 9, 19, and 24 Distribution Level Detail
Current Billed Revenue to Proposed Billed Revenue
Idaho Power Company
Calculation of Revenue Impact 2023
State of Idaho
IPC-E-23-14
BEFORE THE

IDAHO PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION

CASE NO. IPC-E-23-14

IDAHO POWER COMPANY

ATTACHMENT 4

Press Release and Bill Insert

Idaho Power Requests Changes to On-site Generation Offering
May 1, 2023
BOISE, Idaho — Idaho Power is requesting changes to its on-site generation offering that are a step
toward ensuring fair prices for all customers. Idaho Power is seeking approval of a compensation
structure that accurately measures an on-site generator’s use of the electrical grid and an export credit
rate that will result in a fair and accurate valuation of customers’ exported energy.
The proposed changes follow the Idaho Public Utilities Commission’s (IPUC) acknowledgement of a
Value of Distributed Energy Resources study (IPC-E-22-22) analyzing the benefits and costs of on-site
generation, such as residential rooftop solar, on Idaho Power’s system. The study provides a basis for
implementing changes to ensure that customers are paid fair rates for their exports and customers
without solar or other on-site generation systems are not subsidizing the rates for self-generating
customers.
Solar power is an important part of Idaho Power’s energy mix, and the company supports customers
who choose to participate in their own on-site generation. The company’s goal with this request is to
modernize the 20-year-old compensation structure for on-site generation to ensure prices for excess
energy are fair and equitable for all customers.
As part of previous cases, the IPUC granted legacy status — sometimes referred to as “grandfathered”
— to eligible residential and small general service on-site generation systems as of December 20, 2019,
and to eligible commercial, industrial and irrigation systems as of December 1, 2020. The newly
requested changes will not affect customers with legacy systems.
For all customers with non-legacy systems, Idaho Power is asking the IPUC to implement changes
starting January 1, 2024, including:
• A change from net monthly to real-time net billing, which would better measure customers’
actual reliance on the grid.
• A change in the excess exported energy credit from a kilowatt-hour (kWh) credit ranging in
value of 5 to 12 cents, depending on the customer class, to a time differentiated financial bill
credit ranging from approximately 5 to 20 cents per kWh that would be updated annually.
• A modification to the eligibility cap for large commercial, industrial and irrigation customers.

Existing and pending non-legacy on-site generation customers will receive a letter with more detailed
information about Idaho Power’s proposal and the potential impact to their bill.
For more details about the proposed changes to the on-site generation compensation structure,
including the methodologies behind the net billing and excess energy export credit rate changes,
customers can review Idaho Power’s proposal, which is subject to approval by the IPUC. Copies of the

application are available to the public at IPUC offices (11331 W. Chinden Blvd. Building 8, Suite 201‐A,
Boise, ID 83714), Idaho Power offices, or at idahopower.com or puc.idaho.gov. Customers also may
subscribe to the IPUC’s RSS feed to receive periodic updates via email about the case. Written
comments regarding Idaho Power’s proposal (Case No. IPC‐E‐23‐14) may be filed with the IPUC
(puc.idaho.gov/Form/CaseComment).
To learn more about Idaho Power’s on-site generation offerings, visit idahopower.com/solar.
About Idaho Power
Idaho Power, headquartered in vibrant and fast-growing Boise, Idaho, has been a locally operated
energy company since 1916. Today, it serves a 24,000-square-mile area in Idaho and Oregon.
The company’s goal to provide 100% clean energy by 2045 builds on its long history as a clean-energy
leader that provides reliable service at affordable prices. With 17 low-cost hydroelectric projects at the
core of its diverse energy mix, Idaho Power’s residential, business and agricultural customers pay among
the nation’s lowest prices for electricity. Its 2,000 employees proudly serve more than 610,000
customers with a culture of safety first, integrity always and respect for all.
IDACORP Inc. (NYSE: IDA), Idaho Power’s independent publicly traded parent company, is also
headquartered in Boise, Idaho. To learn more, visit idahopower.com or idacorpinc.com.
Jordan Rodriguez
Communications Specialist
[e-mail]
208-388-2460
Idaho Power is requesting changes to its
on-site generation offering that are a step toward
ensuring fair prices for all customers. Idaho Power
is seeking approval of a compensation structure
that accurately measures an on-site generator’s
use of the electrical grid and an export credit rate
that will result in a fair and accurate valuation of
customers’ exported energy.
The proposed changes follow the Idaho Public
Utilities Commission’s (IPUC) acknowledgement
of a Value of Distributed Energy Resources study
(IPC-E-22-22) analyzing the benefi ts and costs
of on-site generation, such as residential rooftop
solar, on Idaho Power’s system. The study provides
a basis for implementing changes to ensure that
customers are paid fair rates for their exports
and customers without solar or other on-site
generation systems are not subsidizing the rates
for self-generating customers.
Solar power is an important part of Idaho Power’s
energy mix, and the company supports customers
who choose to participate in their own on-site
generation. The company’s goal with this request
is to modernize the 20-year-old compensation
structure for on-site generation to ensure prices
for excess energy are fair and equitable for
all customers.
As part of previous cases, the IPUC granted
legacy status — sometimes referred to as
“grandfathered” — to eligible residential and
small general service on-site generation systems as
of December 20, 2019, and to eligible commercial,
industrial and irrigation systems as of
December 1, 2020. The newly requested changes
will not affect customers with legacy systems.
Idaho Power Requests Changes
to On-site Generation Offering
For all customers with non-legacy systems,
Idaho Power is asking the IPUC to implement
changes starting January 1, 2024, including:
•
•
•
idahopower.com or puc.idaho.gov.
Customers also may subscribe to the IPUC’s RSS
feed to receive periodic updates via email about
the case. Written comments regarding Idaho
Power’s proposal (Case No. IPC-E-23-14) may
be fi led with the IPUC (puc.idaho.gov/Form/
CaseComment).
To learn more about Idaho Power’s
on-site generation offerings, visit
idahopower.com/solar.
© 2023 Idaho Power 31180-1-0232
BEFORE THE

IDAHO PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION

CASE NO. IPC-E-23-14

IDAHO POWER COMPANY

ATTACHMENT 5

Draft Customer Letters

May 1, 2023 

NAME 
MAILING ADDRESS 
CITY, STATE, ZIP 

RE: Proposed changes to the compensation structure for on‐site generation   

Hello, 

As a customer with on‐site generation, you are receiving this letter because we want you to be 
aware of proposed changes to the compensation structure for on‐site generation. This letter is 
specific to your on‐site [RESOURCE] generation system at [SITE ADDRESS], meter number 
[XXXXXXXX].  Please note — as of the date of this letter, the system referenced above is a  legacy 
(i.e., grandfathered) system, which means your on‐site generation compensation structure (1 to 1 
kilowatt‐hour [kWh] usage offset) will not change until [YEAR]. If you have multiple on‐site 
generation systems, you will receive a letter specific to each system.  

Below are details about the proposed changes being considered by the Idaho Public Utilities 
Commission (IPUC) — as well as information on how you can participate.   

What is being proposed? 
Idaho Power is requesting changes to its on‐site generation offering that are a step towards 
ensuring fair prices for all customers. Idaho Power is seeking approval of a compensation structure 
that accurately measures an on‐site generator’s use of the electrical grid and an export energy 
credit rate that will result in a fair and accurate valuation of customers’ exported energy. For all 
customers with non‐legacy systems, Idaho Power is asking the IPUC to implement changes starting 
January 1, 2024, including:  
 A change from net monthly (NEM) to real‐time net billing, which would better measure 
customers’ actual reliance on the electrical grid.  
 A change in the excess energy credit from a kilowatt‐hour (kWh) credit, valued around [XX] 
cents for [CLASS] customers, to a time differentiated financial bill credit ranging from 
approximately 5 to 20 cents per kWh, that would be updated annually.  
 A modification in the eligibility size cap for commercial, industrial, and irrigation customers.  

Why is Idaho Power requesting changes?  
The proposed changes follow the IPUC’s acknowledgement of a Value of Distributed Energy 
Resources study (IPC‐E‐22‐22), which analyzed the benefits and costs of on‐site generation on Idaho 
Power’s electrical grid.  The study provides a basis for implementing changes to ensure that 
customers are paid fair rates for their exports and customers without solar or other on‐site 
generation systems are not subsidizing the rates for self‐generating customers.   

Solar power and other renewable energy sources are an important part of Idaho Power’s energy 
mix, and the company supports customers who choose to participate in their own on‐site 
generation. The company’s goal with this request is to modernize the 20‐year‐old compensation 
structure for on‐site generation to ensure prices for excess energy are fair and equitable for all 
customers.  

How do I maintain my Legacy Status? 
As part of previous cases, the IPUC granted legacy status — sometimes referred to as 
“grandfathered” — to eligible residential and small general service on‐site generation systems as of 
December 20, 2019, and to eligible commercial, industrial and irrigation systems as of December 1, 
2020. The Commission also acknowledged the following criteria for legacy systems:  
(1) A customer who moves into a property with a legacy system gets to "inherit" the legacy 
status of the system. Likewise, when a customer moves from a property with a legacy system, 
that customer does not get to take the legacy status of the system with them to their next 
property. 
(2) If a system is offline for more than six months, or is moved to another site, the legacy status 
of the system is forfeited. 
(3) To allow for the replacement of degraded or broken panels, the customer may increase the 
capacity of the legacy system by no more than 10% of the originally installed nameplate capacity 
or 1 kW, whichever is greater.  
(4) if a customer with legacy status adds generating capacity to their on‐site generation system, 
the customer can do so without losing the original system's legacy status if the new system’s 
energy is measured separately from the original system. Currently, that requires the new system 
to be set up on a new service with a separate meter.  

How can I participate?  
For more details about the proposed changes to the on‐site generation compensation structure, 
including the methodologies behind the net billing and excess energy export credit rate changes 
customers can review Idaho Power’s proposal, which is subject to approval by the IPUC. Copies of 
the application are available to the public at the IPUC offices (11331 W. Chinden Blvd. Building 8, 
Suite 201‐A, Boise, ID 83714), Idaho Power offices, or at idahopower.com or puc.idaho.gov. 
Customers also may subscribe to the IPUC’s RSS feed to receive periodic updates via email about 
the case. Written comments regarding Idaho Power’s proposal (Case No. IPC‐E‐23‐XX) may be filed 
with the IPUC (puc.idaho.gov/Form/CaseComment). 

You can find more information about Customer Generation, including information about this case 
and FAQs, at idahopower.com/customergeneration. If you have additional questions, you can call 
our Customer Care team at 800‐632‐6605. 

Sincerely, 
Your Idaho Power Customer Generation Team   

DATE 

NAME 
MAILING ADDRESS 
CITY, STATE, ZIP 

RE: Proposed changes to the compensation structure for on‐site generation   

Hello, 

As a customer with on‐site generation, you are receiving this letter because we want you to be 
aware of proposed changes to the compensation structure for on‐site generation. This letter is 
specific to your non‐legacy [RESOURCE TYPE] on‐site generation system at [SITE ADDRESS], meter 
number [XXXXXXXX].  If you have multiple on‐site generation systems, you will receive a letter 
specific to each system.  

Below are details about the proposed changes being considered by the Idaho Public Utilities 
Commission (IPUC) — as well as information on how you can participate.   

What is being proposed? 
Idaho Power is requesting changes to its on‐site generation offering that are a step towards 
ensuring fair prices for all customers. Idaho Power is seeking approval of a compensation structure 
that accurately measures an on‐site generator’s use of the electrical grid and an excess export 
energy credit rate that will result in a fair and accurate valuation of customers’ exported energy. For 
all customers with non‐legacy systems, Idaho Power is asking the IPUC to implement changes 
effective January 1, 2024, starting on your January bill:  
 A change from net monthly to real‐time net billing, which would better measure customers’ 
actual reliance on the electrical grid.  
 A change in the excess energy credit from a kilowatt‐hour (kWh) credit, valued around 10 
cents for residential customers, to a time differentiated financial bill credit ranging from 
approximately 5 to 20 cents per kWh, that would be updated annually.  

Why is Idaho Power requesting changes?  
The proposed changes follow the IPUC’s acknowledgement of a Value of Distributed Energy 
Resources study (IPC‐E‐22‐22), which analyzed the benefits and costs of on‐site generation on Idaho 
Power’s electrical grid.  The study provides a basis for implementing changes to ensure that 
customers are paid fair rates for their exports and customers without solar or other on‐site 
generation systems are not subsidizing the rates for self‐generating customers.   

Solar power and other renewable energy sources are an important part of Idaho Power’s energy 
mix, and the company supports customers who choose to participate in their own on‐site 
generation. The company’s goal with this request is to modernize the 20‐year‐old compensation 
structure for on‐site generation to ensure prices for excess energy are fair and equitable for all 
customers.  

How might my bill be affected?  
For residential customers with non‐legacy systems, Idaho Power evaluated 2022 data to assess how 
customer bills may be affected by the proposed change in compensation structure. The 2022 
average monthly bill for residential customers under the current net monthly compensation 
structure was $40. Under the proposed real‐time net billing, the average bill increases to $52, 
resulting in an average increase of approximately $12 per month or 30%.  

The chart below shows the change in average monthly bills moving from the existing net monthly to 
real‐time net billing compensation structure. The chart is organized by customers’ average net 
monthly energy consumption. 

What is the difference between net energy metering and real‐time net billing? 
Under monthly net energy metering (NEM), customer‐generators receive a credit in kilowatt‐hours 
(“kWh”) for any monthly excess energy generated. The credit can be applied to offset energy within 
the current billing cycle and carry‐forward credits can be used to offset energy consumption in 
future periods.   

Real‐time net billing measures and charges customers for all kWh consumed from the grid at the 
retail rate, and measures and compensates customers for all kWh exported to the grid at a time 
differentiated export credit rate (ECR). 

What is a “non‐legacy” system? 
As part of previous cases, the IPUC granted legacy status — sometimes referred to as 
“grandfathered” — to eligible Idaho residential and small general service on‐site generation systems 
as of December 20, 2019, and to eligible commercial, industrial and irrigation and Oregon 
residential and small general service systems as of December 1, 2020. In these previous cases, the 

IPUC acknowledged certain criteria for these systems to maintain legacy status, which allows those 
systems to retain the NEM compensation structure for 25 years. 

All other systems, including the system referenced in this letter, are “non‐legacy” and are subject to 
changes in the on‐site generation compensation structure, including the changes currently being 
considered by the IPUC. 

How can I participate?  
For more details about the proposed changes to the on‐site generation compensation structure, 
including the methodologies behind the net billing and excess energy export credit rate changes 
customers can review Idaho Power’s proposal, which is subject to approval by the IPUC. Copies of 
the application are available to the public at the IPUC offices (11331 W. Chinden Blvd. Building 8, 
Suite 201‐A, Boise, ID 83714), Idaho Power offices, or at idahopower.com or puc.idaho.gov. 
Customers also may subscribe to the IPUC’s RSS feed to receive periodic updates via email about 
the case. Written comments regarding Idaho Power’s proposal (Case No. IPC‐E‐23‐XX) may be filed 
with the IPUC (puc.idaho.gov/Form/CaseComment). 

You can find more information about Customer Generation, including information about this case 
and FAQs, at idahopower.com/customergeneration. If you have additional questions, you can call 
our Customer Care team at 800‐632‐6605. 

Sincerely, 
Your Idaho Power Customer Generation Team